IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 3 August 8,
2001 Pages 137 to 252
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 149 to 250 include ARC 0836B to ARC
0878B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Licenses and permits—surety bond,
4.23(4),
5.9 ARC 0855B 149
Notice, Dramshop liability insurance,
5.8, 12.2(12) ARC
0854B 149
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 140
Publication procedures 141
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 141
Agency identification numbers 147
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 146
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Filed, Jail facilities, amendments to ch 50
ARC
0852B 241
Filed, Temporary holding facilities,
amendments to ch 51
ARC 0853B 241
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Extension—time for initiation of an
appeal or
review on board’s motion,
11.28 ARC 0875B 152
Notice, Application denial and appeal;
denial of renewal
application, 11.35, 11.36
ARC 0874B 152
Filed Emergency, Licensure—fees,
renewal, conversion,
14.101, 14.106,
14.110 to 14.114, 14.116, 14.119 to 14.121,
14.129, 14.140
to 14.142, 15.1(1), 16.1, 17.1,
17.5, 17.6, 17.8, 18.1 to 18.3 ARC
876B 222
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Rescind chs 1 to 7; adopt
chs 1 to 13 ARC
0864B 154
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Increase—state supplementary
assistance (SSA)
residential care
facility (RCF) and in–home health related
care
(IHHRC) reimbursement rates
and SSI cost–of–living adjustment,
52.1,
177.4 ARC 0840B 176
Notice, HAWK–I program, 86.2 to 86.4,
86.6(3),
86.13(2), 86.15(9), 86.17
ARC 0873B 177
Notice, Cost–of–living
increase—statewide
average cost of shelter care, 150.3(5)
ARC
0843B 179
Filed Emergency, Increase—state
supplementary
assistance (SSA) residential care
facility (RCF) and
in–home health related
care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates
and SSI
cost–of–living adjustment,
52.1, 177.4 ARC
0839B 237
Filed, Modified price–based case–mix
system—
non–state–owned nursing facilities for
Medicaid
recipients, amendments to
chs 78 to 81 ARC 0841B 241
Filed, College graduates in social work—
specified
services provided without experience
requirement, 108.4(3), 185.10(1) ARC
0842B 247
Filed Emergency, Cost–of–living
increase—
statewide average cost of shelter care,
150.3(5) ARC
0844B 238
Filed, Rehabilitative treatment and supportive
service
(RTSS) providers—independent audit,
185.102(4) ARC
0845B 247
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Food establishment and food
processing
plant—exemption of residence where honey
is stored,
prepared, packaged, labeled or distributed,
30.2, 31.1(17) ARC
0871B 180
Notice, Extension—validity of temporary food
service
establishment license for temporary food
service at a farmers market,
30.4(7)
ARC 0836B 180
Notice, Hospitals—procedures for authentication
of
medication and standing orders by a
practitioner, 51.14 ARC
0869B 180
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
(Cont’d)
Notice, Location for description of staff eligible
to
administer anesthesia, 51.28(1) ARC 0868B 181
Notice, Technical corrections—cross references
and
agency identification numbers, 51.50, 51.51
ARC
0870B 181
Filed Emergency, Extension—validity of
temporary food
service establishment
license for temporary food service at a
farmers
market, 30.4(7) ARC 0837B 239
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Disclosure of nonpublic
personal health
information,
90.1, 90.2, 90.17 to 90.26 ARC 0865B 182
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
“umbrella”
Filed, OSHA regulations—cotton dust
and
blood–borne pathogens, 10.20 ARC 0861B 248
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
Notice, Time period—law enforcement
officer
certification, 3.1 ARC 0846B 184
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]“umbrella”
Filed, Waiver and variance rules, ch 5
ARC
0838B 248
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Continuing education, 5.1 to 5.3
ARC
0877B 184
Filed Emergency, Continuing education—
elimination of
carryover exception, 5.2(2)“c”
ARC 0878B 239
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice Terminated, Physician assistants,
325.1 to 325.7,
325.11(1) ARC 0866B 187
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, Birth defects institute, ch 4 ARC
0849B 187
Notice, State plumbing code, ch 25 ARC
0850B 191
Notice, Renovation, remodeling, and repainting—
lead
hazard notification process, amendments to
ch 69 ARC
0848B 194
Notice, Lead professional certification, amendments
to ch
70 ARC 0851B 197
Notice, Childhood lead poisoning prevention,
amendments to
ch 72 ARC 0847B 208
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 142
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Sanctions for falsification;
registration
certificates, 6.5(1), 9.4(5) ARC 0863B 210
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Eligible housing business tax credit, 52.15,
58.8
ARC 0862B 211
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice, Polling place accessibility standards,
21.50
ARC 0872B 212
Filed Emergency After Notice, Inclusion
of annexed
territory in city reprecincting and
redistricting plans, 21.30 ARC
0867B 239
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Filed Emergency After Notice, RISE
program—brownfield
sites, 163.1, 163.8(2),
163.9, 163.11(2) ARC 0856B 240
Filed, Vehicle registration and certificate of
title,
amendments to ch 400, 405.3(2)“c,” 405.6(3)
ARC
0858B 248
Filed, General aviation hangar revolving loan fund,
ch 718
ARC 0857B 249
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Notice, Waiver and variance rules, ch 19
ARC
0859B 219
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Land restoration rule correction,
9.3(1) ARC
0860B 249
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus
$16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90
sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales
tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales
tax.
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales
tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus
$26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2001
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 22 ’00
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5
|
Jan. 24
|
Feb. 13
|
Feb. 28
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 25
|
July 23
|
Jan. 19
|
Feb. 7
|
Feb. 27
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
May 9
|
Aug. 6
|
Feb. 2
|
Feb. 21
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 28
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 23
|
Aug. 20
|
Feb. 16
|
Mar. 7
|
Mar. 27
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
June 6
|
Sept. 3
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 25
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 20
|
Sept. 17
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
Apr. 24
|
May 9
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
July 4
|
Oct. 1
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 8
|
May 23
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 18
|
Oct. 15
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
May 22
|
June 6
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
Aug. 1
|
Oct. 29
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 5
|
June 20
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
Aug. 15
|
Nov. 12
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
June 19
|
July 4
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 29
|
Nov. 26
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 3
|
July 18
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Sept. 12
|
Dec. 10
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
July 17
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 26
|
Dec. 24
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
July 31
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Oct. 10
|
Jan. 7 ’02
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 29
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 24
|
Jan. 21 ’02
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Aug. 28
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Nov. 7
|
Feb. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 26
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 21
|
Feb. 18 ’02
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Sept. 25
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Dec. 5
|
Mar. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 24
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 19
|
Mar. 18 ’02
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Oct. 23
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Apr. 1 ’02
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 21
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Apr. 15 ’02
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Nov. 20
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Apr. 29 ’02
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 19
|
Dec. 21
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
May 13 ’02
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Dec. 18
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
May 27 ’02
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 1 ’02
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Jan. 18 ’02
|
Feb. 6 ’02
|
Mar. 13 ’02
|
June 10 ’02
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 15 ’02
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Feb. 1 ’02
|
Feb. 20 ’02
|
Mar. 27 ’02
|
June 24 ’02
|
Dec. 21
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Jan. 29 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
Feb. 15 ’02
|
Mar. 6 ’02
|
Apr. 10 ’02
|
July 8 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
5
|
Friday, August 17, 2001
|
September 5, 2001
|
6
|
Friday, August 31, 2001
|
September 19, 2001
|
7
|
Friday, September 14, 2001
|
October 3, 2001
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making
documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an
E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us
2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette
of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information:
agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended.
Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor
South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to
the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2000 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 2000)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2000 through
December 2000)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December
2000)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION[185]
|
|
Dramshop liability insurance requirements, 5.8,
12.2(12) IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0854B
|
Commerce Board Room 1918 SE Hulsizer Rd. Ankeny,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 2 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Appeals and review, 11.28(1), 11.28(2) IAB 8/8/01
ARC 0875B
|
Room 3 North Grimes State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Application denial and appeal; denial of renewal
application, 11.35, 11.36 IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0874B
|
Room 3 North Grimes State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 29, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
Financial and health information regulation, 90.1 to
90.3, 90.17 to 90.26 IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0865B
|
330 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 30, 2001 10 a.m.
|
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
|
|
Low–income housing tax credits, 12.1, 12.2 IAB
6/27/01 ARC 0764B (ICN Network)
|
Department of Economic Development 200 East Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Room 208, Metro High School 1212 Seventh St. SE Cedar
Rapids, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Media Center, Lewis Central H.S. 3601 Hwy. 275 Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Room 107, Technical Center 1501 W. Townline Rd. Creston,
Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Annex Bldg., Central High School 1120 Main
St. Davenport, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Carnegie–Stout Public Library 360 W. 11th
St. Dubuque, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Room 12, Fort Dodge High School 819 N. 25th St. Fort
Dodge, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265] (Cont’d) (ICN
Network)
|
|
|
Room 128, Careers Bldg. 500 College Dr. Mason City,
Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Room 107, Advanced Technology Ctr. 525 Grandview
Ave. Ottumwa, Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Room 127B, Bldg. B 4647 Stone Ave. Sioux City,
Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Room 110, Tama Hall 1501 E. Orange Rd. Waterloo,
Iowa
|
August 22, 2001 10 a.m.
|
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
|
|
Certification of law enforcement officers, 3.1(5),
3.1(6) IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0846B
|
Conference Room Camp Dodge Johnston, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 9 a.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Standards of practice—automated dispensing systems,
13.6 IAB 7/25/01 ARC 0833B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 14, 2001 11 a.m.
|
NURSING BOARD[655]
|
|
Nursing education programs, ch 2 IAB 6/27/01 ARC
0758B
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 19, 2001 5 p.m.
|
Continuing education, 5.1 to 5.3 IAB 8/8/01 ARC
0877B (See also ARC 0878B herein)
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 19, 2001 5 p.m.
|
Nursing practice for LPNs, 6.6(5) IAB 6/27/01 ARC
0763B
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 19, 2001 5 p.m.
|
Prescriptive authority of ARNPs, 7.1 IAB 6/27/01 ARC
0762B
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 19, 2001 5 p.m.
|
National certifying organizations; utilization and cost
control review process, 12.2, 12.3, 12.5, 12.7 IAB 6/27/01 ARC
0761B
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 19, 2001 5 p.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Birth defects institute, ch 4 IAB 8/8/01 ARC
0849B (ICN Network)
|
ICN Conference Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 11 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Kimberly Center 1002 W. Kimberly Davenport,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 11 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Room 107, North Hall N. Madison St. Iowa City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 11 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
NIACC 500 College Dr. Mason City, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 11 a.m. to 12 noon
|
|
Trospar–Hoyt County Services Bldg. 822 Douglas
St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 11 a.m. to 12 noon
|
State plumbing code, ch 25 IAB 8/8/01 ARC
0850B
|
Room 518 Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 1 p.m.
|
Renovation, remodeling, and repainting—lead hazard
notification process, 69.1 to 69.6 IAB 8/8/01 ARC
0848B (ICN Network)
|
Room 550, Fifth Floor 411 Third St. SE Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library 200 W. Howard
St. Creston, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom, Keystone AEA 2310 Chaney Rd. Dubuque,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 1160 19th St. SW Mason City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room A Ottumwa Regional Health Center 1001 E.
Pennsylvania Ottumwa, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Public Library 529 Pierce St. Sioux City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641] (Cont’d)
|
|
Lead professional certification, 70.2 to 70.6 IAB 8/8/01
ARC 0851B (ICN Network)
|
Room 550, Fifth Floor 411 Third St. SE Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library 200 W. Howard
St. Creston, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom, Keystone AEA 2310 Chaney Rd. Dubuque,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 1160 19th St. SW Mason City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room A Ottumwa Regional Health Center 1001 E.
Pennsylvania Ottumwa, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Public Library 529 Pierce St. Sioux City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Childhood lead poisoning prevention program, 72.1 to
72.5 IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0847B (ICN Network)
|
Room 550, Fifth Floor 411 Third St. SE Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library 200 W. Howard
St. Creston, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
ICN Classroom, Keystone AEA 2310 Chaney Rd. Dubuque,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 1160 19th St. SW Mason City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room A Ottumwa Regional Health Center 1001 E.
Pennsylvania Ottumwa, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Public Library 529 Pierce St. Sioux City,
Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
Occupational and vendor licensing; harness racing, 6.5(1),
9.4(5) IAB 8/8/01 ARC 0863B
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 28, 2001 9 a.m.
|
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
|
|
Waiver and variance rules, ch 19 IAB 8/8/01 ARC
0859B
|
Room 114 State Capitol Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 29, 2001 9 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0855B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES
DIVISION[185]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 123.21, the
Alcoholic Beverages Division of the Department of Commerce hereby gives Notice
of Intended Action to amend Chapter 4, “Liquor Licenses—Beer
Permits—Wine Permits,” and Chapter 5, “License and Permit
Division,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Subrule 4.23(4) is amended to correct a technical
error.
Rule 5.9(123) is amended to bring it into compliance with Iowa
Code chapter 123 and to correct a technical error.
The Division will receive written comments on the proposed
amendments until the close of business on August 28, 2001. Comments may be
addressed to Judy K. Seib, Alcoholic Beverages Division, 1918 SE Hulsizer Road,
Ankeny, Iowa 50021. Comments may be faxed to Judy K. Seib at
(515)281–7375, and comments may be E–mailed to Seib@
IowaABD.com.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
123.95, 123.30(1)“c,” 123.43, 123.127(3) and 123.175(3).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 4.23(4),
paragraph “f,” as follows:
f. One where no admission fees or other kinds of
entrance fees, fare, ticket, donation or charges are made or are required of the
invited guests to enter the location.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 185—5.9(123) as
follows:
185—5.9(123) Surety bond requirements. A $5000
penal bond must be filed with the division with each application for a Class
“A” wine permit, Class “A” beer permit, special Class
“A” beer permit and manufacturer’s liquor
control license. A $500 $5,000, $10,000 or
$15,000 penal bond must be filed with the division for a retail beer
permit with each application for a Class “E” liquor
control license. A Class “E” liquor control licensee may determine
the amount of the bond to be posted with the division, and may increase or
decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000 on one occasion
during the licensee’s first year of business. Thereafter, a licensee may
increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000 only
when the liquor control license is renewed. Each penal bond must
meet the following requirements.
5.9(1) Certificate of authority. It must be issued by
a company holding a current certificate of authority from the commissioner of
insurance authorizing the company to issue bonds in Iowa.
5.9(2) Forfeiture of beer or liquor
bond. It must contain a provision for the principal and surety to consent to
the forfeiture of principal sum of the bond in the event of revocation of the
license or permit by the violation of any Iowa Code provision which requires
forfeiture of the bond.
5.9(3) Cancellation. An insurance
A surety company or an insured a principal may
cancel a liability policy bond by giving a minimum of 30
days’ prior written notice to this division of the
party’s intent to cancel the liability policy
bond. The 30–day period shall begin
commence on the date that this division receives the notice of
cancellation. The party seeking to cancel a liability policy
bond shall mail written notice of such cancellation to the division in
Ankeny, Iowa, by certified mail, and further shall mail a copy of the notice of
cancellation to the other party, at that party’s post office address. The
notice of cancellation shall contain: the name of the party to whom the copy of
the notice of cancellation was mailed, the address to which the copy of the
notice of cancellation was sent, the date on which the notice of cancellation
was mailed, the date the liability policy bond is being
canceled, and the liquor control license or permit number of
the licensee or permittee to be affected by such cancellation.
The cancellation or notice thereof shall have no force or
effect in the event that the principal’s license or permit has been
revoked during the period of the bond or when an administrative hearing
complaint has been filed, and charges are currently pending against the licensee
or permittee which could result in revocation of the license or permit after an
administrative hearing on the complaint.
5.9(4) Proof of bond. A licensee or permittee shall
be deemed to have furnished a surety bond when it the
licensee or permittee has filed with the division at its offices in Ankeny,
Iowa, a form described by 185—subrule 12.2(7).
5.9(5) Alternate for surety bond. Rescinded IAB
5/15/91, effective 6/19/91.
5.9(6) Two bonds. Rescinded IAB 5/15/91, effective
6/19/91.
5.9(7) Class “E”
bond. A Class “E” liquor control licensee shall post a bond with
the division, on forms approved by the division, in one of the following
amounts: $5,000, $10,000 or $15,000. A Class “E” liquor control
licensee may determine the amount of the bond to be posted with the division,
and may increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of $5,000
on one occasion during the licensee’s first year of business. Thereafter,
a licensee may increase or decrease the face amount of the bond in increments of
$5,000 only when the liquor control license is renewed. A Class “E”
liquor control licensee is authorized to order or purchase alcoholic liquor from
the division in an amount not to exceed the face amount of the bond posted in
any single transaction. If a licensee desires to order or purchase alcoholic
liquor in an amount exceeding the face amount of the bond posted in any single
transaction, the licensee shall be required, at the time of delivery, to tender
cash or a certified check for the amount of the order or purchase which exceeds
the face amount of the bond posted.
ARC 0854B
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES
DIVISION[185]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 123.21, the
Alcoholic Beverages Division of the Department of Commerce hereby gives Notice
of Intended Action to amend Chapter 5, “License and Permit
Division,” and Chapter 12, “Forms,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Alcoholic Beverages Division proposes to amend rule
185—5.8(123) and adopt new subrule 12.2(12) to better interpret statutory
language contained in Iowa Code section 123.92. Under this statute, a person
who is injured in person or property or means of support by an intoxicated
person or resulting from the intoxication of a person, has a right of action for
all damages actually sustained, severally or jointly, against any licensee or
permittee who sold intoxicating liquors to the intoxicated person, when the
licensee or permittee should have known the person was intoxicated.
In August of 2000, five–year–old Cassidy Mahedy
was killed in Des Moines when she was struck by an intoxicated driver. In light
of this tragic event and many similar incidents across the state, the Division
decided to review the current dramshop liability insurance requirements set
forth by administrative rule. Upon review of the current requirements, the
Division found that the minimum requirements for insurance in Iowa have not been
altered since its inception and that the current requirements are drastically
low when compared to many other jurisdictions. Other jurisdictions that have
reviewed this matter have established limits that are substantially higher than
the proposed rates under the proposed amendments. Accordingly, the Alcoholic
Beverages Division, in consultation with the Insurance Division of the
Department of Commerce, is undertaking this rule making to amend Chapter 5 to
change the minimum dramshop insurance requirement to conform with the statutory
guidelines of the Iowa Code.
The proposed amendments to Chapter 5 make technical and
editorial changes, as well as make the current rule more consistent with the
statutory language of Iowa Code section 123.92. The Division will examine a
number of factors when considering the impact the proposed amendments will have
on insurance premiums for licensed liquor establishments. The Division intends
to seek input from industry members in addition to public comments as required
by Iowa Code section 17A.4.
The Division will hold a public hearing on the proposed
amendments at 2 p.m., Tuesday, August 28, 2001, in the Commerce Board Room,
Alcoholic Beverages Division, 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021.
Interested parties may present their opinions at the public hearing orally or in
writing. Those who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should
contact the Alcoholic Beverages Division by telephone at (515)281–7407, or
by fax at (515) 281–7385, no later than 4:30 p.m. on Monday, August 27,
2001.
Written comments may be addressed to Lynn M. Walding,
Administrator, Iowa Alcoholic Beverages Division, 1918SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny,
Iowa 50021, or via E–mail to Walding@IowaABD.com.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
123.92, 123.93 and 123.94.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 185—5.8(123) as
follows:
185—5.8(123) Dramshop liability insurance
requirements. For the purpose of providing proof of financial
responsibility, as required under the provisions of Iowa Code section 123.92, a
liability insurance policy shall meet the following requirements.
5.8(1) Current certificate required.
It The dramshop liability certificate of insurance shall
be issued by a company holding a current certificate of authority from the Iowa
insurance commissioner authorizing the company to issue dramshop liability
insurance in Iowa or issued under the authority and requirements of Iowa Code
sections 515.147 to 515.149. The dramshop policy shall take effect the day the
license or permit takes effect and shall continue until the expiration date of
the license or permit. A new dramshop liability certificate of insurance
and a new bond shall be provided each time the division issues
a new license with a new license number or a new permit with a new permit
number.
5.8(2) Countersigned. It
must be countersigned by a resident insurance agent licensed by the issuing
company.
5.8(3 2) Limits of
liability. Minimum coverage required. It
must The dramshop liability insurance policy shall
provide the following limits of liability minimum liability
coverage, exclusive in interests and cost of action, per
accident incident or
occurrence: (For the purpose of this subrule, the word
“accident” shall mean any one occurrence, or any one accident, or
series of accidents or occurrences arising out of any one event, or any one case
of intoxication.)
a. Ten Fifty thousand dollars
in respect to any one person who shall be injured in person or
killed for bodily injury to or death of one person in each claim or
occurrence.
b. Subject to limitation stated above as respects any
one person, $20,000 in respect to all persons who shall be injured in person or
killed One hundred thousand dollars for bodily injury to or death of
two or more persons in each incident or occurrence.
c. Five Twenty thousand dollars
in respect to any and all persons who shall be injured in means of
support for property damage in each incident or
occurrence.
d. Fifty thousand dollars for loss of means of support of
any one person in each incident or occurrence.
e. One hundred thousand dollars for loss or means of
support of two or more persons in each incident or occurrence.
5.8(3) Permitted policies. All dramshop
policies issued under this rule shall be occurrence–based policies, not
claims–made–based policies.
a. Claims–made–based policies.
Claims–made–based policies provide liability coverage only if a
written claim is made during the policy period, or any applicable extended
reporting period.
b. Occurrence–based policies. Occurrence–based
policies provide liability coverage only for injury or damage that occurs during
the policy period regardless of the number of written claims made.
5.8(4) Cancellation. A surety An
insurance company or a principal an insured may
cancel a bond liability policy by giving a minimum of 30
days’ prior written notice to this division of the party’s intent to
cancel the bond liability policy. The 30–day
period shall begin on the date that this division receives the notice of
cancellation. The party seeking to cancel a bond liability
policy shall mail written notice of such cancellation to the division in
Ankeny, Iowa, by certified mail, and further shall mail a copy of the notice of
cancellation to the other party, at that party’s post office address. The
notice of cancellation shall contain: the name of the party to whom the copy of
the notice of cancellation was mailed, the address to which the copy of the
notice of cancellation was sent, the date on which the notice of cancellation
was mailed, the date the bond liability policy is
being canceled, and the liquor control license or permit number of the licensee
or permittee to be affected by such cancellation. The cancellation or
notice thereof shall have no force or effect in the event that the
principal’s liquor control license or permit has been revoked during the
period of the policy, or where an administrative hearing complaint has been
filed, and charges are currently pending against the licensee or permittee which
could result in revocation of the license or permit after an administrative
hearing on the complaint.
5.8(5) Continuous coverage requirement. All
dramshop liability insurance policies issued under this rule shall
provide continuous dramshop liability
insurance coverage throughout the duration of the license period, including
periods when the licensee’s liquor control license or permit is under
suspension by order of the administrator or local authority, or when an
administrative hearing complaint has been filed, and charges are currently
pending against the licensee which could result in suspension of the liquor
control license period.
5.8(5 6) Civil tort liability.
Subject to these conditions and exclusions usually found in a policy
of The dramshop liability insurance, the policy
must shall contain coverage to insure against all civil
tort liability of the insured, created under Iowa Code sections 123.92, 123.93
and 123.94, as they those sections now exist or may
hereafter be amended.
5.8(6 7) Proof of financial
responsibility. A licensee or permittee shall be deemed to have furnished proof
of financial responsibility as contemplated under the provisions of Iowa Code
sections 123.92, 123.93, and 123.94 when it the licensee or
permittee has filed with the division at its offices in Ankeny, Iowa, a
properly executed form as described by 185—subrule
12.2(8) 12.2(12).
5.8(7 8) Signature required.
Copies of the form described above shall not be deemed properly executed unless
the authorized company representative executing the same shall
first have filed with the division a sample of the
representative’s signature. Facsimile signatures will be
acceptable.
5.8(8) Proof of liability
insurance. Rescinded IAB 5/15/91, effective 6/19/91.
5.8(9) Multiple establishment insurance
policies. Any licensee that holds multiple licenses throughout the state may
purchase an aggregate dramshop insurance policy for all locations provided
that:
a. The amount of coverage for the aggregate policy is equal
to the minimum required coverage multiplied by the number of establishments
covered under the dramshop policy.
b. The aggregate policy provides at least the minimum level
of coverage required under this rule for each and every location covered by the
policy.
c. All other provisions of this rule are met by the
aggregate policy.
5.8(10) Assault and battery policy
requirement. Any dramshop insurance policy issued under this rule shall not
contain an exclusionary clause for assault and battery or intentional force with
regard to:
a. Employees, agents or any person acting as an agent of
the establishment.
b. All patrons or visitors to the
establishment.
5.8(11) Implementation dates. Effective
January 1, 2002, all licensees and permittees applying for or renewing a license
or permit shall obtain a dramshop insurance policy that conforms to the
provisions of rule 5.8(135).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
123.4, 123.21(11), 123.92, 123.93 and 123.94.
ITEM 2. Rescind subrule 12.2(12) and
adopt in lieu thereof the following new subrule:
12.2(12) Certification of dramshop
liability.
License/Permit # __________________
STATE OF IOWA
IOWA DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION
DRAMSHOP LIABILITY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
LIQUOR CONTROL LICENSE AND CLASS “B” BEER
PERMIT
Filed with
IOWA DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES DIVISION
1918 S.E. Hulsizer Avenue
Ankeny, Iowa 50021
(Execute in Duplicate)
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT
________________________________________________________________________,
(Name of Company)
(hereinafter called Company) of
______________________________________________________________________
(Home address of company)
has issued the following policy:
Policy number:
____________________________________________________________________________
Assured:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Location:
_________________________________________________________________________________
Effective Dates: __________________________________ through
__________________________________
The above–mentioned policy of insurance (hereinafter
policy) contains coverage to comply with the provisions of Iowa Code section
123.92 and all rules of the Iowa Department of Commerce, Alcoholic Beverages
Division.
The policy may be canceled by the Company of the Assured
giving 30 days’ notice in writing to the Alcoholic Beverages
Division at its office, Ankeny, Iowa. The 30 days’ notice will commence
from the date notice is actually received by the division.
Whenever requested by the division, the company agrees to
furnish to the division a duplicate original of the policy and all pertinent
endorsements.
Dated this day of ______________________, __________.
_______________________________________________
____________________________________________
Company Contact Person
Authorized Company Representative
_______________________________________________
Address
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
Contact Telephone #
_______________________________________________
Fax #
This document is an open record. Information contained in
this document may be disclosed without prior notice to or permission from the
subject. See Iowa Code chapters 22 and 123; see also 185 IAC 18.
ARC 0875B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 11, “Complaints, Investigations, Contested Case Hearings,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments extend the period of time for initiation of
an appeal or review on motion of the Board from 30 days to 60 days. This
extension will help ensure that the Board has an opportunity to consider each
proposed decision at a regular meeting prior to the expiration of the time for
initiation of review on motion of the Board.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopted a
uniform waiver rule.
Any interested party or persons may present their views orally
or in writing at the public hearing on Wednesday, August 29, 2001, at 10 a.m. in
Room 3 North of the Grimes State Office Building, 400 East Grand, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319.
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed amendments. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public
hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public
hearing.
Any person who intends to attend a public hearing and requires
special accommodations for specific needs, such as a sign language interpreter,
should contact the office of the Executive Director at
(515)281–5849.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments before 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday, August 29, 2001.
Written comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse,
Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, or
sent by E–mail to anne.kruse@ed.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 11.28(1) as
follows:
11.28(1) Appeal by party. Any adversely affected
party may appeal a proposed decision to the board within 30
60 days after issuance of the proposed decision.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 11.28(2) as
follows:
11.28(2) Review. The board may initiate review of a
proposed decision on its own motion at any time within 30
60 days following the issuance of such a decision.
ARC 0874B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 11, “Complaints, Investigations, Contested Case Hearings,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These new rules set forth procedures for initial or renewal
application denials and appeals. The Board’s enabling statute, Iowa Code
chapter 272, allows the Executive Director to make decisions concerning initial
licenses and renewal applications. The Board’s contested case rules are
applied to licensure appeals. However, no rules are in place to provide
guidance to practitioners regarding the application review and appeal
process.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has
adopt– ed a uniform waiver rule.
Any interested party or persons may present their views orally
or in writing at the public hearing on Wednesday, August 29, 2001, at 10:30 a.m.
in Room 3 North of the Grimes State Office Building, 400 East Grand, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319.
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed rules. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public
hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public
hearing.
Any person who intends to attend a public hearing and requires
special accommodations for specific needs, such as a sign language interpreter,
should contact the office of the Executive Director at
(515)281–5849.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed rules before 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday, August 29, 2001. Written
comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, or sent by
E–mail to anne.kruse@ed.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following new rules are proposed.
282—11.35(272) Application denial and appeal.
The executive director is authorized by Iowa Code section 272.7 to grant or
deny applications for licensure. If the executive director denies an
application for an initial or exchange license, certificate, or authorization,
the executive director shall send to the applicant by regular first–class
mail written notice identifying the factual and legal basis for denying the
application. If the executive director denies an application to renew an
existing license, certificate, or authorization, the provisions of rule
11.36(272) shall apply.
11.35(1) Grounds for license denial. The executive
director may deny an application based on the grounds set forth in Iowa Code
sections 272.2(14) and 272.6.
11.35(2) Conviction of a crime and founded child
abuse. When determining whether a person should be denied licensure based on
the conviction of a crime, including a felony, or a founded report of child
abuse, the executive director and the board shall consider the
following:
a. The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in
relation to the position sought;
b. The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was
committed;
c. The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since
the crime or founded abuse was committed;
d. The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime
or abuse again;
e. The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses
committed; and
f. Such additional factors as may in a particular case
demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public
safety.
11.35(3) Fraudulent applications. An application
shall be considered fraudulent pursuant to Iowa Code section 272.6(4) if it
contains any false representation of a material fact or any omission of a
material fact which should have been disclosed when applying for licensure or is
submitted with a false or forged diploma, certificate, affidavit,
identification, or other document material to the applicant’s
qualification for licensure or material to any of the grounds for denial set
forth in Iowa Code sections 272.2(14) and 272.6.
11.35(4) Appeal procedure.
a. An applicant who is aggrieved by the denial of an
application for licensure and who desires to challenge the decision of the
executive director must appeal the decision and request a hearing before the
board within 30 calendar days of the date the notice of license denial is
mailed. An appeal and request for hearing must be in writing and is deemed made
on the date of the United States Postal Service nonmetered postmark or the date
of personal service to the board office. The request for hearing shall specify
the factual or legal errors the applicant contends were made by the executive
director, must identify any factual disputes upon which the applicant desires an
evidentiary hearing, and may provide additional written information or documents
in support of licensure. If a request for hearing is timely made, the executive
director shall promptly issue a notice of contested case hearing on the grounds
asserted by the applicant.
b. The board, in its discretion, may act as presiding officer
at the contested case hearing, may hold the hearing before a panel of three
board members, or may request that an administrative law judge act as presiding
officer. The applicant may request that an administrative law judge act as
presiding officer and render a proposed decision pursuant to rule 11.8(17A,272).
A proposed decision by a panel of board members or an administrative law judge
is subject to appeal or review by the board pursuant to rule
11.28(17A,272).
c. Hearings concerning licensure denial shall be conducted
according to the contested case procedural rules in this chapter. Evidence
supporting the denial of the license may be presented by an assistant attorney
general. While each party shall have the burden of establishing the affirmative
of matters asserted, the applicant shall have the ultimate burden of persuasion
as to the applicant’s qualification for licensure.
d. On appeal, the board may grant or deny the application for
licensure. If the application for licensure is denied, the board shall state
the reason or reasons for the denial and may state conditions under which the
application could be granted, if applicable.
11.35(5) Judicial review. Judicial review of a final
order of the board denying licensure may be sought in accordance with the
provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.19 which are applicable to judicial review
of an agency’s final decision in a contested case. In order to exhaust
administrative remedies, an applicant aggrieved by the executive
director’s denial of an application for licensure must timely appeal the
adverse decision to the board.
282—11.36(272) Denial of renewal application.
If the executive director denies an application to renew a license, certificate
or authorization, a notice of hearing shall be issued to commence a contested
case proceeding. The executive director may deny a renewal application on the
same grounds as those that apply to an application for initial or exchange
licensure described in subrules 11.35(1) to 11.35(3).
11.36(1) Hearing procedure. Hearings on denial of an
application to renew a license shall be conducted according to the contested
case procedural rules in this chapter. Evidence supporting the denial of the
license may be presented by an assistant attorney general. The provisions of
subrules 11.35(4) and 11.35(5) shall apply.
11.36(2) Judicial review. Judicial review of a final
order of the board denying renewal of licensure may be sought in accordance with
the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.19 which are applicable to judicial
review of an agency’s final decision in a contested case.
11.36(3) Impact of denial of renewal application.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.18(2), if the licensee has made timely and
sufficient application for renewal, an existing license shall not expire until
the last day for seeking judicial review of the board’s final order
denying the application or a later date fixed by order of the board or reviewing
court.
11.36(4) Timeliness of renewal application. Within
the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.18(2), a timely and sufficient renewal
application shall be:
a. Received by the board on or before the date the license is
set to expire or lapse;
b. Signed by the licensee if submitted in paper form or
certified as accurate if submitted electronically;
c. Fully completed; and
d. Accompanied by the proper fee. The fee shall be deemed
improper if the amount is incorrect, the fee was not included with the
application, or the licensee’s check is unsigned or returned for
insufficient funds.
ARC 0864B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6,the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Boardgives Notice of Intended Action to
rescind Chapters 1 to 7 and adopt new Chapter 1, “Administration”;
Chapter 2, “Fees and Charges”; Chapter 3, “Application and
Renewal Process”; Chapter 4, “Engineering Licensure”; Chapter
5, “Land Surveying Licensure”; Chapter 6, “Seal and
Certificate of Responsibility”; Chapter 7, “Professional
Development”; Chapter 8, “Professional Conduct of Licensees”;
Chapter 9, “Complaints, Investigations and Disciplinary Action”;
Chapter 10, “Peer Review”; Chapter 11, “Minimum Standards for
Property Surveys”; Chapter 12, “Minimum Standards for U.S. Public
Land Survey Corner Certificates”; and Chapter 13, “Civil Penalties
for Unlicensed Practice,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment is intended to reformat, clarify, and simplify
the rules governing the licensing and regulation of the professions of
engineering and land surveying in accordance with Executive Order Number
8.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or
comments on these proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Comments
should be directed to Gleean Coates, Executive Officer, Iowa Engineering and
Land Surveying Examining Board at 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or
by telephoning (515) 281–7360.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
542B, 354, 355, and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 193C—Chapters 1 to 7 and adopt the
following new chapters:
CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION
193C—1.1(542B) General statement. The practices
of engineering and land surveying affect the life, health, and property of the
people in Iowa. The engineering and land surveying examining board’s
principal mandate is the protection of the public interest.
1.1(1) Administration. Administration of the board
has not been separated into panels, divisions, or departments. While the
expertise of a board member may be called upon to frame special examinations and
evaluate applications for licensing in a specialized engineering branch, the
board functions in a unified capacity on all matters that may come before it.
The board maintains an office at 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, and
requests or submissions may be directed to the secretary of the board at that
location.
1.1(2) Meetings. Regular meetings of the board are
held in Ankeny, Iowa. Information concerning the location and dates for
meetings may be obtained from the board’s office at 1918 SE Hulsizer Road,
Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by telephoning (515)281–5602.
1.1(3) Examinations. The board currently administers
licensing examinations twice each year. Information concerning the location and
dates for examinations may be obtained from the board’s office at the
address provided in 1.1(2).
193C—1.2(542B) Definitions. For the purposes of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Accredited” means a program accredited by the
Accreditation Board for Engineering Technology, Inc. (ABET) or the Canadian
Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) or another accrediting body accepted by
the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying
(NCEES).
“Board” means the engineering and land surveying
examining board provided by chapter 542B of the Iowa Code.
“Design coordination,” as used in the definition
of the practice of engineering, includes the review and coordination of
technical submissions prepared by others including, as appropriate and without
limitation, consulting engineers, architects, landscape architects, land
surveyors, and other professionals working under the direction of the
engineer.
“Engineering documents” includes all plans,
specifications, drawings, and reports (including supporting calculations), if
the preparation of such documents constitutes or requires the practice of
engineering.
“Engineering survey,” as used in the definition of
the practice of engineering, includes all survey activities required to support
the sound conception, planning, design, construction, maintenance, and operation
of engineeredprojects, but excludes the survey of real property for the
establishment of land boundaries, rights–of–way, easements, and the
dependent or independent surveys or resurveys of the public land
system.
“Engineer intern” means a person who passes an
examination in the fundamental engineering subjects, but does not entitle the
person to claim to be a professional engineer.
“In responsible charge” means having direct
control of and personal supervision over any land surveying work or work
involving the practice of engineering. One or more persons, jointly or
severally, may be in responsible charge.
“Land surveying documents” includes all plats,
maps, surveys, and reports, if the preparation thereof constitutes or requires
the practice of land surveying.
“Land surveyor” means a person who engages in the
practice of land surveying as defined in this rule.
“Practice of engineering” means any service or
creative work, the adequate performance of which requires engineering education,
training, and experience in the application of special knowledge of the
mathematical, physical, and engineering sciences.
1. Engineering services include:
• Consultation,
investigation, evaluation, planning, and design;
• Design coordination of
engineering works and systems;
• Planning the use of
natural resources such as land, water and air;
• Performing engineering
surveys, calculations, and studies; and
• Review of construction for
the purpose of monitoring compliance with drawings and specifications.
2. The practice of engineering includes:
• Such services or creative
work as listed above, either public or private, in connection with any
utilities, structures, buildings, machines, equipment, processes, work systems,
projects, and industrial or consumer products of a mechanical, electrical,
hydraulic, pneumatic, or thermal nature insofar as they involve safeguarding
life, health, or property;
• Such
other professional services as may be necessary to the planning, progress, and
completion of the services identified in this definition;
• Environmental engineering
activities which may be involved in developing plans, reports, or actions to
remediate an environmentally hazardous site;
• Design of fixturing
devices for manufacturing machinery that must be performed by a licensed
professional engineer or under the responsible charge and direct supervision of
a professional engineer unless performed within the industrial exemption by a
full–time employee of a corporation which constructs the
fixtures.
3. Activities that the board will construe as the practice of
engineering for which the board may by order impose a civil penalty upon a
person who is not licensed as a professional engineer are set out in Iowa Code
section 542B.27.
“Practice of land surveying” includes providing
professional services such as consultation, investigation, testimony,
evaluation, planning, mapping, assembling, and interpreting reliable scientific
measurements and information relative to the location of property lines or
boundaries and the utilization, development, and interpretation of these facts
into an orderly survey, plat, or map.
1. The practice of land surveying includes, but is not limited
to, the following:
• Locating, relocating,
establishing, reestablishing, setting, or resetting of permanent monumentation
for any property line or boundary of any tract or parcel of land. Setting
permanent monuments constitutes an improvement to real property.
• Making any survey for the
division or subdivision of any tract or parcel of land.
• Determination,
by the use of the principles of land surveying, of the position for any
permanent survey monument or reference point, or setting, resetting, or
replacing any survey monument or reference point excluding the responsibility of
engineers pursuant to Iowa Code section 314.8.
• Creating and writing metes
and bounds descriptions as defined in Iowa Code section 354.2.
• Geodetic surveying for
determination of the size and shape of the earth both horizontally and
vertically for the precise positioning of permanent land survey monuments on the
earth utilizing angular and linear measurements through spatially oriented
spherical geometry.
• Creation, preparation, or
modification of electronic or computerized data, including land information
systems and geographical information systems, relative to the performance of the
activities listed above.
2. Activities that the board will construe as the practice of
land surveying and for which the board may by order impose a civil penalty upon
a person who is not licensed as a land surveyor are set out in Iowa Code section
542B.27.
“Professional engineer” means a person, who, by
reason of the person’s knowledge of mathematics, the physical sciences,
and the principles of engineering, acquired by professional education or
practical experience, is qualified to engage in the practice of
engineering.
193C—1.3(542B) Declaratory orders. The
board’s rules regarding declaratory orders can be found in the uniform
rules for the division of professional licensing and regulation at 193 IAC
10.
193C—1.4(542B) Waivers and variances. The
board’s rules regarding waivers and variances can be found in the uniform
rules for the division of professional licensing and regulation at 193 IAC
5.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
542B.2 and 542B.3.
CHAPTER 2
FEES AND CHARGES
193C—2.1(542B) General statement. Fees are
fixed in such an amount as will defray the expense of administering board
responsibilities. Fees are charged in accordance with the following
table:
Type of fee
|
Amount
|
Renewal
|
|
Active license renewal
|
$ 60
|
Inactive license renewal
|
$ 30
|
Reinstatement of lapsed license
|
$100
|
Reinstatement of inactive to active license
|
$ 30
|
New license
|
$ 60 Prorated at six–month intervals
|
Application for examinations
|
|
Fundamentals of Engineering
|
$25
|
Fundamentals of Land Surveying
|
$25
|
Principles and Practice of Engineering
|
$35
|
Principles and Practice of Land Surveying
|
$35
|
Examinations
|
|
Fees for NCEES examinations are paid directly to the
examination service at the rate established by contract based upon cost of the
examination materials and processing expenses.
|
Variable
|
Iowa State Specific Land Surveying Examination
|
$25
|
Application for licensure by comity as a professional engineer
or land surveyor
|
$100
|
Certificates
|
|
Initial professional engineer or land surveyor
certificate
|
$10
|
Type of fee
|
Amount
|
Additional or duplicate certificate
|
$20
|
Engineer or land surveyor intern certificate
|
No charge
|
Check returned for insufficient funds
|
$10
|
Verification of records for lapsed licensees
|
$10 per verification
|
Processing of examination rescoring request
|
$25 per item, plus any NCEES fee
|
Late renewal fee (for renewals received after December
31)
|
$10
|
193C—2.2(542B) Nonrefundable fees. Application
fees submitted with applications for the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination, the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination, the Principles and
Practice of Engineering examination, the Principles and Practice of Land
Surveying examination, comity licensure, or for renewal of licensure are not
refundable for any reason.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
542B.13, 542B.15, 542B.20 and 542B.30.
CHAPTER 3
APPLICATION AND RENEWAL PROCESS
193C—3.1(542B) General statement. A person
requesting to be licensed as a professional engineer or land surveyor shall
submit a completed, standardized, notarized application form, which may be
obtained from the board’s office or electronically from the board’s
Internet Web page.
3.1(1) Application expiration. On the examination
application due date, the examination application is considered current if it
has been one year or less since it was signed and notarized. A comity
application expires one year from the date that it was signed and
notarized.
3.1(2) Branch licensure. A list of engineering
branches in which licensure is granted can be obtained from the board’s
office. Branches conform to those branches generally included in a collegiate
curricula. An applicant for licensure in Iowa shall be licensed first in the
branch or branches indicated by the applicant’s education and experience.
A minimum of 50 percent of the required practical experience in which the
individual is to be examined shall have been in that same branch of
engineering.
3.1(3) Academic transcripts. Completion of
post–high school education shall be evidenced by receipt of an
applicant’s transcripts directly from the office of the registrar of each
institution attended. Transcripts from institutions located outside the
boundaries of the United States of America shall be evaluated for authenticity
and substantial equivalency with Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Technology, Inc. (ABET)/Engineering Accreditation Commission (EAC) accredited
engineering programs. Such authentication shall be from a recognized foreign
credential evaluator satisfactory to the board and at the expense of the
applicant.
193C—3.2(542B) Examination application components
and due dates.
3.2(1) Fundamentals of Engineering application
components and due dates. Applications for the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination from college seniors studying an ABET/EAC or Canadian Engineering
Accreditation Board (CEAB) approved curriculum are submitted directly to the
examination service selected by the board to administer the examinations and
must be received on or before September 1 of each year for the examination
given in the fall and on or before March 1 of each year for the examination
given in the spring. All other applications for the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination require a more detailed review and must, therefore, be submitted to
the board office, postmarked on or before August 1 of each year for the
examination given in the fall and on or before February 1 of each year for the
examination given in the spring. The components of this application include:
the completed, notarized application form; references; and
transcripts.
3.2(2) Fundamentals of Land Surveying application
components and due dates. The components of this application include: the
completed, notarized application form; references; and transcripts.
Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination applications require a detailed
review and must, therefore, be submitted to the board office, postmarked on or
before August 1 of each year for the examination given in the fall and on or
before February 1 of each year for the examination given in the
spring.
3.2(3) Principles and Practice examination application
components and due dates. The components of the application for the Principles
and Practice of Engineering and the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying
examinations include: the completed, notarized application form; the ethics
questionnaire; references; transcripts; verification of examination records;
and the project statement. Principles and Practice of Engineering and
Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination applications require a
detailed review and must, therefore, be submitted to the board office,
postmarked on or before August 1 of each year for the examination given in the
fall and on or before February 1 of each year for the examination given in the
spring.
193C—3.3(542B) Comity applications.
3.3(1) The components of a comity application include:
the completed, notarized application form; the ethics questionnaire; references;
transcripts; and verifications, as appropriate. Comity applicants may submit
the NCEES record in lieu of providing references, verifications, transcripts,
and employment history.
3.3(2) Comity applications will be reviewed and
processed as they are completed. Applications that are complete and meet the
standard requirements of these rules are processed immediately upon completion
and review.
3.3(3) Comity applicants are notified regarding the
results of the review of their applications.
3.3(4) Temporary permits. The board does not issue
temporary permits. Temporary permits were previously issued to applicants whose
applications were reviewed by a board member, who met all requirements, and who
were expected to qualify for approval by the full board at the next regularly
scheduled board meeting. Since applications that meet these criteria are now
routinely processed as they are completed and reviewed, temporary permits are no
longer necessary.
193C—3.4(542B) Renewal applications.
3.4(1) Expiration dates. Certificates of licensure
expire biennially on December 31. Certificates that were initially issued in
even–numbered years expire in odd–numbered years and certificates
that were initially issued in odd–numbered years expire in
even–numbered years. In order to maintain authorization to practice
engineering or land surveying in Iowa, licensees are required to renew their
certificates of licensure on or prior to the expiration date. A
licen–
see who fails to renew prior to the date the certificate
expires shall not be authorized to practice in Iowa unless the certificate is
reinstated as provided in these rules. However, the board will accept an
otherwise sufficient renewal application which is untimely if the board receives
the application and late fee within 30 days of the date of expiration.
3.4(2) Renewal notification. The board typically
mails a renewal application to a licensee’s last–known address at
least one month prior to the license expiration date. Neither the board’s
failure to mail a renewal application nor the licensee’s failure to
receive a renewal application shall affect in any way the licensee’s duty
to timely renew if the licensee intends to continue practicing in Iowa.
Licensees need to contact the board office if they do not receive a renewal
application prior to the expiration date.
3.4(3) Renewal process. Upon receipt of a timely and
sufficient renewal application, with the proper fee, the board’s executive
secretary shall issue a new license reflecting the next expiration date, unless
grounds exist for denial of the application.
3.4(4) Notification of expiration. The board shall
notify by certified mail, return receipt requested, licensees whose certificates
of licensure have expired. The failure of the board to provide this courtesy
notification, or the failure of the licensee to receive or sign for the courtesy
notification, shall not extend the date of expiration.
3.4(5) Sanction for practicing after expiration. A
licensee who continues to practice in Iowa after the license has expired shall
be subject to disciplinary action. Such unauthorized activity may also provide
grounds to deny a licensee’s application to reinstate.
3.4(6) Timely and sufficient renewal application.
Within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.18(2), a timely and sufficient
renewal application shall be:
a. Received by the board in paper or electronic form, or
postmarked with a nonmetered United States Postal Service postmark on or before
the expiration date of the certificate;
b. Fully completed; and
c. Accompanied by the proper fee. The fee shall be deemed
improper if, for instance, the amount is incorrect, the fee was not included
with the application, the credit card number provided by the applicant is
incorrect, the date of expiration of a credit card is left off the application
or is incorrect, the attempted credit card transaction is rejected, or the
applicant’s check is returned for insufficient funds.
3.4(7) Responsibility for accuracy of renewal
application. The licensee is responsible for verifying the accuracy of the
information submitted on the renewal application regardless of how the
application is submitted or by whom it is submitted. For instance, if the
office manager of a licensee’s firm submits an application for renewal on
behalf of the licensee and that information is incorrect, the licensee will be
held responsible for the information and may be subject to disciplinary action.
3.4(8) Denial of renewal application. If the board,
upon receipt of a timely, complete and sufficient application to renew a
certificate of licensure, accompanied by the proper fee, denies the application,
the executive secretary shall send written notice to the applicant by
restricted, certified mail,return receipt requested, identifying the basis for
denial. Grounds may exist to deny an application to renew a license if, for
instance, the licensee has failed to satisfy the continuing education required
as a condition for licensure. If the basis for the denial is a pending
disciplinary action or a disciplinary investigation which is reasonably expected
to culminate in a formal disciplinary action, the board shall utilize the
procedures applicable to disciplinary actions, including the initiation of a
contested case. If the basis for denial is not related to a pending or imminent
disciplinary action, the applicant may contest the board’s decision as
provided in 193— 7.40(546,272C).
3.4(9) Continuing education requirement. A licensee
who does not satisfy the continuing education requirements for licensure renewal
will be denied renewal of licensure in accordance with subrule 3.4(8).
3.4(10) Consent order option. When a licensee appears
to be in violation of mandatory continuing education requirements of 193C IAC 7,
the board may, in lieu of proceeding to a contested case hearing on the denial
of renewal as provided in uniform division rule 193 IAC 7.40(546, 272C), offer
the licensee the opportunity to sign a consent order. While the terms of a
consent order will be tailored to the specific circumstances at issue, the
consent order will typically impose a penalty between $50 and $250, depending on
the severity of the violation, and establish deadlines for compliance, and the
consent order may impose additional educational requirements upon the licensee.
A licensee is free to accept or reject the offer. If accepted, the licensee
will be issued a renewed certificate of licensure and, if the terms of the
consent order are not complied with, will be subject to disciplinary action. If
the offer of settlement is rejected, the matter will be set for hearing, if
timely requested by the applicant pursuant to uniform division rule 193 IAC
7.40(546,272C).
3.4(11) Inactive status. Licensees who are not
engaged in engineering or land surveying practices that require licensure in
Iowa may be granted inactive status. No inactive licensee may practice in Iowa
unless otherwise exempted in Iowa Code chapter 542B.
193C—3.5(542B) Reinstatement of
licensure.
3.5(1) To reinstate a license that has lapsed for one
year or more, the applicant for reinstatement must pay the fee required by 193C
IAC 2.1(542B) and must satisfy one of the following requirements:
a. Provide documentation of 45 professional development hours
achieved within the current and previous biennium (dual licensees must provide
documentation of 30 professional development hours for each profession);
or
b. Successfully complete the principles and practice
examination within one year immediately prior to application for
reinstatement.
3.5(2) To reinstate a license that has lapsed for less
than one year, the applicant for reinstatement must pay the fee required by 193C
IAC 2.1(542B) and must satisfy one of the following requirements:
a. Provide documentation of 30 professional development hours
achieved within the current and previous biennium (dual licensees must provide
documentation of 20 professional development hours for each profession);
or
b. Successfully complete the principles and practice
examination within one year immediately prior to application for
reinstatement.
3.5(3) Lapsed licensees may not reinstate to inactive
status.
3.5(4) To reinstate from inactive status to active
status, the applicant for reinstatement must pay the fee required by 193C IAC
2.1(542B) and must provide documentation of 45 professional development hours
achieved within the current and previous biennium (dual licensees must provide
documentation of 30 professional development hours for each
profession).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Codesections
542B.2, 542B.6, 542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15, 542B.20, 542B.30, 272C.2 and
272C.3.
CHAPTER 4
ENGINEERING LICENSURE
193C—4.1(542B) Requirements for licensure by
examination. The specific requirements for initial licensing in Iowa are
established in Iowa Code section 542B.14, and it is the board’s intention
to issue initial licensure only when those requirements are satisfied
chronologically as set forth in the statute.
4.1(1) First, the applicant for initial licensure in
Iowa must satisfy the education requirements as follows:
a. Graduation from an engineering program of four years or
more.
(1) If an applicant did not graduate from an Accreditation
Board of Engineering and Technology/ Engineering Accreditation Commission
(ABET/EAC) or Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board (CEAB) approved
curriculum, the applicant must also complete, in addition to the engineering
degree, a year of practical experience satisfactory to the board after receiving
the engineering degree and prior to taking the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination.
(2) An engineering technology curriculum does not constitute
an engineering program of four years or more.
b. If an applicant obtained an associate of science degree or
a more advanced degree between July 1, 1983, and June 30, 1988, the board shall
only require satisfactory completion of a minimum of two years of postsecondary
study in mathematics, physical sciences, engineering technology, or engineering
at an institution approved by the board and six years of practical experience
which, in the opinion of the board, is of satisfactory character to properly
prepare the applicant for the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
(Applicants qualifying under this subrule must successfully complete the
Fundamentals of Engineering examination by June 30, 2001.)
4.1(2) Second, the applicant must successfully
complete the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
a. An applicant may take the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination anytime after the educational requirements as specified above are
completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of
Engineering examination prior to taking the Principles and Practice of
Engineering examination.
b. College seniors studying an ABET/EAC or CEAB approved
curriculum may take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination during the final
academic year. Applicants will be permitted to take the examination during the
testing period which most closely precedes anticipated grad– uation.
However, an official transcript from the applicant’s college or university
verifying that the applicant graduated must be sent by the registrar to the
board office before an applicant’s examination results will be
released.
c. An applicant who graduated from a satisfactory engineering
program and has 25 years or more of work experience satisfactory to the board
shall not be required to take the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination.
d. An applicant who has earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree
from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor
of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline, or a similar
doctoral degree in a discipline approved by the board, shall not be required to
take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
4.1(3) Third, the applicant must successfully complete
the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination.
a. To qualify to take this examination, the applicant must
present a record of four years or more of practical experience in engineering
work which is of a character satisfactory to the board. This experience must
have been obtained after the receipt of the qualifying education and prior to
the application due date for the examination.
b. An applicant for the Principles and Practice of Engineering
examination shall have a minimum of one year of practical experience in the
United States of America or a territory under its jurisdiction.
4.1(4) Work project description. An applicant for
initial licensure as a professional engineer must include with the application a
statement of approximately 200 words describing a significant project on which
the applicant worked closely during the previous 12 months. The statement shall
describe the applicant’s degree of responsibility for the project and
shall identify the project’s owner and its location. The statement shall
be signed and dated. Criteria the board shall use in evaluating the
acceptability of the project as qualifying experience for the applicant shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. The degree to which the project and the experience
described have progressed from assignments typical of initial assignments to
those more nearly expected of a licensed professional;
b. The scope and quality of the professional tutelage
experienced by the applicant;
c. The technical decisions required of the applicant in the
project; and
d. The professional decisions required of the
applicant.
The board reserves the right to contact the employer and the
person providing tutelage on the project for information about the project
experience presented to the applicant.
4.1(5) References. References are required for any
applicant that must meet an experience requirement prior to taking an
examination.
a. An applicant for the Principles and Practice of Engineering
examination shall submit five references on forms provided by the
board.
(1) At least three of the five references shall be from
licensed professional engineers.
(2) If the applicant has had more than one supervisor, at
least two of the references shall be from a supervisor of the
applicant.
(3) If an applicant has had professional experience under more
than one employer, the applicant shall provide references from individuals with
knowledge of the work performed under a minimum of two employers.
(4) The board reserves the right to contact employers for
information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence
or to request additional references.
b. An applicant for the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination whose engineering degree is not from an ABET/EAC or CEAB accredited
engineering program, must provide a reference from a supervisor on a form
provided by the board.
4.1(6) Education and experience requirements. The
board will require the minimum number of years set forth on the following chart
before an applicant will be permitted to take either the Fundamentals of
Engineering or the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination. Column 1
indicates the years of practical experience required prior to the Fundamentals
of Engineering examination in addition to the completion of the required
educational level. To determine the total years of practical experience
required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Engineering examination,
column 2 is added to column 1.
EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXAMINATION
APPLICANTS
|
If the applicant’s educational level is:
|
1 The applicant must have the following additional years
of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Engineering examination:
|
2* The applicant must have the following years of
experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles
and Practice of Engineering examination:
|
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in an accredited
engineering program
|
0
|
4
|
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in mathematics or
physical sciences plus a master’s degree* in engineering
|
0
|
4
|
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in technology or
architecture plus a master’s degree* in engineering
|
0
|
4
|
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in engineering from a
nonaccredited engineering program
|
1
|
4
|
A 4–year bachelor’s degree in engineering from a
nonaccredited engineering program plus a master’s degree* in
engineering
|
0
|
4
|
*For purposes of this subrule, an applicant’s
master’s degree in engineering must be from an institution in the United
States of America with an accredited bachelor’s degree in the same
curriculum, and the master’s degree candidate must be required to fulfill
the requirements for the bachelor’s degree in the same area of
specialization.
4.1(7) Practical experience requirements. Practical
engineering experience is required prior to licensing. The purpose of this
requirement is to ensure that the applicant has acquired the professional
judgment, capacity and competence to design engineering works, structures, and
systems. The following criteria will be considered by the board in determining
whether an applicant’s experience satisfies the statutory
requirements.
a. Quality. Experience shall be of such quality as to
demonstrate that the applicant has developed technical skill and initiative in
the correct application of engineering principles. Such experience should
demonstrate the capacity to review the applications of these principles by
others and to assume responsibility for engineering work of professional
character. To be readily acceptable, an applicant’s experience shall be
under the tutelage of a professional engineer. However, an applicant who is an
engineer intern and whose tutelage or portion of tutelage has not been under a
licensed professional engineer must submit a cover letter to the board
requesting consideration of such experience along with the application. The
applicant shall also submit a letter of reference from the applicant’s
supervisor(s). The letter of reference shall assess the applicant’s
performance, development, integrity, and ability to assume responsible charge
and shall contain a description of the supervisor’s background in
education and experience and the nature of the tutelage provided to the
applicant. The board may require the applicant to submit additional letters of
reference or other evidence of suitable tutelage. The board may require an oral
interview with the applicant or other evidence to verify the applicant’s
knowledge and experience in the principles and practice of engineering. The
board may conduct interviews with persons providing tutelage to the
applicant.
b. Scope. Experience shall be of sufficient breadth and scope
to ensure that the applicant has attained reasonably well–rounded
professional competence in a basic engineering field, rather than highly
specialized skill in a very narrow and limited field.
c. Progression. The record of experience shall indicate
successive and continued progress from initial work of simpler character to
recent work of greater complexity and a higher degree of responsibility, as well
as continued interest and effort on the part of the applicant toward further
professional development and advancement.
d. Special work experience. Work experience prior to
graduation from college may be accepted toward satisfaction of professional
experience requirements only as follows: Cooperative work programs administered
by engineering colleges and verified on the transcript and internships with a
verifying reference from the internship supervisor will be considered as
half–time credit, with a maximum allowance of 6 months (12 months of
cooperative work experience or internship) applicable toward the satisfaction of
professional experience requirements. An applicant’s advanced education,
military experience, or both, will be reviewed in order to determine if they are
applicable toward the statutory requirements for experience.
e. Advanced education. An applicant who has earned a Master
of Science degree that includes research experience, in addition to writing an
associated thesis, from an institution in the United States of America with an
accredited Bachelor of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline
and has fulfilled the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree may be
granted a maximum of one–half year’s experience credit. An
applicant who has earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree from an institution in
the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor of Science engineering
degree program in the same discipline may be granted a maximum of one
year’s experience credit in addition to the one–half year for the
master’s degree.
f. Teaching experience. Teaching of engineering subjects at
the level of assistant professor or higher in an accredited engineering program
may be considered as experience, provided the applicant’s immediate
supervisor is a licensed professional engineer in the jurisdiction in which the
college or university is located. If the applicant’s immediate supervisor
is not a licensed professional engineer, a program of mentoring or peer review
by a licensed professional engineer acceptable to the board must be
demonstrated. Applicants using teaching or research as experience must have a
minimum of four years of acceptable experience in research, industry, or
consulting. The board shall consider the complexity of the project(s)
presented, the degree of responsibility of the applicant within the project, and
other factors the board deems relevant. Academic experience must demonstrate
increasing levels of responsibility for the conduct and management of projects
involving engineering research, development or application. The board reserves
the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s
professional experience and competence.
g. Joint applications. Applicants requesting licensure both
as a professional engineer and a land surveyor must submit a history of
professional experience in both fields. Such histories will be considered
separately on a case–by–case basis. The board does not grant full
credit for concurrent experience in both professions.
4.1(8) Required examinations. All examinations
are uniform examinations prepared and graded by the National Council of
Examiners for Engineering and Surveying (NCEES). The board may negotiate
an agreement with an examination service to administer the examinations to
applicants approved by the board, in which case applicants shall pay examination
fees directly to the service.
a. Fundamentals of Engineering examination (fundamentals
examination). The Fundamentals of Engineering examination is a written,
eight–hour examination covering general engineering principles and other
subjects commonly taught in accredited engineering programs.
b. Principles and Practice of Engineering examination
(professional examination). The Principles and Practice of Engineering
examination is a written, eight–hour examination designed to determine
proficiency and qualification to engage in the practice of professional
engineering only in a specific branch. A separate examination shall be required
for each branch in which licensure is granted.
c. Passing scores. The board reviews test results for each
examination and determines what level shall constitute a minimum passing score
for that examination. In making its determination, the board generally is
guided by the passing score recommended by the NCEES. The board fixes the
passing score for each examination at a level which it concludes is a reasonable
indication of minimally acceptable professional competence.
d. Reexamination. An applicant who fails an examination may
request reexamination at the next examination period without reapplication to
the board. If the applicant intends to retake the examination, the applicant
must notify the examination service selected by the board to administer the
examinations prior to the application due date for the examination.
e. Failure to appear. An applicant who fails to appear for an
examination may sit for the examination the next time it is offered without
reapplication provided the application will not be more than one year old at the
time of the application due date for the examination and the applicant notifies
the examination service selected by the board to administer the examinations
prior to the application due date for the examination.
f. Materials permitted in examination room. For
security reasons, applicants shall comply with requirements regarding materials
permitted in the examination room as issued by the National Council of Examiners
for Engineering and Surveying and provided to exam candidates prior to the
examination.
193C—4.2(542B) Requirements for licensure by comity.
A person holding a certificate of licensure to engage in the practice of
engineering issued by a proper authority of a jurisdiction or possession of the
United States, the District of Columbia, or any foreign country, based on
requirements that do not conflict with the provisions of Iowa Code section
542B.14 and of a standard not lower than that specified in the applicable
licensure Act in effect in this jurisdiction at the time such certificate was
issued may, upon application, be licensed without further examination. When
determining whether the licensing standards satisfied by a comity applicant at
the time of foreign licensure are equal or superior to those required in Iowa,
the board considers each of the four licensing prerequisites in Iowa Code
section 542B.14(1) individually. The licensing standards satisfied by the
comity applicant must accordingly have been equal or superior to those required
in Iowa for education, fundamentals examination, experience, and professional
examination. Unless expressly stated in this chapter, the board will not
consider an applicant’s superior satisfaction of one licensing
prerequisite, such as a higher level of education than is required in Iowa, as
resolving an applicant’s lack of compliance with another prerequisite,
such as professional examination. Comity applicants are governed by the same
standards as are required of Iowa applicants.
4.2(1) References. An applicant for licensure by
comity shall submit three references on forms provided by the board, at least
two of which shall be from licensed professional engineers. The board reserves
the right to contact employers for information about the applicant’s
professional experience and competence.
4.2(2) Basis for evaluation of applications.
Applications for licensure by comity will be evaluated on the following
basis:
a. The applicant’s record of education, references,
practical experience, and successful completion of approved examinations will be
reviewed to determine if it currently satisfies the substantive requirements of
Iowa Code section 542B.14. In reviewing the education, references, and
practical experience of comity applicants, the board will use the same criteria
used by the board to determine the eligibility of a candidate for the Principles
and Practice of Engineering examination; or
b. The applicant’s licensure in a jurisdiction other
than Iowa will be reviewed to determine if it was granted only after
satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than those that were
required by Iowa Code section 542B.14 at the time the applicant was licensed in
the other jurisdiction.
4.2(3) Evaluation of comity application
process.
a. First, the applicant for licensure by comity from a
jurisdiction other than Iowa must have satisfied the education requirements set
forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14 that were in effect at the time that the
applicant was licensed initially. In addition, if the applicant did not
graduate from an Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology (ABET)/
Engineering Accreditation Commission (EAC) or Canadian Engineering Accreditation
Board (CEAB) approved curriculum, the applicant must have completed a year of
practical experience satisfactory to the board prior to taking the Fundamentals
of Engineering examination.
b. Second, the applicant must have successfully completed the
Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
(1) The applicant may take the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination anytime after the practical experience or educational requirements
are completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the Fundamentals of
Engineering examination prior to taking the Principles and Practice of
Engineering examination.
(2) An applicant who graduated from a satisfactory engineering
program and who has 25 years or more of work experience satisfactory to the
board shall not be required to take the Fundamentals of Engineering
examination.
(3) An applicant who has earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree
from an institution in the United States of America with an accredited Bachelor
of Science engineering degree program in the same discipline, or a similar
doctoral degree in a discipline approved by the board, shall not be required to
take the Fundamentals of Engineering examination.
c. Third, the applicant must have successfully completed the
Principles and Practice of Engineering examination. Prior to taking this
examination, the applicant should have had a record of four years or more of
practical experience in engineering work which is of a character satisfactory to
the board. This experience must have been obtained after the receipt of the
appropriate education and prior to taking the Principles and Practice of
Engineering examination.
d. While the board will consider evidence presented by a
comity applicant on non–NCEES examinations successfully completed in a
foreign country, the non–NCEES examination will be compared with the
appropriate NCEES examination. A non–NCEES professional examination, for
instance, must be designed to determine whether a candidate is minimally
competent to practice professional engineering in a specific branch of
engineering, such as civil, structural, electrical, or mechanical engineering.
The examination must be written, objectively graded, verifiable, and developed
and validated in accordance with the testing standards of the American
Psychological Association or equivalent testing standards. Free–form
essays and oral interviews, while valuable for certain purposes, are not equal
or superior to NCEES examinations for reasons including the subjective nature of
such procedures, lack of verifiable grading standards, and heightened risk of
inconsistent treatment.
4.2(4) Comity licensure for applicants who completed
the professional examination before completing the experience
requirement.
a. Purpose. Licensure requirements for professional engineers
are generally consistent across jurisdictions, but occasionally the board
receives an application for comity licensure from an applicant who was allowed
to complete the professional engineering examination before completing the
practical engineering experience required of Iowa applicants. This subrule is
intended to provide a mechanism for comity applicants faced with this situation
to become licensed in Iowa without retaking the professional
examination.
b. Licensure conditions. If an applicant for comity licensure
as a professional engineer satisfies all four of the licensing requirements set
forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) (i.e., education, fundamentals
examination, four or more years of practical engineering experience of a
character satisfactory to the board, and professional examination) at the time
of application, but the applicant was permitted by the jurisdiction of initial
licensure to complete the professional examination with a shortfall of the
practical experience required of professional examination candidates in Iowa,
the board may approve the applicant for comity licensure without further written
examination pursuant to Iowa Code section 542B.20, if the applicant has had,
since initial licensure, additional practical engineering experience of a
character satisfactory to the board of at least twice the shortfall. Under no
circumstances will the amount of additional experience required be less than six
months.
4.2(5) Education and experience requirements. The
board will employ the following charts to determine if the applicant’s
licensure in a jurisdiction other than Iowa was granted after satisfaction of
requirements equal to or more stringent than those which were required by Iowa
Code section 542B.14 at the time of the applicant’s original licensure.
Column 1 indicates the years of practical experience that were required prior to
the Fundamentals of Engineering examination in addition to the completion of the
required educational level. To determine the total years of practical
experience that were required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of
Engineering examination, column 2 is added to column 1.
EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY APPLICANTS
Who were licensed prior to July 1, 1988
|
If the applicant’s educational level was:
|
The applicant must have had the following additional years
of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Engineering examination:
|
The applicant must have had the following years of
experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking Principles
and Practice of Engineering examination:
|
No post–high school education
|
8
|
4
|
Postsecondary study in mathematics or physical
sciences
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
5
|
4
|
Four years
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree in mathematics or physical sciences
plus master’s degree* in engineering
|
0
|
4
|
Postsecondary study in engineering technology programs and
architecture
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
5.5
|
4
|
Three years
|
4
|
4
|
Four–year degree in a nonaccredited engineering
technology program or BA in architecture
|
2.5
|
4
|
Four–year degree in an accredited engineering technology
program
|
2
|
4
|
Bachelor of architecture, four years or more
|
2
|
4
|
Four–year degree in engineering technology or
architecture plus master’s degree* in engineering
|
0
|
4
|
Postsecondary study in a nonaccredited engineering
program
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
5
|
4
|
Three years
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
1
|
4
|
Four–year degree in a nonaccredited engineering program
plus master’s degree* in engineering
|
0
|
4
|
Postsecondary study in an accredited engineering
program
|
|
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year degree in an accredited engineering
program
|
0
|
4
|
EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY
APPLICANTS Who were licensed between July 1, 1988, and June 30,
1991
|
If the applicant’s educational level was:
|
The applicant must have had the following additional years
of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Engineering examination:
|
The applicant must have had the following years of
experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking
Principles and Practice of Engineering examination:
|
College or junior college (mathematics or physical
sciences)
|
|
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
5
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree plus MS degree* in
engineering
|
0
|
4
|
All engineering technology programs and architecture
|
|
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
5
|
4
|
Four–year degree, nonaccredited technology or BA in
architecture
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year degree, accredited technology
|
2
|
4
|
Four–year degree or more, bachelor of
architecture
|
2
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree, technology or architecture plus
master’s degree* in engineering
|
0
|
4
|
Engineering program, nonaccredited
|
|
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
1
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree plus MS degree in
engineering
|
0
|
4
|
Engineering program, accredited
|
|
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
0
|
4
|
*For purposes of this subrule, an applicant’s
master’s degree in engineering must be from an institution in the United
States of America with an accredited bachelor’s degree in the same
curriculum, and the master’s degree candidate must be required to fulfill
the requirements for the bachelor’s degree in the same area of
specialization.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
542B.2, 542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15 and 542B.20.
CHAPTER 5
LAND SURVEYING LICENSURE
193C—5.1(542B) Requirements for licensure by
examination. The specific requirements for initial licensing in Iowa are
established in Iowa Code section 542B.14, and it is the board’s intention
to issue initial licensure only when those requirements are satisfied
chronologically as set forth in the statute.
5.1(1) First, the applicant for initial licensure in
Iowa must satisfy the education plus experience requirements as follows:
Graduation from a course of two years or more in mathematics, physical sciences,
mapping and surveying, or engineering in a school or college and six years of
practical experience, all of which, in the opinion of the board, will properly
prepare the applicant for the examination in fundamental land surveying
subjects.
5.1(2) Second, the applicant must successfully
complete the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination.
a. The applicant may take the Fundamentals of Land Surveying
examination anytime after the education and experience requirements described
above are completed, but the applicant must successfully complete the
Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination prior to taking the Principles and
Practice of Land Surveying examination.
b. College seniors studying an Accreditation Board of
Engineering and Technology (ABET) or Canadian Engineering Accreditation Board
(CEAB) approved curriculum may take the Fundamentals of Land Surveying
examination during the final academic year; applicants will be permitted to take
the examination during the testing period which most closely precedes
anticipated graduation. However, an official transcript from the
applicant’s college or university verifying that the applicant graduated
must be sent by the registrar to the board office before an applicant’s
examination results will be released.
5.1(3) Third, the applicant must successfully complete
the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination.
a. To qualify to take this examination, the applicant must
present a record of four years or more of practical experience in land surveying
work which is of a character satisfactory to the board. This experience must
have been obtained after the receipt of the qualifying education and prior to
the application due date for the examination. This practical experience is in
addition to the initial experience required prior to taking the Fundamentals of
Land Surveying examination.
b. An applicant for the Principles and Practices of Land
Surveying examination shall have a minimum of one year of practical experience
in the United States of America or a territory under its jurisdiction.
5.1(4) Work project description. An applicant for
initial licensure as a professional land surveyor must include with the
application a statement of approximately 200 words describing a significant
project on which the applicant worked closely during the last 12 months. The
statement shall describe the applicant’s degree of responsibility for the
project and shall identify the project’s owner and its location. The
statement shall be signed and dated. Criteria the board shall use in evaluating
the acceptability of the project as qualifying experience for the applicant
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. The degree to which the project and the experience
described has progressed from assignments typical of initial assignments to
those more nearly expected of a licensed professional;
b. The scope and quality of the professional tutelage
experienced by the applicant;
c. The technical decisions required of the applicant in the
project; and
d. The professional decisions required of the
applicant.
The board reserves the right to contact the employer and the
person providing tutelage on the project for information about the project
experience presented to the applicant.
5.1(5) References. References are required for any
applicant that must meet an experience requirement prior to taking an
examination.
a. An applicant for the Principles and Practice of Land
Surveying examination shall submit five references on forms provided by the
board.
(1) At least three of the five references shall be from
licensed professional land surveyors.
(2) If the applicant has had more than one supervisor, at
least two of the references shall be from a supervisor of the
applicant.
(3) If an applicant has had professional experience under more
than one employer, the applicant shall provide references from individuals with
knowledge of the work performed under a minimum of two employers.
(4) The board reserves the right to contact employers for
information about the applicant’s professional experience and competence
or to request additional references.
b. An applicant for the Fundamentals of Land Surveying
examination must provide three references on forms provided by the board except
that: (1) individuals applying with an ABET/EAC or CEAB accredited engineering
or surveying and mapping degree with at least six semester hours of surveying or
mapping do not have an experience requirement and, therefore, do not need to
provide references; and (2) individuals applying with a non–ABET/EAC
four–year surveying and mapping degree must submit only one
reference.
5.1(6) Education and experience requirements. The
board will require the minimum number of years set forth on the following chart
before an applicant will be permitted to take either the Fundamentals of Land
Surveying or the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination. Column
1 indicates the years of practical experience required prior to the Fundamentals
of Land Surveying examination in addition to the completion of the required
educational level. To determine the total years of practical experience
required prior to taking the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying
examination, column 2 is added to column 1.
EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXAMINATION
APPLICANTS
|
If the applicant’s educational level was:
|
The applicant must have had the following additional years
of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Land Surveying
examination:
|
The applicant must have had the following years of
experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking
Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination:
|
A college or technology program with fewer than 6 semester
hours of surveying
|
|
|
Two–year degree
|
6
|
4
|
Four–year degree
|
4
|
4
|
A college or technology program with 6 or more semester hours
of surveying
|
|
|
Two–year degree
|
6
|
4
|
Four–year degree
|
2
|
4
|
Engineering program and 6 semester hours of
surveying
|
|
|
Two–year degree
|
6
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
0
|
4
|
Engineering program with less than 6 semester hours of
surveying
|
|
|
Two–year degree
|
6
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
2
|
4
|
Nonaccredited surveying and mapping program
|
|
|
Two–year degree
|
6
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
1
|
4
|
Accredited surveying and mapping program
|
|
|
Two–year degree
|
6
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
0
|
4
|
5.1(7) Practical experience requirements. Practical
land surveying experience is required prior to licensing. The purpose of this
requirement is to ensure that the applicant has acquired the professional
judgment, capacity and competence to determine land boundaries. The following
criteria will be considered by the board in determining whether an
applicant’s experience satisfies the statutory requirements.
a. Quality. Experience shall be of such quality as to
demonstrate that the applicant has developed technical skill and initiative in
the correct application of surveying principles. Such experience should
demonstrate the capacity to review the applications of these principles by
others and to assume responsibility for surveying work of a professional
character. Up to three years of practical experience obtained after high school
graduation and prior to satisfying the education requirement, if under the
tutelage of a professional land surveyor, may be accepted toward the additional
experience requirement for qualification to take the Fundamentals of Land
Surveying examination. A minimum of four years of an applicant’s
experience after satisfying the education requirement shall be under the
tutelage of a professional land surveyor.
b. Scope. Experience shall be of sufficient breadth and scope
to ensure that the applicant has attained reasonably well–rounded
professional competence in land surveying.
c. Progression. The record of experience shall indicate
successive and continued progress from initial work of simpler character to
recent work of greater complexity and higher degree of responsibility, as well
as continued interest and effort on the part of the applicant toward further
professional development and advancement.
d. Advanced education and military experience. An
applicant’s advanced education, military experience, or both will be
reviewed in order to determine if they are applicable toward the statutory
requirements for experience.
e. Joint applications. Applicants requesting licensure both
as professional engineers and land surveyors must submit a history of
professional experience in both fields. Such histories will be considered
separately on a case–by–case basis. The board does not grant full
credit for concurrent experience in both professions.
5.1(8) Required examinations. The board
prepares and grades the Iowa State Specific Land Surveying examination
administered to professional land surveyor candidates. All other examinations
are uniform examinations prepared and graded by the National Council of
Examiners for Engineering and Surveying (NCEES). The board may negotiate
an agreement with an examination service to administer the examinations to
applicants approved by the board, in which case applicants shall pay examination
fees directly to the service.
a. Fundamentals examination. The Fundamentals of Land
Surveying examination is a written, eight–hour examination covering
general surveying principles.
b. Interview. One or more of the land surveyor members of the
board must conduct an interview with each applicant for the professional land
surveying examination prior to the examination. This interview is to verify the
applicant’s knowledge and experience in the principles and practice of
land surveying in Iowa. The applicant is required to bring to the oral
interview samples of the applicant’s work which include surveying plats,
subdivision plats, acquisition plats, corner certificates, and related field
notes. The applicant is expected to have knowledge in the following: conduct
of original surveys, restoration of obliterated corners, reestablishing of lost
corners, retracement work and how to use evidence in restoration of obliterated
land lines as well as corners, laws governing riparian rights, accretions,
adverse possession, acquiescence, and Iowa laws regarding minimum standards for
surveying, platting and corner certification. An applicant will not be
permitted to write the examination without successfully verifying experience
through the interview process.
c. Professional land surveying examinations. The Principles
and Practice of Land Surveying examination consists of two examinations. The
first is a six–hour examination designed to determine general proficiency
and qualification to engage in the practice of land surveying. The second part
is a two–hour Iowa State Specific closed–book examination that is
designed to determine an applicant’s proficiency and qualification to
practice land surveying specifically in Iowa. Each of the two examinations
shall be scored separately.
d. Passing scores. The board reviews test results for each
examination and determines what level shall constitute a minimum passing score
for that examination. In making its determination, the board generally is
guided by the passing score recommended by the NCEES. The board fixes the
passing score for each examination at a level which it concludes is a reasonable
indication of minimally acceptable professional competence.
e. Reexamination. An applicant who fails an examination may
request reexamination at the next examination period without
reapplication.
(1) If the applicant intends to retake the examination, the
applicant must notify the examination service selected by the board to
administer the examinations prior to the application due date for the
examination.
(2) Applicants failing one or both parts of the professional
land surveying examination will be required to retake only the failed portions.
An applicant successful in passing one portion of the land surveying examination
need not be reexamined for that portion regardless of how much time elapses
between the successfully passed portion and any future appearance to retake the
failed portion of the examination. A satisfactory score must be obtained on
each portion of the examination before the board will grant licensure as a land
surveyor.
(3) An applicant for licensure as a land surveyor in Iowa (by
comity or examination) that needs to be examined only for the
state–specific portion of the professional land surveying examination may
take the examination at the board office by appointment in accordance with all
other requirements.
f. Failure to appear. An applicant who fails to appear for an
examination may sit for the examination the next time it is offered without
reapplication provided the application will not be more than one year old at the
time of the application due date for the examination and the applicant notifies
the board office prior to the application due date for the
examination.
g. Materials permitted in examination room. For security
reasons, applicants shall comply with certain requirements regarding materials
permitted in the examination room as issued by the National Council of Examiners
for Engineering and Surveying and provided to exam candidates prior to the
examination.
193C—5.2(542B) Requirements for licensure by comity.
A person holding a certificate of licensure to engage in the practice of
land surveying issued by a proper authority of a jurisdiction or possession of
the United States, the District of Columbia, or any foreign country, based on
requirements that do not conflict with the provisions of Iowa Code
section 542B.14 and of a standard not lower than that specified in the
applicable licensure Act in effect in this jurisdiction at the time such
certificate was issued may, upon application and successful completion of the
Iowa State Specific Land Surveying examination, be licensed without further
examination. When determining whether the licensing standards satisfied by a
comity applicant at time of foreign licensure are equal or superior to those
required in Iowa, the board considers each of the four licensing prerequisites
in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) individually. The licensing standards satisfied
by the comity applicant must accordingly have been equal or superior to those
required in Iowa for education, fundamentals examination, experience, and
professional examination. Unless expressly stated in this chapter, the board
will not consider an applicant’s superior satisfaction of one licensing
prerequisite, such as a higher level of education than is required in Iowa, as
resolving an applicant’s lack of compliance with another prerequisite,
such as professional examination. Comity applicants are governed by the same
standards as are required of Iowa applicants.
5.2(1) References. An applicant for licensure by
comity shall submit three references on forms provided by the board, at least
two of which shall be from licensed professional land surveyors. The board
reserves the right to contact employers for information about the
applicant’s professional experience and competence.
5.2(2) Basis for evaluation of applications.
Applications for licensure by comity will be evaluated on the following
basis:
a. The applicant’s record of education, references,
practical experience, and successful completion of approved examinations will be
reviewed to determine if it currently satisfies the substantive requirements of
Iowa Code section 542B.14. In reviewing the education, references, and
practical experience of comity applicants, the board will use the same criteria
used by the board to determine the eligibility of a candidate for the Principles
and Practice of Land Surveying examination; or
b. The applicant’s licensure in a jurisdiction other
than Iowa will be reviewed to determine if it was granted only after
satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than those that were
required by Iowa Code section 542B.14 at the time the applicant was licensed in
the other jurisdiction.
5.2(3) Evaluation of comity application process.
a. First, the applicant for licensure by comity from a
jurisdiction other than Iowa must have satisfied the education and experience
requirements as set forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14 that were in effect at
the time that the applicant was licensed initially.
b. Second, the applicant must have successfully completed the
Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination. The applicant may take the
Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination anytime after the practical
experience and educational requirements are completed, but the applicant must
successfully complete the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination prior to
taking the Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination.
c. Third, the applicant must have successfully completed the
Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination. Prior to taking this
examination, the applicant shall have had a record of four years or more of
practical experience in land surveying which is of a character satisfactory to
the board.
d. While the board will consider evidence presented by a
comity applicant on non–NCEES examinations successfully completed in a
foreign country, the non–NCEES examination will be compared with the
appropriate NCEES examination. A non–NCEES professional examination, for
instance, must be designed to determine whether a candidate is minimally
competent to practice professional land surveying. The examination must be
written, objectively graded, verifiable, and developed and validated in
accordance with the testing standards of the American Psychological Association
or equivalent testing standards. Free–form essays and oral interviews,
while valuable for certain purposes, are not equal or superior to NCEES
examinations for reasons including the subjective nature of such procedures,
lack of verifiable grading standards, and heightened risk of inconsistent
treatment.
5.2(4) Education and experience requirements. The
board will employ the following chart to determine if the applicant’s
licensure in a jurisdiction other than Iowa was granted after satisfaction of
requirements equal to or more stringent than those that were required by Iowa
Code section 542B.14 at the time the applicant was licensed in the other
jurisdiction. Column 1 indicates the years of practical experience that were
required prior to the Fundamentals of Land Surveying examination in addition to
the completion of the required educational level. To determine the total years
of practical experience that were required prior to taking the Principles and
Practice of Land Surveying examination, column 2 is added to column 1.
EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY
APPLICANTS Who were licensed prior to July 1, 1988
|
If the applicant’s educational level was:
|
The applicant must have had the following additional years
of experience prior to taking Fundamentals of Land Surveying
examination:
|
The applicant must have had the following years of
experience after receipt of the qualifying degree and prior to taking
Principles and Practice of Land Surveying examination:
|
No post–high school education
|
8
|
4
|
College or technology program with fewer than 6 semester hours
of surveying
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
6
|
4
|
Three years
|
5
|
4
|
Four–year degree
|
4
|
4
|
College or technology program with 6 or more semester hours of
surveying
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
5.5
|
4
|
Three years
|
4
|
4
|
Four–year degree
|
2.5
|
4
|
Engineering program with 6 semester hours of
surveying
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
5.5
|
4
|
Three years
|
4
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
1.5
|
4
|
Nonaccredited surveying and mapping program
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
5
|
4
|
Three years
|
3
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
1
|
4
|
Accredited surveying and mapping program
|
|
|
One year
|
7
|
4
|
Two years
|
4
|
4
|
Three years
|
2
|
4
|
Four–year BS degree
|
0
|
4
|
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
542B.2, 542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15 and 542B.20.
CHAPTER 6
SEAL AND CERTIFICATE OF
RESPONSIBILITY
193C—6.1(542B) Seal and certificate of
responsibility.
6.1(1) Each licensee shall procure a seal with which
to identify all engineering and land surveying documents issued by the licensee
for use in Iowa as provided in Iowa Code section 542B.16.
6.1(2) Description of seal. The seal shall include
the name of the licensee and the words “Professional Engineer” or
“Land Surveyor” or “Professional Engineer and Land
Surveyor.” The Iowa license number and the word “Iowa” shall
be included. The seal shall substantially conform to the samples shown
below:
6.1(3) A legible rubber stamp or other facsimile of
the seal may be used.
6.1(4) Each engineering or land surveying document
submitted to a client or any public agency, hereinafter referred to as the
official copy (or official copies), shall contain an information block on the
first page or attached cover sheet for application of a seal by the licensee in
responsible charge and an information block for application of a seal by each
professional consultant contributing to the submission. In lieu of each
contributing professional consultant providing an information block on the front
page or attached cover sheet for application of a seal, a table shall be
provided that identifies the contributing professionals and where their
respective information blocks can be found within the document. The seal and
original signature shall be applied only to a final submission. Each official
copy of a submission shall be stapled, bound or otherwise attached together so
as to clearly establish the complete extent of the submission. Each
certification block shall display the seal of the licensee and shall designate
the portion of the submission for which that licen–see is responsible, so
that responsibility for the entire submission is clearly established by the
combination of the stated seal responsibilities. Any nonfinal submission of an
engineering or land surveying document to a client or public agency shall be
clearly labeled “preliminary” or “draft.”
The engineering certification shall conform to the wording in
the sample shown below:
SEAL
|
I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared
by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed
Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of
Iowa. _____________________________________
(signature) (date) Printed or typed
name
My license renewal date is December 31,____.
Pages or sheets covered by this
seal: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________
|
The land surveying certification block shall conform to the
sample shown below. For maps or acquisition plats prepared from public records
or previous measurements by others, the following land surveying certification
block may be modified by removing the phrase “and the related survey work
was performed.”
SEAL
|
I hereby certify that this land surveying document was
prepared and the related survey work was performed by me or under my direct
personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Land Surveyor under the laws
of the State of Iowa. _____________________________________
(signature) (date) Printed or typed
name
License number _______________________
My license renewal
date is December 31,____.
Pages or sheets covered by this
seal: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________
|
6.1(5) The information requested in each certification
block must be typed or legibly printed in permanent ink except for the signature
and date of signature, which shall be an original signature and handwritten date
in contrasting ink color on each official copy. The seal implies responsibility
for the entire submission unless the area of responsibility is clearly
identified in the information accompanying the seal.
6.1(6) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee
to forward copies of all revisions to the submission, which shall become a part
of the official copy of the submission. Such revisions shall be identified as
applicable on a certification block or blocks with professional seals applied so
as to clearly establish professional responsibility for the revisions.
6.1(7) The licensee is responsible for the custody and
proper use of the seal. Improper use of the seal shall be grounds for
disciplinary action.
6.1(8) Computer–generated seals may be used on
final original documents.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.13,
542B.15, 542B.20 and 542B.30.
CHAPTER 7
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
193C—7.1(542B,272C) General statement. Each
licensee is required to meet the continuing education requirements of this
chapter for professional development as a condition of licensure
renewal.
193C—7.2(542B,272C) Definitions. As used in
these rules, the following definitions apply:
“College or unit semester or quarter hour” means
the unit of credit given for advanced technical and graduate courses from
universities with programs accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc. or
other related college course qualified in accordance with this
chapter.
“Continuing education” means education obtained by
a licensee in order to maintain, improve, or expand skills and knowledge
obtained prior to initial licensure or to develop new and relevant skills and
knowledge.
“Continuing education unit (CEU)” means the unit
of credit customarily granted for continuing education courses. One continuing
education unit is given for ten hours of class in an approved continuing
education course.
“Course or activity” means any qualifying course
or activity with a clear purpose and objective which will maintain, improve, or
expand the skills and knowledge relevant to the licensee’s field of
practice.
“Professional development hour (PDH)” means a
contact hour of instruction or presentation and is the common denominator for
other units of credit.
193C—7.3(542B,272C) Professional development
hours.
7.3(1) PDH conversion. The following chart
illustrates the conversion from other units to PDH:
1 College or unit semester hour
Credit for qualifying college or community college courses
will be based upon course credit established by the college.
|
45 PDH
|
1 College or unit quarter hour
Credit for qualifying college or community college courses
will be based upon course credit established by the college.
|
30 PDH
|
1 Continuing Education Unit
|
10 PDH
|
1 Hour attendance in a class, course, seminar, or professional
or technical presentation made at a meeting, convention or conference. Credit
for qualifying seminars and workshops will be based on one PDH unit for each
hour of attendance. Attendance at qualifying programs presented at professional
or technical society meetings will earn PDH units for the actual time of each
program.
|
1 PDH per hour
|
Teaching of a class, course, seminar, or a professional or
technical presentation
a. Teaching credit is valid for teaching a course or seminar
for the first time only.
b. Teaching credit does not apply to full–time
faculty.
|
2 PDH per hour
|
Each published paper, article, or book
Credit for published material is earned in the biennium of
publication.
|
10 PDH
|
Active participation in a professional or technical
society.
Credit for active participation in professional and technical
societies is limited to 2 PDH per renewal per organization and requires that a
licensee serve as an officer or actively participate in a committee of the
organization. PDH credits are earned for a minimum of one year’s service.
|
2 PDH per organization per renewal period
|
Each patent
Credit for patents is earned in the biennium the patent is
issued.
|
10 PDH
|
7.3(2) Determination of credit. The board has final
authority with respect to approval of courses, credit, PDH value for courses,
and other methods of earning credit.
193C—7.4(542B,272C) Professional development
guidelines. Continuing education activities that satisfy the professional
development criteria are those that relate to engineering or land surveying
practice or management. It is recognized that an engineer’s specialized
skills must have as their foundation a fundamental knowledge of chemistry,
physics, mathematics, graphics, computations, communication, and humanities and
social sciences. However, continuing education in the fundamentals alone will
not be sufficient to maintain, improve, or expand engineering skills and
knowledge. For that reason, licensees will be limited in their use of
fundamental courses in proportion to ABET criteria for accreditation of
engineering curricula. Continuing education activities are classified
as:
7.4(1) Group 1 activities. Group 1 activities
are intended to maintain, improve, or expand skills and knowledge obtained prior
to initial licensure. The following chart illustrates the maximum PDH allowable
per renewal period for Group 1 activities:
Type of course/activity
|
Number of PDH allowed per renewal period
|
Mathematics and basic sciences
Math beyond Trigonometry
Basic sciences: Chemistry, Physics, Life sciences, Earth
sciences
|
10 PDH
|
Engineering sciences
Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Electrical and electrical circuits,
Materials science, *Computer science
*Courses in computer science will generally be considered a
part of the Engineering Sciences category in the ABET criterion and, therefore,
limited to a maximum of 10 PDH per renewal period.
|
10 PDH
|
Humanities and social sciences
Philosophy, Religion, History, Literature, Fine arts,
Sociology, Psychology, Political science, Anthropology, Economics, Foreign
languages, Professional ethics, Social responsibility
|
5 PDH
|
Engineering curriculum courses
Accounting, Industrial management, Finance, Personnel
administration, Engineering economy, English, Speech, *Computer
applications
*Courses in CAD and fundamental computer applications will
generally not be applicable in either Group 1 or Group 2 activities. The
computer is viewed as a tool available to the engineer or land surveyor, much as
a pencil or hand–held calculator is a tool. Only computer courses that
have the solution of engineering or land surveying problems as a purpose will be
considered acceptable. An example of this might be a course that trains an
engineer in the utilization of a specific software package to perform structural
analysis. The concept of the computer as a tool does not apply to a computer
engineer.
|
10 PDH
|
7.4(2) Group 2 activities. Group 2 activities are
intended to develop new and relevant skills and knowledge. Credit for
participation in activities in the group is unlimited, subject to maximum
carryover. Typical areas include postgraduate level engineering science or
design, new technology, environmental regulation and courses in management of
engineering or land surveying activity (regular work duties do not
qualify).
7.4(3) Independent study. Independent study with no
real time interaction between the provider and the licensee may be accepted by
the board when:
a. A written evaluation process is completed by the
independent study provider; and
b. A certificate of satisfactory completion is issued by the
provider; and
c. Evaluation assessment is issued to the licensee by the
provider; and
d. Documentation supporting such independent studies is
maintained by the licensee and provided to the board as required by subrule
7.8(2).
A maximum of six professional development hours of independent
study activity will be allowed per biennium per licensee.
7.4(4) Exclusions. Types of continuing
education activities which will be excluded from allowable continuing education
are those in which it is not evident that the activity relates directly to the
licensee’s practice of professional engineering or land surveying or the
management of the business concerns of the licensee’s practice, or which
do not comply with the board’s administrative rules. Activities that do
not qualify as continuing education are as follows:
• Regular
employment;
• Toastmasters club
meetings;
• Service club meetings or
activities;
• Personal estate
planning;
• Banquet speeches unrelated
to engineering;
• Professional society
business meeting portions of technical seminars;
• Financial
planning/investment seminars;
• Foreign travel not related
to engineering study abroad;
• Personal
self–improvement courses;
• Real estate licensing
courses;
• Stress
management;
• Trade shows;
• Peer review;
• Accreditation
review.
193C—7.5(542B,272C) Biennial requirement. The
biennial requirement must be satisfied during the biennium prior to licensure
renewal except for the carryover permitted.
7.5(1) The continuing education requirement for
biennial licensure renewal is 30 professional development hours for an active
licensee in engineering or land surveying. The number of professional
development hours that may be carried forward into the next biennium shall not
exceed 15.
7.5(2) Inactive licensees are exempt from the
continuing education requirements.
7.5(3) Continuing education requirements for licensure
in more than one engineering branch are the same as for licensure in a single
branch of engineering.
7.5(4) The continuing education requirement for
biennial licensure renewal for an individual who is active in both engineering
and land surveying is 20 professional development hours in engineering and 20
professional development hours in land surveying. The number of professional
development hours that may be carried forward into the next biennium shall not
exceed 10 hours for each profession.
7.5(5) A licensee who is active in one profession and
inactive in another shall meet the continuing education requirements for
licensure in the profession in which active licensure is maintained.
7.5(6) A new licensee shall satisfy one–half the
biennial continuing education requirement at the first renewal following initial
licensure.
193C—7.6(542B,272C) Exemptions. The continuing
edu– cation requirements may be reduced in proportion to the
following:
1. Periods of time exceeding 120
consecutive days that the licensee serves honorably on active duty in the
military services.
2. Periods of time that the
licensee is licensed in another state or district having continuing education
requirements for professional engineering or land surveying equal to or more
stringent than the requirements of these rules and meets all requirements of
that state or district for practice therein.
3. Periods of time exceeding 120
consecutive days that the licensee is an employee working as a professional
engineer or land surveyor and assigned to duty outside the United States of
America.
193C—7.7(542B,272C) Hardships or extenuating
circumstances. The board may, in individual cases involving hardship or
extenuating circumstances, grant waivers of the continuing education
requirements for a period of time not to exceed one year. No waiver or
extension of time shall be granted unless the licensee makes a written request
to the board for such action.
193C—7.8(542B,272C) Reports, records, and audits.
At the time of application for license renewal, each licensee shall report,
on a form provided by the board, the number of professional development hours
achieved during the preceding biennium.
7.8(1) Record keeping. Maintaining records to be used
to support professional development hours claimed is the responsibility of the
licensee. It is recommended that each licensee keep a log showing the type of
activity claimed, sponsoring organization, location, duration,
instructor’s or speaker’s name, and PDH credits earned.
7.8(2) Compliance review. The board may select
licensees for review of compliance with continuing education requirements on a
random basis or upon receiving information regarding noncompliance and shall
review compliance with continuing education requirements for reinstatement of
lapsed or inactive licenses. For each professional development hour claimed,
licensees chosen for compliance review shall furnish:
a. Proof of attendance. Attendance verification records in
the form of completion certificates, or other documents supporting evidence of
attendance;
b. Verification of the hours claimed; and
c. Information about the course content.
7.8(3) Compliance review sanctions. Any discrepancy
between the number of PDHs reported and the number of PDHs actually supported by
documentation may result in a disciplinary review.
7.8(4) Out–of–state residents. A person
licensed to practice engineering or land surveying in Iowa shall be deemed to
have complied with the continuing education requirement of this state during the
periods that the person is a resident of another state or district which has a
continuing education requirement for engineers or land surveyors and the
individual meets all requirements of that state or district for practice
therein. However, if selected for compliance review, such individuals must
provide documentation as specified in 7.8(2).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
272C.2, 272C.3, 542B.6, and 542B.18.
CHAPTER 8
PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OF LICENSEES
193C—8.1(542B) General statement. In order to
establish and maintain a high standard of integrity, skills and practice in the
professions of engineering and land surveying, and to safeguard the life,
health, property and welfare of the public, the following code of professional
conduct shall be binding upon every person holding a certificate of licensure as
a professional engineer or land surveyor in this state. The code of
professional conduct is an exercise of the police power vested in the board by
the Acts of the legislature.
193C—8.2(542B) Code of professional conduct.
All persons licensed under Iowa Code chapter 542B are charged with having
knowledge of the existence of this code of professional conduct and shall be
expected to be familiar with its provisions, to understand them, and abide by
them. Such knowledge includes the understanding that the practices of
engineering and land surveying are a privilege, as opposed to a right, and the
licensee shall be forthright and candid in statements or written response to the
board or its representatives on matters pertaining to professional
conduct.
8.2(1) Responsibility to the public. Licensees shall
conduct their professional practices in a manner that will protect life, health
and property and enhance the public welfare. If their professional judgment is
overruled under circumstances where safety, health and welfare of the public are
endangered, they shall inform their employer or client of the possible
consequences, notify such other proper authority as may be appropriate, and
withdraw from further services on the project.
Licensees shall neither approve nor certify engineering or
land surveying documents that may be harmful to the public health and welfare
and that are not in conformity with accepted engineering or land surveying
standards.
8.2(2) Competency for assignments. Licensees shall
undertake to perform engineering or land surveying assignments only when
qualified by education or experience in the specific technical field of
professional engineering or land surveying involved. Licensees shall engage
experts or advise that experts and specialists be engaged whenever the client or
employer’s interests are best served by such service.
Licensees may accept an assignment on a project requiring
education or experience outside their field of competence, but only to the
extent that their services are restricted to those phases of the project in
which they are qualified. All other phases of such projects shall be performed
by qualified associates, consultants or employees.
8.2(3) Truth in reports and testimony. Licensees,
when serving as expert or technical witnesses before any court, commission, or
other tribunal, shall express an opinion only when it is founded upon adequate
knowledge of the facts in issue, upon a background of technical competence in
the subject matter, and upon honest conviction of the accuracy and propriety of
their testimony. Under these circumstances, the licensee must disclose
inadequate knowledge.
Licensees shall be objective and truthful in all professional
reports, statements or testimony. All relevant and pertinent information shall
be included in such reports, statements or testimony. Licensees shall avoid the
use of statements containing a material misrepresentation of fact or omitting a
material fact.
8.2(4) Conflict of interest. The following guidelines
regarding conflict of interest shall apply:
a. Licensees shall not issue statements, criticisms or
arguments on engineering or land surveying matters connected with public policy
which are influenced or paid for by an interested party, or parties, unless they
have prefaced their comments by explicitly identifying themselves, by disclosing
the identities of the party or parties on whose behalf they are speaking, and by
revealing the existence of any pecuniary interest.
b. Licensees shall avoid all known conflicts of interest with
their employers or clients and, when unforeseen conflicts arise, shall promptly
inform their employers or clients of any business association, interest, or
circumstances that could influence judgment or the quality of
services.
c. Licensees shall not accept compensation, financial or
otherwise, from more than one party for services on the same project, unless the
circumstances are fully disclosed and agreed to by all interested
parties.
d. Licensees shall act in professional matters for each
employer or client as faithful agents or trustees and maintain full
confidentiality on all matters in which the welfare of the public is not
endangered.
8.2(5) Ethics. Licensees shall conduct their business
and professional practices of engineering and land surveying in an ethical
manner. In addition to the provisions of this chapter, the board will consider,
although not necessarily be bound by, the ethical standards that address public
protection issues adopted by a recognized state or national engineering or land
surveying organization such as the National Society of Professional Engineers
and the National Society of Professional Surveyors.
8.2(6) Unethical or illegal conduct.
a. Business practices. The following guidelines regarding
unethical or illegal business practices shall apply:
(1) Licensees shall not pay or offer to pay, either directly
or indirectly, any commission, percentage, brokerage fee, political
contribution, gift, or other consideration to secure work, except to a bona fide
employee or bona fide, established commercial or marketing agency retained by
them or to secure positions through employment agencies.
(2) Licensees, as employers, shall not engage in any
discriminatory practice prohibited by law and shall, in the conduct of their
business, employ personnel upon the basis of merit.
(3) Licensees shall not solicit or accept gratuities, directly
or indirectly, from contractors, their agents, or other parties dealing with
their clients or employers in connection with work for which they are
responsible.
(4) Licensees shall not solicit or accept an engineering or
land surveying contract from a governmental body when a principal or officer of
their organization serves as a member.
(5) Licensees shall not associate with, or permit the use of
their names or firms in a business venture by, any person or firm that they
know, or have reason to believe, is engaging in business or professional
practice of a fraudulent or dishonest nature.
(6) Brochures or other presentations incident to the
solicitation of employment shall not misrepresent pertinent facts concerning
employers, employees, associates, firms, joint ventures, or past
accomplishments.
b. Individual professional conduct. The following guidelines
regarding illegal or unethical individual professional conduct shall
apply:
(1) Licensees shall not use association with nonengineers,
corporations or partnerships as “cloaks” for unethical
acts.
(2) Licensees shall not violate any local, state or federal
criminal law in the conduct of professional practice.
(3) Licensees shall not violate licensure laws of any state or
territory.
(4) Licensees shall not affix their signatures or seals to any
plans, plats or documents dealing with subject matter in which those licensees
lack competence, nor to any plan, plat or document not prepared under their
direct personal direction and control.
(5) Licensees shall not falsify their qualifications or permit
misrepresentation of their or their associates’ qualifications. They
shall not misrepresent or exaggerate their responsibility in or for the subject
matter of prior assignments.
c. Real property inspection reports.
(1) Licensees shall not represent themselves as licensed land
surveyors or professional engineers on real property inspection reports (i.e.,
mortgage surveys).
(2) Licensees shall not place their firm names, logos, or
title blocks on real property inspection reports (i.e., mortgage
surveys).
193C—8.3(542B) Reporting of acts or omissions.
Licensees shall report acts or omissions by a licensee that constitute
negligence or carelessness. For the purposes of these rules, negligence or
carelessness means demonstrating unreasonable lack of skill in the performance
of engineering or land surveying services by failure of a licensee to maintain a
reasonable standard of care in the licensee’s practice of engineering or
land surveying. In the evaluation of reported acts or omissions, the board
shall determine if the engineer or land surveyor has applied learning, skill and
ability in a manner consistent with the standards of the professions ordinarily
possessed and practiced in the same profession at the same time. Standards
referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall include any minimum
standards adopted by this board and any standards adopted by recognized national
or state engineering or land surveying organizations.
193C—8.4(542B) Standards of integrity.
1. Licensees shall answer all questions of a duly constituted
investigative body of the state of Iowa concerning alleged violations by another
person or firm.
2. When proven wrong, licensees shall admit and accept their
own errors and shall not distort or alter the facts to justify their own
decisions.
3. If licensees know or have reason to believe that another
person or firm may be in violation of any Iowa law or rule regarding ethics or
conduct of professional engineering or land surveying practice, those licensees
shall present such information to the engineering and land surveying examining
board in writing and shall cooperate with the board in furnishing further
information or assistance required by the board.
4. Licensees shall not assist in the application of an
individual they know is unqualified for licensure by reason of education,
experience or character.
193C—8.5(542B) Offering of engineering or land
surveying services by firms.
8.5(1) For purposes of these rules, “to
offer” means to advertise in any medium, or to imply in writing or orally
that owners or permanent employees of that firm are performing these services.
Nothing in this rule is intended to prevent a firm from truthfully offering
services as a project manager, administrator, or coordinator of a
multidisciplinary project.
8.5(2) For purposes of these rules, the term
“firm” includes corporations, professional corporations, registered
limited liability partnerships, partnerships, limited liability companies,
private practitioners employing others, persons or entities using fictitious or
assumed names, or other business entities.
8.5(3) A firm shall not directly or by implication
offer professional engineering services to the public unless it is owned or
managed by, or regularly employs, one or more licensed professional engineers
who directly control and personally supervise all professional engineering work
performed by the firm.
8.5(4) A firm shall not directly or by implication
offer land surveying services to the public unless it is owned or managed by, or
regularly employs, one or more licensed land surveyors who directly control and
personally supervise all land surveying work performed by the firm.
8.5(5) A firm shall not satisfy these requirements by
hiring a licensed professional engineer or land surveyor on an as–needed,
occasional, or consulting basis, whether an employee or independent
contractor.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
542B.6, 542B.21 and 542B.26 and chapter 272C.
CHAPTER 9
COMPLAINTS, INVESTIGATIONS AND DISCIPLINARY
ACTION
193C—9.1(542B) Complaints and
investigations.
9.1(1) Complaints. The board shall, upon receipt of a
complaint in writing, or may, upon its own motion pursuant to other evidence
received by the board, review and investigate alleged acts or omissions which
reasonably constitute cause under applicable law or administrative rule for
licensee discipline.
9.1(2) Form and content. A written complaint shall
include the following facts:
a. The full name, address, and telephone number of
complainant.
b. The full name, address, and telephone number of
respondent.
c. A statement of the facts concerning the alleged acts or
omissions.
d. Identification of the statutes and administrative rules
allegedly violated.
e. Evidentiary supporting documentation.
The written complaint may be delivered personally or by mail
to the secretary of the board. The office address is 1918 S.E. Hulsizer,
Ankeny, Iowa 50021.
9.1(3) Investigation of allegations. In order to
determine if probable cause exists for a hearing on the complaint, the board may
cause an investigation to be made into the allegations of the complaint. It may
refer the complaint to a peer review committee or investigator for
investigation, review and report to the board.
9.1(4) Informal discussion. If the board considers it
advisable, or if requested by the affected licensee, the board may grant the
licensee an opportunity to appear before the board or a committee of the board
for a voluntary informal discussion of the facts and circumstances of an alleged
violation. The licensee may be represented by legal counsel at the informal
discussion. The licensee is not required to attend the informal discussion. By
electing to attend, the licensee waives the right to seek disqualification,
based upon personal investigation of a board member or staff, from participating
in making a contested case decision or acting as a presiding officer in a later
contested case proceeding. Because an informal discussion constitutes a part of
the board’s investigation of a pending disciplinary case, the facts
discussed at the informal discussion may be considered by the board in the event
the matter proceeds to a contested case hearing and those facts are
independently introduced into evidence. The board may seek a consent order at
the time of the informal discussion. If the parties agree to a consent order, a
statement of charges shall be filed simultaneously with the consent
order.
193C—9.2(542B) Ruling on the initial
inquiry.
9.2(1) Dismissal. If a determination is made by the
board that a complaint is without grounds or merit, the complaint shall be
dismissed. A letter of explanation concerning the decision of the board shall
be sent to the respondent and the complainant.
9.2(2) Requirement of further inquiry. If
determination is made by the board to order further inquiry, the complaint and
initial recommendations shall be provided to the investigator(s) along with a
statement specifying the information deemed necessary.
9.2(3) Acceptance of the case. If a determination is
made by the board to initiate disciplinary action, the board may enter into an
informal settlement or recommend formal disciplinary proceedings. The
board’s rules regarding informal settlement are found at 193 IAC
7.4(17A,272C).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.21,
542B.22 and 272C.6.
193C—9.3(542B) Reprimands, probation, license
suspension or license revocation. Acts or omissions on the part of a
licensee that are grounds for a reprimand, period of probation, license
suspension or license revocation are as follows:
9.3(1) Acts or offenses defined in Iowa Code section
542B.21.
9.3(2) Acts or omissions which constitute negligence
or carelessness that the licensee must report to the board as defined in
193C—8.3(542B).
9.3(3) Unethical conduct including, but not limited
to, violation of the code of professional conduct in 193C— Chapter
8.
9.3(4) Failure to respond within 30 days to written
communications from the board and to make available any relevant records with
respect to an inquiry or complaint about the licensee’s unprofessional
conduct. The period of 30 days shall commence on the date when such
communication was sent from the board by registered or certified mail with
return receipt requested to the address appearing in the last
licensure.
9.3(5) Failure to comply with a warning from the board
with respect to licensee behavior.
9.3(6) Any violation as provided in Iowa Code section
272C.10.
193C—9.4(542B) Disciplinary findings and
sanctions. The board’s decision may include one or more of the
following findings or sanctions:
1. Exoneration of respondent.
2. Revocation of license.
3. Suspension of license until further order of the board or
for a specified period.
4. Nonrenewal of license.
5. Prohibition, until further order of the board or for a
specific period, of engaging in specified procedures, methods or acts.
6. Probation.
7. Requirement of additional education or training.
8. Requirement of reexamination.
9. Issuance of a reprimand.
10. Imposition of civil penalties.
11. Issuance of citation and warning.
12. Desk review.
13. Other sanctions allowed by law as may be
appropriate.
193C—9.5(272C) Civil penalties. In addition to
other disciplinary options, the board may assess civil penalties of up to $1000
per violation against licensees who violate any provision of rule 9.3(542B).
Factors the board may consider when determining whether and in what amount to
assess civil penalties include:
1. Whether other forms of discipline are being imposed for the
same violation.
2. Whether the amount imposed will be a substantial economic
deterrent to the violation.
3. The circumstances leading to the violation.
4. The severity of the violation and the risk of harm to the
public.
5. The economic benefits gained by the licensee as a result of
the violation.
6. The interest of the public.
7. Evidence of reform or remedial action.
8. Time elapsed since the violation occurred.
9. Whether the violation is a repeat offense following a prior
cautionary letter, disciplinary order, or other notice of the nature of the
infraction.
10. The clarity of the issue involved.
11. Whether the violation was willful and
intentional.
12. Whether the licensee acted in bad faith.
13. The extent to which the licensee cooperated with the
board.
14. Whether the licensee practiced professional engineering
or land surveying with a lapsed, inactive, suspended or revoked
license.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
542B.22.
193C—9.6(542B) Publication of decisions. In
addition to publication requirements found at 193 IAC 7.30(3), the following
notifications shall be issued:
1. Following suspension of a land surveyor’s license,
notification must be mailed to the county recorders and county auditors of the
county of residence and immediately adjacent counties in Iowa.
2. Following revocation of a land surveyor’s license,
notification must be mailed to all county auditors in Iowa and the county
recorders in the county of residence and immediately adjacent counties in
Iowa.
3. Following the suspension or revocation of the license of a
professional engineer or land surveyor, notification must be issued to other
boards of examiners for engineers and land surveyors under the jurisdiction of
the government of the United States. This notification may be made through the
National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying or other national
organizations recognized by the board. In addition, if the licensee is known to
be registered in another nation in North America, the appropriate board(s) shall
be notified of the action.
193C—9.7(542B) Disputes between licensees and
clients. Reports from the insurance commissioner or other agencies on the
results of judgments or settlements of disputes arising from malpractice claims
or other actions between professional engineers or land surveyors and their
clients may be referred to counsel or peer review committee. The counsel or
peer review committee shall investigate the report for violation of the statutes
or rules governing the practice or conduct of the licensee. The counsel or peer
review committee shall advise the board of any probable violations, any further
action required, or recommend dismissal from further consideration.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A
and sections 542B.2, 542B.22, and 272C.6.
CHAPTER 10
PEER REVIEW
193C—10.1(542B,272C) Peer review committee
(PRC). The board may appoint a peer review committee for the investigation
of a complaint about the acts or omissions of one or more licensees.
10.1(1) PRC membership. A PRC shall generally consist
of three or more licensed engineers or licensed land surveyors or both, as
determined by the board, who are selected for their knowledge and experience in
the type of engineering or land surveying involved in the complaint. The board
may appoint a two–member PRC or a single peer review consultant to perform
the function of a PRC when, in the board’s opinion, appointing a committee
with three or more members would be impractical, unnecessary or undesirable
given the nature of the expertise required, the need for prompt action or the
circumstances of the complaint.
An individual shall be ineligible for membership on a PRC in
accordance with the standard for disqualification found at 193 IAC 7.14(1). If
a PRC member is unable to serve after an investigation has begun, the PRC member
must notify the board office.
10.1(2) Authority. The PRC’s investigation may
include activities such as interviewing the complainant, the respondent,
individuals with knowledge of the alleged violation, and individuals with
knowledge of the respondent’s practice in the community; gathering
documents; conducting site visits; and performing independent analyses as deemed
necessary. Although the board does not become involved in a complaint
investigation, the board may give specific instructions to the PRC regarding the
scope of the investigation. In the course of the investigation, PRC members
shall refrain from advising the complainant or respondent on actions that the
board might take.
10.1(3) Term of service. The PRC serves at the
pleasure of the board. The board may dismiss any or all members of a PRC or add
new members at any time.
10.1(4) Compensation. PRC members may receive per
diem compensation equal to that received by board members for performing board
duties. Within established budget limitations, PRC members may be reimbursed
for reasonable and necessary expenses that are incurred for travel, meals and
lodging while performing committee duties. The PRC shall not hire legal
counsel, investigators, secretarial help or any other assistance without written
authorization from the board.
193C—10.2(542B,272C) Reports. Each PRC shall
submit a written report to the board within a reasonable period of
time.
10.2(1) Components of the report. The report shall
include:
a. A statement of the charge to the PRC;
b. A description of the actions taken by the PRC in its
investigation, including but not limited to document review, interviews and site
visits;
c. A summary of the PRC’s findings, including (1) the
PRC’s opinion as to whether a violation has occurred, (2) citation of the
Iowa Code section(s) and Iowa Administrative Code rule(s) violated, and (3) the
PRC’s opinion of the seriousness of the violation; and
d. A recommendation.
In the case of a land surveyor PRC report, the report must be
plat–specific as to the violations.
10.2(2) Recommended action. The PRC report shall
recommend one of the following:
a. Dismissal of the complaint,
b. Further investigation, or
c. Disciplinary proceedings.
If the PRC recommends further investigation or disciplinary
proceedings, supporting information must be submitted to the board including
citation of the specific Iowa Code section(s) and Iowa Administrative Code
rule(s) violated.
10.2(3) Disciplinary recommendations. When
recommending disciplinary proceedings, a PRC shall refrain from suggesting a
particular form of discipline, but may provide guidance on the severity of the
violations that prompted the recommendation and may identify professional areas
in which the licensee needs additional education, experience or monitoring in
order to safely practice.
193C—10.3(542B,272C) Confidentiality.
The PRC shall not discuss its findings and conclusions with any party to
the complaint. PRC findings including the name of the complainant shall be kept
confidential at all times. The PRC shall not reveal its findings to anyone
other than the board (through its report to the board) or board staff. PRC
findings shall be used only for the purposes of the board’s possible
disciplinary action and not for any other court case, lawsuit, or investigation.
PRC reports are not subject to discovery.
193C—10.4(542B,272C) Testimony. PRC members may
be required to testify in the event of formal disciplinary
proceedings.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
272C.3.
CHAPTER 11
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR PROPERTY
SURVEYS
193C—11.1(542B) Scope. Each land surveyor shall
comply with the minimum standards for property surveys described by statute or
administrative rule. The minimum standards in this chapter shall apply to all
property surveys performed in this state except those done for acquisition plats
as described in Iowa Code chapter 354.
193C—11.2(542B) Definitions. For the purposes
of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Plat” means both a plat of survey and a
subdivision plat as those terms are defined in Iowa Code section
355.1.
“Property survey” means any land survey performed
for the purpose of describing, monumenting, retracing and establishing boundary
lines dividing, subdividing, or platting one or more parcels of land.
“Retrace” means following along a previously
established line to logical termini monumented by corners that are found or
placed by the surveyor.
193C—11.3(542B) Boundary location. Every
property survey shall be made in accordance with the legal description (record
title) boundaries as nearly as is practicable. The surveyor shall acquire data
necessary to retrace record title boundaries, center lines, and other boundary
line locations. The surveyor shall analyze the data and make a careful
determination of the position of the boundaries of the parcel being surveyed.
The surveyor shall make a field survey, locating and connecting monuments
necessary for location of the parcel, and coordinate the facts of such survey
with the analysis. The surveyor shall set monuments marking the corners of such
parcel unless monuments already exist at such corners.
193C—11.4(542B) Descriptions. Descriptions
defining land boundaries written for conveyance or other purposes shall be
complete, providing definite and unequivocal identification of lines or
boundaries. The description must contain dimensions sufficient to enable the
description to be platted and retraced and shall describe the land surveyed
either by government lot or by quarter–quarter section or by
quarter section and shall identify the section, township, range and
county; and by metes and bounds commencing with some corner marked and
established in the U.S. Public Land Survey System; or if such land is located in
a recorded subdivision or recorded addition thereto, then by the number or other
description of the lot, block or subdivision thereof which has been previously
tied to a corner marked and established by the U.S. Public Land Survey System.
If the parcel is described by metes and bounds, it may be referenced to known
lot or block corners in recorded subdivision or additions.
193C—11.5(542B) Plats. A plat shall be drawn
for every property survey performed showing information developed by the survey
and including the following elements:
11.5(1) The plat shall be drawn to a convenient scale
which shall be clearly stated and graphically illustrated by a bar scale on
every plat sheet.
11.5(2) The plat shall show the length and bearing of
the boundaries of the parcels surveyed. Where the boundary lines show bearing,
lengths or locations which vary from those recorded in deeds, abutting plats or
other instruments, the following note shall be placed along such lines:
“recorded as (show recorded bearing, length or location)”.
11.5(3) The plat shall show and identify all monuments
necessary for the location of the parcel and shall indicate whether such
monuments were found or placed and shall include an accurate description of each
monument consisting of size, shape, material type, capped with license number,
and color as applicable.
11.5(4) The plat shall be captioned to identify the
person for whom the survey was made and the date of the survey and shall
describe the parcel as provided in rule 11.4(542B) above.
11.5(5) The plat shall show that record title
boundaries, centerlines, and other boundary lines were retraced to monuments
found or placed by the surveyor. The surveyor shall retrace those
exterior lines of a section that divide a metes and bounds–described
parcel of land to determine acreage for assessment and taxation
purposes.
11.5(6) The plat shall show that the survey is tied to
a physically monumented land line which is identified by two U.S. Public Land
Survey System corners or by two physically monumented corners of a recorded
subdivision. The plat shall show a distance relationship measured by the
surveyor between the two corners on the physically monumented land line. The
physically monumented land line shall be germane to the survey of the lot,
parcel, or tract.
11.5(7) The plat shall bear the signature of the land
surveyor, a statement certifying that the work was performed by the surveyor or
under the surveyor’s direct personal supervision, the date of signature,
and the surveyor’s Iowa license number and legible seal as provided in
rule 193C— 6.1(542B).
11.5(8) The surveyor shall record every plat and
description with the county recorder no later than 30 days after signature on
the plat by the surveyor. The 30–day requirement shall not apply to
subdivision plats.
193C—11.6(542B) Measurements.
11.6(1) Measurements shall be made with instruments
and methods capable of attaining the required accuracy for the particular
problem involved.
11.6(2) Measurements as placed on the plat shall be in
conformance with the capabilities of the instruments used.
11.6(3) The unadjusted closure for all closed traverse
surveys shall be not greater than 1 in 5,000 and, for subdivision boundaries, 1
in 10,000.
11.6(4) In a closed traverse, the sum of the measured
angles shall agree with the theoretical sum by a difference not greater than 30
seconds times the square root of the number of angles.
11.6(5) The unadjusted error of field measurements
shall not be greater than 1 in 5,000.
11.6(6) The relative positional tolerance at the 95
percent confidence level shall be as follows:
a. For subdivision boundaries:
±(0.13 feet + 1:10,000)
b. For all other land surveying:
±(0.26 feet + 1:5,000)
11.6(7) Bearings or angles on any property survey plat
shall be shown to the nearest one minute; distance shall be shown to the nearest
one–tenth foot.
193C—11.7(542B) Monuments. Permanent monuments
shall be constructed of reasonably permanent material solidly embedded in the
ground and capable of being detected by commonly used magnetic or electronic
equipment. The licensed land surveyor shall affix to the top of each monument
set by the surveyor a cap of reasonably inert material bearing an embossed or
stencil–cut marking of the Iowa license number of the licensed land
surveyor. Monuments or marks placed in pavements need not be capped. See rule
11.3(542B).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 355.3
and 542B.2.
CHAPTER 12
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR U.S. PUBLIC LAND SURVEY
CORNER CERTIFICATES
193C—12.1(542B) General statement. Each land
surveyor shall comply with the minimum standards for preparing a U.S. Public
Land Survey Corner Certificate as described by statute or administrative rule.
The minimum standards in this chapter shall apply to every corner certificate
prepared in this state.
193C—12.2(355) U.S. Public Land Survey Corner
Certificate.
12.2(1) A corner is considered a part of the U.S.
Public Land Survey System if it has the status of a corner of a:
a. Quarter–quarter section or larger aliquot part of a
section.
b. Fractional quarter–quarter section or larger
fractional part of a section.
c. Government lot.
12.2(2) A U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate
shall be prepared by the surveyor as part of any land surveying which includes
the use of a U.S. Public Land Survey System corner if one or more of the
following conditions exist:
a. There is no certificate for the corner on file with the
recorder of the county in which the corner is located.
b. The surveyor in responsible charge of the land surveying
accepts a corner position which differs from that shown in the public records of
the county in which the corner is located.
c. The corner monument is replaced or modified in any
way.
d. The reference ties in an existing public record are
incorrect or missing.
12.2(3) A U.S. Public Land Survey Corner Certificate
shall comply with the following requirements:
a. The identity of the corner, with reference to the U.S.
Public Land Survey System, shall be clearly indicated.
b. The certificate shall contain a narrative
explaining:
(1) The reason for preparing the certificate.
(2) The evidence and detailed procedure used in establishing
or confirming the corner position whether found or placed.
(3) The monumentation found or placed perpetuating the corner
position with an accurate description of each monument including but not limited
to size, shape, material type, capped with license number, and color.
(4) The extent of the search for an existing monument when the
corner is reset as obliterated or lost.
c. The certificate shall contain a plan–view drawing
depicting:
(1) Relevant monuments including the reference monumentation
and an accurate description thereof.
(2) Physical surroundings including highway and street
centerlines, fences, structures and other artificial or natural objects as
applicable that would facilitate recovery of the corner.
(3) Reference ties in sufficient detail to enable recovery of
the corner. There shall be at least three reference ties from the corner to
durable physical objects near the corner which are located so that the
intersection of any two of the ties will yield a strong corner position
recovery. All ties shall be measured to one–hundredth of a
foot.
d. The certificate shall contain a certification statement,
the seal and signature of the surveyor and the date of the survey in accordance
with 193C—Chapter 6.
12.2(4) The surveyor shall record the required U.S.
Public Land Survey Corner Certificate and forward a copy to the county engineer
of the county in which the corner is located within 30 days after completion of
the surveying.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
355.3, 355.11 and 542B.2
CHAPTER 13
CIVIL PENALTIES FOR UNLICENSED
PRACTICE
193C—13.1(542B) General statement. The board
may impose civil penalties by order against a person who is not licensed as an
engineer or land surveyor pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 542B based on the
unlawful practices specified in Iowa Code section 542B.27. In addition to the
proceduresset forth in Iowa Code section 542B.27, this rule shall
apply.
13.1(1) The notice of the board’s intent to
impose a civil penalty required by Iowa Code section 542B.27 shall be served
upon the nonlicensee by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or
personal service in accordance with Rule of Civil Procedure 56.1.
Alternatively, the nonlicensee may accept service personally or through
authorized counsel. The notice shall include the following:
a. A statement of the legal authority and jurisdiction under
which the proposed civil penalty would be imposed.
b. A reference to the particular sections of the statutes and
rules involved.
c. A short and plain statement of the alleged unlawful
practices.
d. The dollar amount of the proposed civil penalty.
e. Notice of the nonlicensee’s right to a hearing and
the time frame in which hearing must be requested.
f. The address to which written request for hearing must be
made.
13.1(2) Nonlicensees must request a hearing within 30
days of the date the notice is mailed if served through restricted certified
mail to the last–known address or within 30 days of the date of service if
service is accepted or made in accordance with Rule of Civil Procedure 56.1. A
request for hearing must be in writing and is deemed made on the date of the
United States Postal Service postmark or the date of personal service.
13.1(3) If a request for hearing is not timely made,
the board chair or the chair’s designee may issue an order imposing the
civil penalty described in the notice. The order may be mailed by regular
first–class mail or served in the same manner as the notice of intent to
impose civil penalty.
13.1(4) If a request for hearing is timely made, the
board shall issue a notice of hearing and conduct a hearing in the same manner
as applicable to a disciplinary case against a licensed engineer or land
surveyor.
13.1(5) In addition to the factors set forth in Iowa
Code section 542B.27, the board may consider the following when determining the
amount of civil penalty to impose, if any:
a. The time elapsed since the unlawful practice
occurred.
b. Evidence of reform or remedial actions.
c. Whether the violation is a repeat offense following a prior
warning letter or other notice of the nature of the infraction.
d. Whether the violation involved an element of
deception.
e. Whether the unlawful practice violated a prior order of the
board, court order, cease and desist agreement, consent order, or similar
document.
f. The clarity of the issue involved.
g. Whether the violation was willful and
intentional.
h. Whether the nonlicensee acted in bad faith.
i. The extent to which the nonlicensee cooperated with the
board.
13.1(6) A nonlicensee may waive the right to a hearing
and all attendant rights and enter into a consent order imposing a civil penalty
at any stage of the proceeding upon mutual consent of the board.
13.1(7) The notice of intent to impose civil penalty
and order imposing civil penalty are public records available for inspection and
copying in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 22. Copies may be provided to the
media, the National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying, and
other entities. Hearings shall be open to the public.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
542B.27.
ARC 0840B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,”
and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2,
and section 49, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 52,
“Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home Health Related
Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State
Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home
health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates and pass along an August 1,
2001, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) cost–of–living adjustment
increase in several State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) categories.
The maximum and flat SSA RCF reimbursement rates will be
increased retroactively effective June 1, 2001. The maximum RCF reimbursement
rate will be increased from $25.14 per day to $33.06 per day for one month
effective June 1, 2001, and to $25.92 per day effective August 1, 2001, and
ongoing. The flat RCF reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.96 per day
to $23.62 per day for one month effective June 1, 2001, and to $18.52 per day
effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing. The monthly IHHRC reimbursement rate
will be increased from $483.31 per month to $498.29 effective August 1, 2001,
and ongoing.
The Seventy–eighth and Seventy–ninth General
Assemblies directed that the Department may take actions to meet the federal
pass–along requirement mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act,
Section 1618, if necessary. These rate increases are necessary to meet the
federal pass–along requirements for calendar year 2001.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along
requirement of $19,575,651 in calendar year 2001 and to make up a shortfall in
meeting the federal pass–along requirement of $221,200 in calendar year
2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be at least $19,796,851. Based
on current projections, the Department projects that calendar year 2001 may be
short of this required spending level by $851,048. This spending shortfall is
attributable to a decline in in–home health–related care and
residential care facility usage. Current projections indicate that a 31.50
percent increase in the RCF rates for June 2001, and an ongoing increase of 3.1
percent in the RCF and IHHRC reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure
compliance with the pass–along requirement in calendar year 2001. The
large retroactive payment in June for RCFs is being adopted to use a state
surplus for state fiscal year 2001.
Effective August 1, 2001, the SSI benefit increased to adjust
for an error in the January 2000 cost–of–living percentage increase.
This change will pass along a $1 increase per month in benefits to clients with
a dependent relative and to clients in family life homes.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because they confer a benefit on clients in RCFs and IHHRC and
clients with a dependent relative and in family life homes and are required to
meet the federal pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature.
Individuals may request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the
Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0839B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before August 29, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2,
paragraph “a,” and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11,
subsection 2.
ARC 0873B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 514I.5(8), the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 86, “Healthy and
Well Kids in Iowa (HAWK–I) Program,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing the HAWK–I
program to:
• Remove the description
that the HAWK–I program is designed to provide transitional health care
coverage to children. The coverage is not transitional. This change is in
response to comments received in response to Executive Order Number 8.
• Remove the reference that
HAWK–I is available to children who are ineligible for other health
insurance. The eligibility for other health insurance is not a factor of
eligibility. Rather, the criterion is whether or not the child actually has the
coverage.
• Simplify the process for
calculating self–employment income. Instead of following the more
complicated rules of the Medicaid program, the HAWK–I program will use
information from the income tax return.
• Clarify what constitutes
family size in situations where absent parents apply for children that do not
live with them and in situations where there is shared custody.
• Incorporate additional
legal references in the policy related to alien status. This change is being
made in response to public comments received as part of Executive Order Number
8.
• Clarify when a referral is
made to the HAWK–I program from the Medicaid program that the
third–party administrator does not have to obtain an additional signature
when the Department has a signature on file in the county office.
• Incorporate the decisions
of the HAWK–I Board regarding the imposition of waiting lists. This
amendment is necessary in the event the funding for the program is exhausted
prior to the end of the fiscal year.
• Allow the
third–party administrator to automatically select a health plan and enroll
the child when the family has not affirmatively made a selection, rather than to
deny the application.
• Clarify that, in a case of
eligibility granted based on false information, only the amount of the premium
is subject to recovery.
• Clarify what information
the health plans provide to the department and what information they provide to
the third–party administrator. This amendment is being made pursuant to
public comments received in response to Executive Order Number 8.
• Add a new rule that
establishes a procedure for the use of funds that are donated to the
program.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the amendments are primarily technical in nature and provide
policy clarification. Persons may request a waiver of policy under the
Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before August 29, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
514I.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter
86, preamble, as follows:
These rules define and structure the department of human
services healthy and well kids in Iowa (HAWK–I) program. The purpose of
this program is to provide transitional health care coverage to
uninsured children who are ineligible for Title XIX (Medicaid)
assistance or other health insurance. The program is
implemented and administered in compliance with Title XXI of the federal Social
Security Act. The rules establish requirements for the third–party
administrator responsible for the program administration and for the
participating health plans that will be delivering services to the
enrollees.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—86.2(514I)
as follows:
Amend subrule 86.2(2), paragraph “a,”
subparagraph (1), numbered paragraph “2,” as
follows:
2. Earned income from self–employment. Earned income
from self–employment means the net profit determined by comparing gross
income with the allowable costs ofproducing the income. The net profit
from allowable costsof producing self–employment income
shall be deter–mined according to the provisions of
441—subparagraphs 75.57(2)“f”(1) through (7) by
the costs allowed for income tax purposes. Additionally, the costs of
depreciation of capital assets identified for income tax purposes shall be
allowed as a cost of doing business for self–employed persons. A person
is considered self–employed when any of the following conditions exist.
The person:
• Is
not required to report to the office regularly except for specific purposes such
as sales training meetings, administrative meetings, or evaluation sessions;
or
• Establishes
the person’s own working hours, territory, and methods of work;
or
• Files
quarterly reports of earnings, withholding payments, and FICA payments to the
Internal Revenue Service.
Amend subrule 86.2(3), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. Parents. Any parent living with the child under the age of
19 shall be included in the family size. This includes the biological parent,
stepparent, or adoptive parent of the child and is not dependent upon whether
the parents are married to each other. In situations where the parents do
not live together but share joint legal or physical custody of the children, the
family size shall be based on the household in which the child spends the
majority of time. If both parents share legal or physical custody equally,
either parent may apply for the child and the family size shall be based on the
household of the applying parent.
Amend subrule 86.2(7) as follows:
86.2(7) Citizenship and alien status. The child shall
be a citizen or lawfully admitted alien. The criteria established under
Section 402(a)(2) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity
Reconciliation Act of 1996 8 U.S.C. 1612(a)(2)(A) and the
Balanced Budget Act of 1997, subsection 5302, shall be followed when
determining whether a lawfully admitted alien child is eligible to participate
in the HAWK–I program. The citizenship or alien status of the parents or
other responsible person shall not be considered when determining the
eligibility of the child to participate in the program.
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 86.3(6), 86.3(7),
86.3(10), and 86.3(11) as follows:
86.3(6) Application not required. An application
shall not be required when a child becomes ineligible for Medicaid and the
county office of the department makes a referral to the HAWK–I program, in
which case, Form 470–3563, HAWK–I Referral, shall be accepted in
lieu of an application. The original Medicaid application or the last review
form that is on file in the county office of the department, whichever is
more current, shall suffice to meet the signature requirements.
86.3(7) Information and verification procedure. The
decision with respect to eligibility shall be based primarily on information
furnished by the applicant or enrollee. The third–party administrator
shall notify the applicant or enrollee in writing of additional information or
verification that is required to establish eligibility. This
The third–party administrator shall provide this notice
shall be provided to the applicant or enrollee personally or by
mail or facsimile. Failure of the applicant or enrollee to supply the
information or verification or refusal by the applicant or enrollee to authorize
the third–party administrator to secure the information shall serve as a
basis for rejection of the application or cancellation of coverage.
Five The applicant or enrollee shall have ten working
days shall be allowed for the applicant or enrollee to supply
the information or verification requested by the third–party
administrator. The third–party administrator may extend the deadline for
a reasonable period of time when the applicant or enrollee is making every
effort but is unable to secure the required information or verification from a
third party.
86.3(10) Waiting lists. When the department has
established that all of the funds appropriated for this
purpose program are obligated, pending
the third–party administrator shall deny all subsequent
applications for HAWK–I coverage shall be denied by the
third–party administrator unless Medicaid eligibility
exists.
a. A The third–party
administrator shall mail a notice of decision shall be mailed by the
third–party administrator. The notice shall state that
the:
(1) The applicant meets the eligibility
requirements but that no funds are available and that the applicant will
be placed on a waiting list, or that the
(2) The person does not meet eligibility requirements.
In which case, the applicant shall not be put on a waiting
list.
b. Prior to an applicant’s being denied or placed on
the waiting list, the third–party administrator shall refer the
application to the Medicaid program for an eligibility determination. If
Medicaid eligibility exists, the department shall approve the child for Medicaid
coverage in accordance with 441—86.4(514I).
a c. Applicants shall be
entered The third–party administrator shall enter
applicants on the waiting list on the basis of the date a completed Form
470–3564 is date–stamped by the third–party administrator. In
the event that more than one application is received on the same day, the
third–party administrator shall enter applicants shall be
entered on the waiting list on the basis of the day of the month of the
oldest child’s birthday, the lowest number being first on the list.
Any The third–party administrator shall decide any
subsequent ties shall be decided by the month of birth of the
oldest child,January being month one and the lowest number.
b d. If funds become available, the
third–party administrator shall select applicants shall be
selected from the waiting list based on the order of the
waiting in which their name appears on the list and
notified by the third–party administrator shall notify
them of their selection.
c. The third–party administrator shall establish
that the applicant continues to be eligible for HAWK–I
coverage.
d e. After eligibility is
reestablished being notified of the availability of funding, the
applicant shall have 15 working days to enroll in the program
confirm the applicant’s continued interest in applying for the program
and to provide any information necessary to establish eligibility. If the
applicant does not enroll in confirm continued interest in
applying for the program and does not provide any additional information
necessary to establish eligibility within 15 working days, the
third–party administrator shall delete the applicant’s name
shall be deleted from the waiting list and the
third–party administrator shall contact the next applicant on the
waiting list.
86.3(11) Falsification of information. A person is
guilty of falsification of information if that person, with the intent to gain
HAWK–I coverage for which that person is not eligible, knowingly makes or
causes to be made a false statement or representation or knowingly fails to
report to the third–party administrator or the department any change in
circumstances affecting that person’s eligibility for HAWK–I
coverage in accordance with rule 441—86.2(514I) and rule 441—
86.10(514I).
In cases of founded falsification of information, the
department may proceed with disenrollment in accordance with rule
441—86.7(514I) and require repayment for the amount that was paid to a
health plan by the department and any amount paid out by the plan while
the person was ineligible.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—86.4(514I)
as follows:
Amend subrule 86.4(2) as follows:
86.4(2) HAWK–I enrollee appears eligible for
Medicaid. At the time of the annual review, if it appears the child may be
eligible for Medicaid in accordance with the provisions of rule
441—75.1(249A), with the exception of meeting a spenddown under the
medically needy program at 441—subrule 75.1(35), the third–party
administrator shall make a referral shall be made to the
county department office for a determination
of Medicaid eligibility as stated in subrule 86.4(1) above. However, the child
shall remain eligible for the HAWK–I program pending the Medicaid
eligibility determination unless the 12–month certification period expires
first.
Amend subrule 86.4(4), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. The third–party administrator shall date–stamp
the referral, notify the family of the referral, and proceed with an eligibility
determination under the HAWK–I program. The third–party
administrator shall use Form 470–3563, Referral to HAWK–I,
shall be used as an application for the HAWK–I
program. If needed, the third–party administrator shall obtain
copies of supporting documentation and signatures shall be
obtained from the case record at the county office of the
department.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 86.6(3) as
follows:
86.6(3) Failure to select a plan. When more than one
plan is available, if the applicant fails to select a plan within ten working
days of the written request to make a selection, the application shall
be denied unless good cause exists third–party administrator
shall select the plan and notify the family of the enrollment. The
third–party administrator shall select the plan on a rotating basis to
ensure an equitable distribution between participating plans.
If the third–party administrator has assigned a child
a plan, the family has 30 days to request enrollment into another participating
plan. All changes shall be made prospectively and shall be effective on the
first day of the month following the month of the request. If the family has
not requested a change of enrollment into another available plan within 30 days,
the provisions of 86.6(2) shall apply.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 86.13(2) as
follows:
Rescind and reserve paragraph
“a.”
Amend paragraph “b” as follows:
b. Outreach materials, application forms, or other
materials developed and produced by the department to any organization or
individual making a request for the materials. If the request is for
quantities exceeding ten, the third–party administrator shall forward the
request to Iowa prison industries for dissemination.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 86.15(9) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
a. The plan shall comply with the provisions of rule
441—79.3(249A) regarding maintenance and retention of clinical and fiscal
records and shall file a letter with the commissioner of insurance as described
in Iowa Code section 228.7. In addition, the plan or subcontractor of the
plan, as appropriate, must maintain a medical records system that:
Amend paragraph “b” by rescinding and
reserving subparagraphs (2), (3), (4), and
(6).
Adopt the following new paragraph
“c”:
c. Each plan shall at a minimum provide reports and plan
information to the department as follows:
(1) Information regarding the plan’s appeal
process.
(2) A plan for a health improvement program.
(3) Periodic financial, utilization and statistical reports as
required by the department.
(4) Time–specific reports which define activity for
child health care, appeals and other designated activities which may, at the
department’s discretion, vary among plans, depending on the services
covered or other differences.
(5) Other information as directed by the department.
ITEM 8. Amend 441—Chapter 86 by
adopting the following new rule:
441—86.17(514I) Use of donations to the HAWK–I
program. If an individual or other entity makes a monetary donation to the
HAWK–I program, the department shall deposit the donation into the
HAWK–I trust fund. The department shall track all donations separately
and shall notcommingle the donations with other moneys in the trust fund. The
department shall report the receipt of all donations to the HAWK–I
board.
86.17(1) If the donor specifically identifies the
purpose of the donation, regardless of the amount, the donation shall be used as
specified by the donor as long as the identified purpose is permissible under
state and federal law.
86.17(2) If the donation is less than $5,000 and the
donor does not specifically identify how it is to be used, the department shall
use the moneys in the following order:
a. For the direct benefit of enrollees (e.g., premium
payments).
b. For outreach activities.
c. For other purposes as determined by the HAWK–I
board.
86.17(3) If the donation is more than $5,000 and the
donor does not specify how the funds are to be used, the HAWK–I board
shall determine how the funds are to be used.
ARC 0843B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 150, “Purchase of
Service,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments continue a cost–of–living
increase to the statewide average cost of shelter care which was inadvertently
omitted when promulgating the rule to implement the provisions of 2001 Iowa
Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6. The General Assembly required
the continuation of current rates for shelter care in 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d,” in accordance with
the provisions of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 1, subsection 1,
paragraph “d.”
Providers will continue to receive the total increase provided
for in fiscal year 2001 when combining the per diem paid by the state and the
claim to the counties for the difference between the state payment and the
statewide actual and allowable cost.
These amendments do not provide for a waiver because the
change was mandated by the General Assembly. All shelter care providers should
be reimbursed on the same basis.
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0844B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114, on or before August 29, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6, and Senate
File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”
ARC 0871B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the
Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 30, “Food and Consumer Safety,” and Chapter 31, “Food
Establishment and Food Processing Plant Inspections,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 62, which creates an exemption to the definitions of
“food establishment” and “food processing plant.” These
amendments state that a residence in which honey is stored, prepared, packaged,
labeled, or from which honey is distributed is not a food establishment or food
processing plant for which licensure is required under Iowa Code chapter
137F.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or beforeAugust 28, 2001. Written comments should
be addressedto the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State
Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue,Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083.
Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6862; E–mail may be sent to
Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
137F as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 62.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
481—30.2(10A), definition of “food
establishment,” by adopting the following new numbered
paragraph:
15. The premises of a residence in which honey is stored;
prepared; packaged, including by placement in a container; labeled; or from
which honey is distributed.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
481—30.2(10A), definition of “food processing plant,”
as follows:
“Food processing plant” means a commercial
operation that manufactures, packages, labels, or stores food for human
consumption and does not provide food directly to a consumer. “Food
processing plant” does not include any of the following:
1. A premises covered by a Class “A” beer
permit as provided in Iowa Code chapter 123.
2. A premises of a residence in which honey is stored;
prepared; packaged, including by placement in a container; labeled; or from
which honey is distributed.
ITEM 3. Amend 481—31.1(137F) by
adopting the following new subrule:
31.1(17) Section 3–201.11 is amended to allow
honey which is stored; prepared, including by placement in a container; or
labeled on or distributed from the premises of a residence to be sold in a food
establishment.
ARC 0836B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 30, “Food and Consumer Safety,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment extends the validity of a temporary food
service establishment license for a temporary food service located at a farmers
market provided the vendor does not operate more than 14 consecutive days at
this location. This change is the result of discussions with farmers market
vendors, farmers market managers, the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land
Stewardship, local county officials and the state ombudsman. This amendment
temporarily clarifies ambiguity in the Iowa Code and administrative rules. This
amendment expires January 1, 2002.
The substance of this amendment is also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 0837B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted on or before August 28, 2001. Interested persons may submit written
comments by contacting Jen– nifer Fiihr, Department of Inspections and
Appeals, Third Floor, Lucas State Office Building, 321 East 12th Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319, or fax to (515)242–6863. E–mail may be sent to
Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
10A.104(5).
ARC 0869B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7 and 2001
Iowa Acts, Senate File 242, the Department of Inspections and Appeals gives
Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 242, which requires the Department to adopt rules that require
hospitals to establish procedures for authentication of medication and standing
orders by a practitioner within a period not to exceed 30 days following
apatient’s discharge. Prior to the passage of 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File
242, authentication was required within 72 hours.
Interested persons may make written comments or suggestions on
the proposed amendments on or beforeAugust 28, 2001. Written materials should
be addressedto the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State
Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083.
Faxes may be sent to (515)242–6863; E–mail may be sent to
Jennifer.Fiihr@ dia.state. ia.us.
These amendments are not subject to waiver because hospital
rules are considered minimum standards.
The Hospital Licensing Board and the Board of Health reviewed
these amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135B and 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 242.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 51.14(3) as
follows:
51.14(3) Medication orders. All orders for drugs and
biologicals must be in writing and signed by the prescribing practitioner within
72 hours of prescribing the drug or biological a period not
to exceed 30 days following a patient’s discharge. When telephone,
oral or electronic mechanisms are used to transmit medication orders, they must
be accepted only by personnel that are authorized to do so by hospital policies
and procedures in a manner consistent with federal and state law.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 51.14(4) as
follows:
51.14(4) Standing orders. Standing orders for drugs
may be used for specified patients when authorized by the prescribing
practitioner. These standing orders shall be in accordance with polices and
procedures established by the appropriate committee within each hospital. At a
minimum, the standing orders shall:
a. Specify the circumstances under which the drug is to be
administered;
b. Specify the types of medical conditions of the patients for
whom the standing orders are intended;
c. Be reviewed and revised by the prescribing practitioner on
a regular basis as specified by hospital policies and procedures;
d. Be specific as to the drug, dosage, route, and frequency of
administration; and
e. Be dated, signed by the prescribing practitioner
within 72 hours within a period not to exceed 30 days
following a patient’s discharge, and included in the patient’s
medical record.
ARC 0868B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed amendment updates language pertaining to
anesthesia services. The amendment adds medical staff rules and regulations as
a possible location for a hospital to maintain its description of staff eligible
to administer anesthesia. During the course of surveys conducted by the
Department’s health facility surveyors, it was determined that
descriptions of staff eligible to administer anesthesia were frequently
maintained in a hospital’s medical staff rules and regulations.
Interested persons may make written comments or
sug–gestions on the proposed amendment on or before August 28, 2001.
Written materials should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections
and Appeals, Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to
(515)242–6863;E–mail may be sent to
Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state.ia.us.
This amendment is not subject to waiver because hospital rules
are considered minimum standards.
This amendment was reviewed by the Hospital Licensing Board
and the Board of Health.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135B.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subparagraph 51.28(1)“b”(2) as
follows:
(2) Delineation of the qualifications of individuals
authorized to administer anesthesia as set out in the hospital’s medical
staff bylaws or medical staff rules and regulations.
ARC 0870B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135B.7, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 51, “Hospitals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments update cross references to the
administrative rules of the Department of Natural Resources and of the Labor
Services Division of the Department of Workforce Development. Item 1 adds an
additional subrule to the list of Environmental Protection Commission cross
references. Item 2 updates cross references to the Labor Services Division.
The Division’s agency number was erroneously referenced.
Interested persons may make written comments or suggestions on
the proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Written materials should
be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State
Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083.
Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may be sent to
Jennifer.Fiihr@dia.state. ia.us.
The variance provisions outlined in subrules 51.50(1) and
51.51(1) are applicable to the rules being amended in this Notice.
These amendments were reviewed by the Hospital Licensing Board
and the Board of Health.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph
51.50(4)“b” as follows:
b. Elevators shall comply with division of labor services
rules as promulgated under Iowa Code chapter 89A and 347
875 IAC Chapters 71 to 78.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 51.50(6) as
follows:
51.50(6) Mechanical requirements. Steam and hot water
heating and domestic water heating systems shall comply with division of labor
services rules promulgated under Iowa Code chapter 89 and 347
875 IAC Chapters 41 to 49.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 51.50(9) as
follows:
51.50(9) Waste processing services—storage and
disposal. In lieu of the waste processing service requirements in the
“Guidelines for Construction and Equipment of Hospital and Medical
Facilities” in paragraph 51.50(2)“a,” space and facilities
shall be provided for the sanitary storage and disposal of waste by
incineration, mechanical destruction, compaction, containerization, removal or a
combination of these techniques. These techniques must comply with the
following environmental protection commission rules: 567 IAC rules 64.2(455B)
and 64.3(455B); solid waste requirements of 567 IAC rules 101.1(455B,455D),
102.1(455B), 104.1(455B), and Chapters 106, 118 and 119; and air quality
requirements of 567 IAC subrules 22.1(1) and 23.4(12). and
paragraphs 23.1(2)“tt” and 23.1(5)“b.”
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph
51.51(4)“b” as follows:
b. Elevators shall comply with division of labor services
rules as promulgated under Iowa Code chapter 89A and 347
875—Chapters 71 to 77.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 51.51(9) as
follows:
51.51(9) Waste processing services—storage and
disposal. In lieu of the waste processing service requirements in the
“Guidelines for Construction and Equipment of Hospital and Healthcare
Facilities” in paragraph 51.51(2)“a,” space and facilities
shall be provided for the sanitary storage and disposal of waste by
incineration, mechanical destruction, compaction, containerization, removal or a
combination of these techniques. These techniques must comply with the
following environmental protection commission rules: rules 567—
64.2(455B) and 64.3(455B); solid waste requirements of rules
567—101.1(455B,455D), 102.1(455B), 104.1(455B), and 567—Chapters
106, 118 and 119; and air quality requirements of 567—subrules 22.1(1) and
23.4(12). and paragraphs 23.1(2)“tt” and
23.1(5)“b.”
ARC 0865B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8,
subsection 6, the Insurance Division hereby proposes to amend Chapter 90,
“Financial Information Regulation,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These proposed amendments provide guidelines for the use of
nonpublic personal health information by an insurer or a producer and include
requirements concerning prior approval by the consumer or customer. The
proposed amendments include new definitions, an “opt–in”
provision for the sharing of nonpublic personal health information, and
guidelines for the authorization to disclose nonpublic personal health
information. These amendments are consistent with the principles recently
adopted by the Governor’s Task Force on Health Privacy.
Any person may make written comments on the proposed
amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Comments should be directed to Susan
E. Voss, Deputy Commissioner, Insurance Division, 330 Maple, Des Moines, Iowa
50319. Comments may also be transmitted by E–mail
tosusan.voss@comm6.state.ia.us or may be transmitted via facsimile to
(515)281–5692.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on August 30, 2001,
in the office of the Insurance Division, 330 MapleStreet, Des Moines, Iowa
50319. Persons wishing to provide oral comments should contact Susan Voss no
later than August 29, 2001, to be placed on the agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
505.8, subsection 6.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 191—Chapter 90,
title, as follows:
CHAPTER 90
FINANCIAL AND HEALTH INFORMATION
REGULATION
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 90.1(1) and
90.1(2) as follows:
90.1(1) This chapter governs the treatment of
nonpublic personal financial information and nonpublic personal health
information about individuals by all licensees of the insurance
division.
90.1(2) This chapter also applies to nonpublic
personal financial information and nonpublic personal health
information about individuals who obtain or are claimants or beneficiaries
of products or services primarily for personal, family or household purposes
from licensees. This chapter does not apply to information about individuals or
companies that obtain products or services for business, commercial or
agricultural purposes.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
191—90.2(505) by adding the following new definitions
in alphabetical order:
“Health care” means preventive, diagnostic,
therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance or palliative care, services,
procedures, tests or counseling that relates to the physical, mental or
behavioral condition of an individual or affects the structure or function of
the human body or any part of the human body including the banking of blood,
sperm, organs or any other tissues. “Health care” also means
prescribing, dispensing or furnishing to an individual drugs or biologicals or
medical devices or health care equipment and supplies.
“Health care provider” means a health care
practitioner licensed, accredited or certified to perform specified health
services consistent with state law, or a health care facility.
“Health information” means any information or data
except age or gender, whether oral or recorded in any form or medium, created by
or derived from a health care provider or the consumer that relates to the
following:
1. The past, present or future physical, mental or behavioral
health or condition of an individual;
2. The provision of health care to an individual; or
3. Payment for the provision of health care to an
individual.
“Nonpublic personal health information” means
health information that identifies an individual who is the subject of the
information or with respect to which there is a reasonable basis to believe that
the information could be used to identify an individual.
ITEM 4. Amend 191—Chapter 90 by
adopting the following new division title before rule
191—90.3(505):
DIVISION I
RULES FOR FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
ITEM 5. Amend 191—Chapter 90 by
adopting the following new Division II and renumbering existing
rules 191—90.17(505) to 191—90.21(505) as
191—90.22(505) to 191—90.26(505):
DIVISION II
RULES FOR
HEALTH INFORMATION
191—90.17(505) Disclosure of nonpublic personal
health information.
90.17(1) A licensee shall not disclose nonpublic
personal health information about a consumer or customer unless an authorization
is obtained from the consumer or customer whose nonpublic personal health
information is sought to be disclosed.
90.17(2) Nothing in this rule shall prohibit, restrict
or require an authorization for the disclosure of nonpublic personal health
information by a licensee for the performance of the following insurance
functions by or on behalf of the licensee: claims administration; claims
adjustment and management; detection, investigation or reporting of actual or
potential fraud, misrepresentation or criminal activity; underwriting; policy
placement or issuance; loss control; rate–making and guaranty fund
functions; reinsurance and excess loss insurance; risk management; case
management; disease management; quality assurance; quality improvement;
performance evaluation; provider credentialing verification; utilization review;
peer review activities; actuarial, scientific, medical or public policy
research; grievance procedures; internal administration of compliance,
managerial, and information systems; policyholder service functions; auditing;
reporting; database security; administration of consumer disputes and inquiries;
external accreditation standards; the replacement of a group benefit plan or
workers’ compensation policy or program; activities in connection with a
sale, merger, transfer or exchange of all or part of a business or operating
unit; any activity that permits disclosure without authorization pursuant to the
federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act privacy rules
promulgated by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; disclosure that
is required, or is one of the lawful or appropriate methods, to enforce the
licensee’s rights or the rights of other persons engaged in carrying out a
transaction or providing a product or service that a consumer requests or
authorizes; and any activity otherwise permitted by law, required pursuant to
governmental reporting authority, or to comply with legal process. Additional
insurance functions may be added with the approval of the commissioner to the
extent they are necessary for appropriate performance of insurance functions and
are fair and reasonable to the interest of consumers.
191—90.18(505) Authorizations.
90.18(1) A valid authorization to disclose nonpublic
personal health information pursuant to the health information rules shall be in
written or electronic form and shall contain all of the following:
a. The identity of the consumer or customer who is the subject
of the nonpublic personal health information;
b. A general description of the types of nonpublic personal
health information to be disclosed;
c. General descriptions of the parties to whom the licensee
discloses nonpublic personal health information, the purpose of the disclosure
and how the information will be used;
d. The signature of the consumer or customer who is the
subject of the nonpublic personal health information or the individual who is
legally empowered to grant authority and the date signed; and
e. Notice of the length of time for which the authorization is
valid and that the consumer or customer may revoke the authorization at any time
and the procedure for making a revocation.
90.18(2) An authorization for the purposes of the
health information rules shall specify a length of time for which the
authorization shall remain valid, which in no event shall be for more than 24
months.
90.18(3) A consumer or customer who is the subject of
nonpublic personal health information may revoke an authorization provided
pursuant to the health information rules at any time, subject to the rights of
an individual who acted in reliance on the authorization prior to notice of the
revocation.
90.18(4) A licensee shall retain the authorization or
a copy in the record of the individual who is the subject of nonpublic personal
health information.
191—90.19(505) Delivery of authorization request.
A request for authorization and an authorization form may be delivered to a
consumer or a customer as part of an opt–out notice pursuant to rule
90.8(505), provided that the request and the authorization form are clear and
conspicuous. An authorization form is not required to be delivered to the
consumer or customer or included in any other notices unless the licensee
intends to disclose protected health information pursuant to subrule
90.17(1).
191—90.20(505) Relationship to federal rules.
Irrespective of whether a licensee is subject to the federal Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act privacy rules promulgated by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, if a licensee complies with all
requirements of the federal rule except for its effective date provision, the
licensee shall not be subject to the provisions of these health information
rules.
191—90.21(505) Relationship to state laws.
Nothing in these health information rules shall preempt or supersede existing
state law related to medical records, health or insurance information
privacy.
ITEM 6. Adopt the following
new subrule:
90.26(4) The rules regarding health information are
effective November 7, 2001. However, no administrative action against
noncompliance shall be taken until January 1, 2002.
ARC 0846B
LAW ENFORCEMENT
ACADEMY[501]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 80B.11, the
Iowa Law Enforcement Academy gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 3,
“Certification of Law Enforcement Officers,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This proposed amendment clarifies and further defines the time
limit within which an officer must achieve certification and provides that if
certification is not in fact obtained the officer is not eligible for a law
enforcement position for a period of at least one year.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on this proposed amendment on or before August 28, 2001. Such written materials
should be sent to Gene W. Shepard, Director, Iowa Law Enforcement Academy, P.O.
Box 130, Johnston, Iowa 50131–0130, or faxed to (515)
242–5471.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment on
August 28, 2001, at 9 a.m. in the conference room at the Iowa Law Enforcement
Academy, Camp Dodge, Johnston, Iowa, at which time persons may present their
views orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their
names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject
of the amendment.
This amendment was approved by the Iowa Law Enforcement
Academy Council on June 7, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
80B.11(2).
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 501—3.1(80B) by adopting the following
new subrules:
3.1(5) The time period within which a person must
achieve certification as a law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa as
specified in rule 501—3.1(80B) shall commence on the day a person is first
employed as a regular law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa. Any
subsequent changes in a law enforcement officer’s employment status,
including transfers to a different employing agency, shall not toll nor
otherwise extend the certification period.
3.1(6) Should a person employed as a law enforcement
officer fail to achieve certification within the time period or any extensions
allowed by rule 501—3.1(80B), that person shall not be eligible for
employment as and shall not serve as a regular or a reserve law enforcement
officer in the state of Iowa for a period of not less than one year from the
date the time period in which to achieve certification specified in rule
501—3.1(80B) expired, or from the date that the person was last employed
as a regular law enforcement officer in the state of Iowa.
ARC 0877B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 5, “Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments:
1. Reduce the continuing education requirement from 45 to 36
contact hours/3.6 CEUs for a three–year license.
2. Eliminate the credit carry–over exception.
3. Eliminate special approval requirements for
self–study if the course is recognized by mandatory states or the four
nursing accrediting organizations: American Nurses’ Association, National
League for Nursing, National Federation of Licensed Practical Nurses, and
National Association of Practical Nurse Education and Service.
4. Clarify the special approval requirement for a
self–study course, Internet course, or live presentation attended outside
Iowa.
5. Add a provision for accepting make–up credit for
audit failures.
6. Eliminate the requirement for waiting one year to reapply
for provider approval when an approved provider has voluntarily relinquished
approved provider status.
The remaining amendments eliminate duplication, clarify the
intent, and provide for consistency of terms.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before September 19, 2001. Such written materials should be directed to
the Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400
S.W. 8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want
to convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at
(515)281–3256, or in the Board office at 400 S.W. 8th Street, by
appointment.
There will be a public hearing on September 19, 2001, at5 p.m.
in the Ballroom, Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel, Fourth and Walnut, Des Moines,
Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed rules.
Item 4, the amendment to subrule 5.2(2), paragraph
“c,” was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as
ARC 0878B.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
655—5.1(152), definition of “approved provider,” to
read as follows:
“Approved provider” means those persons,
organizations, or institutions that meet the criteria specified in subrule
5.3(2) and are authorized by the board to offer approved continuing education
programs. Provider approval applies to all programs regardless of geographic
location.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
655—5.1(152), by adding, in alphabetical order, the following
new definition:
“In–service” means activities intended to
assist nurses to acquire, maintain, or expand nurses’ knowledge and skills
in fulfilling the assigned responsibilities specific to the expectations of the
employer.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 5.2(2),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, to read as
follows:
a. Forty–five Thirty–six
contact hours or 4.5 3.6 continuing education units
(CEUs) shall be required for renewal of a three–year license.
Thirty Twenty–four contact hours or
3.0 2.4 CEUs shall be required for renewal of license
which was issued for less than three years as a result of one of the
following:
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 5.2(2),
paragraph “c,” to read as follows:
c. Continuing education credits from a previous license period
shall not be used, nor shall credits be accumulated for use in a future
licensing period. An exception may be granted to an individual licensee
by the board office for continuing education credits earned from the time the
licensee has satisfactorily completed the requirements for renewal and before
expiration of the license. The continuing education earned during this time may
be applied to the next licensure period and shall meet criteria established in
this chapter. The licensee who wishes this exception shall submit a written
request at the time of license renewal. This exception requires submission of
the written request with the requirements for license renewal as specified in
655—subrule 3.7(3). The licensee shall retain the letter granting the
exception from the board office, in addition to the certificate of
attendance.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 5.2(2),
paragraph “e,” to read as follows:
e. To be approved for continuing education credit, formal
offerings shall meet the qualifications of appropriate subject matter as
specified in subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “a,” or be required
as a part of a formal toward meeting the requirements of a
nursing education program which extends beyond the education
completed for the original nursing license. Questions about whether particular
formal offerings will be approved may be directed to the board office. A denial
of approval may be appealed to the board within one month of the denial. The
licensee shall retain a transcript exhibiting a passing grade for each formal
offering or verification of attendance for offerings which are
audited.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 5.2(2),
paragraph “f,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) Informal offerings offered
attended outside of Iowa or offered as self–study, including
Internet self–study, shall be accepted when approved
recognized by other state boards of nursing with mandatory continuing
education requirements
or offered by the American Nursesederation of Licensed
Practical Nurses, National Association for Practical Nurse Education and
Service, Inc. These informal offerings shall be in accordance with the
continuing education standards as follows:
1. American Nurses’ Credentialing Center Manual for
Accreditation as a Provider of Continuing Education in Nursing in effect in
1986 2001 and the Manual for Accreditation as an
Approver of Continuing Education in effect in 1986
2001.
2. National League for Nursing criteria and guidelines of the
International Association for Continuing Education and Training, fourth
edition, in effect in 1991 2000.
3. National Federation of Licensed Practical Nurses Continuing
Education Department policies and procedures in effect in 1986
1997.
4. National Association for Practical Nurse Education and
Service, Inc. (NAPNES) Criteria for Approval of Continuing Education in effect
in 1986 2000.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 5.2(2),
paragraph “f,” subparagraph (3), to read as
follows:
(3) Informal offerings offered from nonapproved
providers outside of Iowa by a nonapproved provider or an
organization not specified in subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “f,”
subparagraph (2), whether it be a self–study course, an Internet
self–study course, or a live presentation attended outside of Iowa,
shall be accepted when specially approved by the board for an individual
licensee. A licensee shall obtain special approval from the board office in
order to receive credit acceptable to fulfill the requirements. The special
approval application form is available from the board office upon request.
Special approval requires submission of a completed application and a brochure,
advertisement, or course description prior to the completion of the licensure
period. Course content shall meet the qualifications of appropriate subject
matter as specified in subrule 5.3(2), paragraph “a.” The
licensee shall retain the approval letter from the board office, in addition to
the certificate of attendance received from the nonapproved provider. A denial
of approval may be appealed to the board within one month of the
denial.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 5.2(3),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) A licensee, who served on active duty for
a portion of a license period but is not on active duty at the time of
renewal, shall comply with continuing education requirements of
Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required hours are prorated
at 15 12 contact hours per year for each period of 12
consecutive months when not on active duty.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 5.2(3),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) A licensee, who resided out of state for
a portion of a license period but is residing in Iowa at the time of
renewal, shall comply with continuing education requirements of
Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required hours are prorated
at 15 12 contact hours per year for each period of 12
consecutive months of residence in Iowa.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 5.2(3),
paragraph “c,” introductory paragraph, to read as
follows:
c. A licensee shall be deemed to have complied with the
continuing education requirements during periods that person is a government
employee working as a registered nurse or licensed practical nurse and assigned
to duty outside of the United States as specified in Iowa Code section
272C.2(3 4). The continuing education credit
requirement shall be waived; however, a licensee who claims this exception shall
retain evidence of government employment outside the United States to be
presented upon request from the board.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 5.2(3),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) A licensee who is a government employee serving outside
the United States for a portion of a license period, but is not in that
status at the time of renewal, shall comply with continuing education
requirements of Iowa for the remainder of the license period. The required
hours are prorated at 15 12 contact hours per year for
each period of 12 consecutive months when not in that status.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 5.2(3),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) A licensee who is serving in such a position for a portion
of the license period, but is not in that status at the time of renewal, shall
comply with continuing education requirements of Iowa for the remainder of the
license period. The required hours are prorated at 15
12 contact hours per year for each period of 12 consecutive months when
not in that status.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 5.2(4),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), to read as
follows:
(1) To reinstate a license, the licensee shall complete
15 12 contact hours of continuing education as well as
other requirements specified in nursing board 655—subrule
3.7(5). The continuing education shall have been earned within 12 months prior
to reinstatement.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 5.2(5) by
adding the following new paragraph “c,” and
relettering paragraphs “c” to “f” as
“d” to “g.”
c. If submitted materials are incomplete or unsatisfactory,
the licensee shall be notified. The licensee shall be given the opportunity to
submit make–up credit to cover the deficit found through the audit. The
deadline for receipt of the documentation for this make–up credit is
within 90 days of receipt of the board office notification.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 5.3(2),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) Professional growth and development related to nursing
practice roles and designed to enhance the delivery of patient care and
health service.
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 5.3(2),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (9), to read as
follows:
(9) Provide notification to licensees of the availability of
informal offerings. A brochure or written advertisement shall be developed for
all informal offerings other than learner designed self–study and a copy
shall be sent to the board prior to each offering. The brochure or advertising
shall accurately describe the activities by including the date, time, location,
statement of purpose, educational objectives, intended audience, credentials of
instructors, costs and items covered by the fee, refund policy,
and amount of continuing education credit to be awarded, and, if
applicable, costs and items covered by the fee and refund policy. The
board–approved provider number shall appear on the brochure or written
advertisement.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 5.3(2),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (11), to read as
follows:
(11) Develop policies and procedures for verification of
satisfactory completion of the activity by each participant including a system
for verification of satisfactory completion, the control methods to ensure
completion and a method to inform participants that completion of the offering
is required prior to the award of credit. The provider shall not require
exchanging an evaluation form for a certificate of completion. The provider
may award credit to other members of the providership who attend but do not
serve as organizers during the actual offering. The provider may make an
exception and award partial credit in extreme emergency conditions. The
provider may make an exception and award credit for the portion of time the
speaker attended the offering excluding the presentation time; however, full
credit may be awarded to a speaker who presents the offering for the first time.
The provider may base the verification of satisfactory completion of an extended
course on the participant participant’s meeting
the course objectives rather than on the number of sessions attended.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 5.3(2),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (13), to read as
follows:
(13) Assign credit according to a uniform measure of credit as
defined in subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “d.” Credit shall be
granted in increments of half hours or whole hours; however, no
No credit shall be awarded for less than one contact hour or .1
CEU.
ITEM 19. Rescind subrule 5.3(2),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), and insert in lieu
thereof, the following new subparagraph:
(1) Maintain participant records for a minimum of four years
from the date of program completion. The participant records shall include the
name of licensee, license number, contact hours or CEUs awarded, offering
titles, and dates of offerings. The record system shall provide for secure
storage and retrieval of the participant records of continuing education.
Secure storage shall include limiting employee access and describing security
measures. Individual attendance and information regarding each offering shall
be available within two weeks upon request from individual nurses or the board.
If individual nurses are assessed a fee for this retrieval service, the fee
shall be specified.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 5.3(2),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (3), to read as
follows:
(3) A Furnish a certificate
shall be furnished to each participant documenting
completion of the offering the date the credit was
earned. The front of the certificate shall display: participant’s
name, provider number, contact hours or continuing education units awarded,
starting and ending dates of the offering, subject matter
taken, and a reminder to the participant to retain the certificate for four
years. A certificate issued by electronic means must be a print–only
file.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 5.3(3),
paragraph “a,” subparagraphs (7), (9),
(10) and (12), to read as follows:
(7) A policy for record system and maintenance.
A policy regarding the certificate and a sample of the
certificate to be used.
A sample of a written agreement for learner designed
self–study, if applicable.
(9) Registration A policy for
registration procedures and tuition refund.
(10) Tuition refund A policy for
the written advertisement.
(12) A policy regarding program
participant and provider evaluation.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 5.3(4),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, to read as
follows:
a. The board shall send an application for reapproval to an
approved provider four six months before the expiration
of the current approval. The completed application shall be submitted to the
board office no later than two three months prior to the
expiration of the current approval. The application requires submission of the
following materials:
ITEM 23. Amend subrule 5.3(4),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (3), to read as
follows:
(3) If the submitted materials are incomplete or
unsatisfactory, the designee shall notify the provider of the decision within
two weeks of the committee review. The provider shall be given the opportunity
to meet the criteria within two weeks 30 days of the
receipt of the board office notification. If the provider is unable to meet the
requirements, the designee shall recommend nonapproval at the next regularly
scheduled board meeting.
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 5.3(6) by
relettering paragraph “b” as “c” and
paragraph “c” as “b.”
ITEM 25. Amend subrule 5.3(6),
relettered paragraph “c,” to read as follows:
c. The provider whose approved provider status has been
voluntarily relinquished may apply no sooner than one year after the
relinquishment to become an approved provider by starting the initial
approval process specified in subrule 5.3(3).
ARC 0866B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Physician Assistant Examiners hereby terminates the rule making
initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on February 7, 2001, as ARC 0450B, amending Chapter 325,
“Physician Assistants,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the termination in a regularly scheduled
meeting on July 18, 2001.
The Notice proposed to adopt a new Chapter 325,
“Physician Assistants,” which would revise application and licensing
rules, remove unnecessary approval processes in the licensure and registration
of physician assistants, amend language referring to remote medical clinics, and
update free clinic language.
The Board is terminating the rule making commenced in ARC
0450B and may renotice the proposed rule, if determined appropriate
following further review.
ARC 0849B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind
Chapter 4, “Birth Defects Institute,” Iowa Administrative Code, and
adopt new Chapter 4 with the same title.
The proposed new chapter provides program explanation for the
five programs of the Birth Defects Institute within the Department. The chapter
details the activities and responsibilities of the programs as well as the
responsibilities of health care providers, county registrars, birthing
facilities and drawing laboratories in complying with the programs’
functions and activities.
The chapter is intended to comply with Executive Order Number
8 executed and signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999. The Executive
Order directs state agencies to update their administrative rules to ensure that
the rules are necessary, reasonable, effective, clear and fair, reflect
stakeholder involvement, and are consistent with legislative intent and
statutory authority.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed rules on or before August 28, 2001. Such written comments
should be directed to Tonya Diehn, Community Health Consultant, Birth Defects
Institute, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th
Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. E–mail may be sent to
tdiehn@idph.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held over the Iowa Communications
Network (ICN) on August 28, 2001, from 11 a.m. to 12 noon in the ICN Conference
Room, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th Street, Sixth Floor, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319. Additional ICN sites for the hearing are scheduled for the
following locations:
Trospar–Hoyt County Services Building
Department of Human Services
822 Douglas St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
North Hall Room 107
University of Iowa
(at the end of N. Madison St.)
Iowa City, Iowa 52242
Kimberly Center
1002 W. Kimberly
Davenport, Iowa 52806
North Iowa Area Community College
500 College Drive
Mason City, Iowa 50401
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
rules. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may require
special accommodations, such as those for hearing or mobility impairments,
should contact the Department and advise of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
136A.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 641—Chapter 4 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 4
BIRTH DEFECTS INSTITUTE
641—4.1(136A) Program explanation. The birth
defects institute within the department of public health consists of the Iowa
neonatal metabolic screening program, the expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein screening program, the regional genetic consultation
service, the neuromuscular and related genetic disease program and
the Iowa birth defects registry. The birth defects advisory committee
represents the interests of the people of Iowa and assists in the development of
programs that ensure the availability of and access to quality genetic health
care services by all residents. The committee advises the director of the
department of public health regarding issues related to genetics and hereditary
and congenital disorders and makes recommendations about the design and
implementation of the institute’s programs. Committee membership is made
up of representatives of professional groups, agencies, legislators, consumers
and individuals with an interest in promoting genetic services for the residents
of Iowa.
641—4.2(136A) Definitions. For the purposes of
this chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
“Central laboratory” means the University Hygienic
Laboratory.
“Central registry” means the Iowa birth defects
registry.
“Committee” means the birth defects advisory
committee.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public
health.
“Director” means the director of the Iowa
department of public health.
“Institute” means the birth defects institute
within the Iowa department of public health.
641—4.3(136A) Iowa neonatal metabolic screening
program. This program provides comprehensive newborn screening services for
hereditary and congenital disorders for the state.
4.3(1) Newborn screening policy. It
shall be the policy of the state of Iowa that all newborns shall be screened for
hypothyroidism, phenylketonuria (PKU), galactosemia, hemoglobinopathies,
congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH), and medium–chain acyl–CoA
dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency.
As new disorders are recognized and new technologies and tests
become available, the institute shall follow protocols developed by the
department in regard to the addition or deletion of disorders to the screening
panel. The state board of health shall provide final approval for the addition
of new disorders to the screening panel.
4.3(2) Health care provider responsibility.
The licensed attending health care provider shall have the responsibility for
ensuring that infants under the provider’s care are screened. A parent or
guardian shall be informed of the type of specimen, how it is obtained, the
nature of the disorders being screened, and the consequences of treatment and
non–treatment. Should a parent or guardian refuse the screening, said
refusal shall be documented in writing on the Iowa neonatal metabolic screening
program waiver. The parent or guardian and licensed attending health care
provider shall sign the waiver. The parent or guardian and the Iowa neonatal
metabolic screening program shall be provided with a copy of the waiver. The
original copy of the waiver shall become a part of the infant’s medical
record.
4.3(3) County registrar responsibility. When a
parent or guardian visits a county registrar’s office to register a birth
that was not attended by a licensed health care provider, the county registrar
shall inform the parent or guardian of the need for a blood test to screen for
hereditary and congenital disorders.
4.3(4) Neonatal metabolic screening
procedure.
a. Collection of specimens. A filter paper blood
specimen shall be collected from the infant at least 24 hours after the
infant’s birth, but not later than five days after the infant’s
birth.
EXCEPTIONS:
(1) A blood specimen must be collected before any transfusion,
even if the infant is less than 24 hours old.
(2) All infants shall be screened prior to discharge even if
the infant is less than 24 hours old.
(3) An infant transferred to another medical facility must be
screened by the receiving facility unless the infant has already been screened.
The transferring facility is responsible for notifying the receiving facility of
the status of metabolic screening.
(4) An exception to this time sequence shall be accepted for
infants of parents or guardians informed by a county registrar of the need for
metabolic screening.
b. Submission of specimens. All specimens shall be forwarded
by first–class mail or other appropriate means within 24 hours after
collection to the University Hygienic Laboratory, the institute’s
designated central laboratory.
c. Processing of specimens. The central laboratory shall
process specimens within 24 hours of receipt. The central laboratory shall
notify the submitting health care provider, birthing facility or drawing
laboratory of an unacceptable specimen and the need for another
specimen.
d. Reporting of presumptive positive test results. A
presumptive positive test result shall be reported within 24 hours to the
consulting physician, or the physician’s designee, who shall then notify
the attending health care provider. This initial report shall be followed by a
written report to the attending health care provider and the birthing
facility.
4.3(5) Consulting physician responsibility.
Consulting physicians shall be designated by the institute in collaboration with
the central laboratory to provide interpretation of test results and
consultation to licensed health care providers. Under the direction of
consulting physicians, follow–up programs shall be available for all
individuals identified by newborn metabolic screening. The activities shall
include consultation, treatment when indicated, case management, education and
quality assurance. The follow–up programs shall submit an annual report
to the institute summarizing these activities.
4.3(6) Central laboratory responsibility. The
central laboratory shall:
a. Process specimens within 24 hours of receipt.
b. Notify the submitting heath care provider, birthing
facility or drawing laboratory of an unacceptable specimen and the need for
another specimen.
c. Report a presumptive positive test result within 24 hours
to the consulting physician or the physician’s designee.
d. Distribute specimen collection forms, screening waivers,
and other materials to birthing facilities.
e. Provide educational materials concerning specimen
collection procedures.
f. Have available for review and provide to the department a
written quality assurance policy covering all aspects of its newborn screening
activity.
g. Submit semiannual and annual reports to the institute.
These reports shall include (1) number of infants screened by birthing facility,
(2) number of repeat screens by birthing facility, (3) number of presumptive
positive results by disorder, (4) number of confirmed positive results by
disorder, (5) number of rejected specimens by facility, (6) number of waivers
received by facility, (7) results of quality assurance testing, and (8)
screening activity, fiscal accounting and educational activity
details.
h. Act as fiscal agent for program charges encompassing the
analytical, technical, administrative, educational, andfollow–up costs for
the screening program.
4.3(7) Retention, use and disposition of
neonatal metabolic screening specimens.
a. A neonatal metabolic screening specimen collection form
consists of dried blood spots on filter paper and attached infant and birthing
center information.
b. Specimen collection forms shall be held for one month in a
locked area at the central laboratory. After one month, the forms shall be
incinerated unless kept for program evaluation or research use.
c. Research use. Only anonymized specimens shall be made
available for research purposes.
(1) An anonymized specimen is defined as one which cannot be
traced back to or linked with the particular infant from whom the specimen was
obtained. Specimens shall be anonymized by removing the dried blood spot
portion from the infant information portion of the specimen collection
form.
(2) Investigators shall submit proposals to use anonymized
specimens to the committee. Any intent to utilize nonidentifiable information
associated with the dried blood spot sample for the research study must be
clearly delineated in the proposal.
(3) Before research can commence, proposals shall be approved
by the appropriate human subjects review committees, the birth defects advisory
committee, and the department.
4.3(8) Neonatal metabolic screening fee
determination. Sixty days prior to the end of the fiscal year, the central
laboratory and the consulting physicians shall submit a combined program
proposal and budget to the institute for the coming year. The department shall
annually review and determine the fee to be charged for all activities
associated with this program. The review and fee determination shall be
completed at least one month prior to the beginning of the fiscal
year.
641—4.4(136A) Expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein screening program. This program provides
comprehensive maternal alpha–fetoprotein screening services for the
state.
4.4(1) Maternal screening policy. It
shall be the policy of the state of Iowa that all pregnant women are offered
expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein screening. If a patient desires
this screening test, the specimen shall be drawn and submitted by her health
care provider to the University Hygienic Laboratory, the institute’s
designated central laboratory.
4.4(2) Expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein screening procedure.
a. Collection of specimens. A serum or clotted blood specimen
shall be collected from the patient during 15 to 20 weeks of
gestation.
b. Processing of specimens. The central laboratory shall test
specimens within three working days of receipt.
c. Reporting of abnormal results. Abnormal test results shall
be reported within 24 hours to the consulting physician or the physician’s
designee who shall then notify the submitting health care provider. On the next
working day, this initial report shall be followed by a written report to the
submitting health care provider.
4.4(3) Consulting physician responsibility. A
consulting physician shall be designated by the institute in collaboration with
the central laboratory to provide interpretation of test results and
consultation to the submitting health care provider. This physician shall
provide consultation for abnormal test results, assist with questions about
management of identified cases, provide education and assist with quality
assurance measures. The screening program with assistance from the consulting
physician shall submit semiannual and annual reports to the institute detailing
program activities.
4.4(4) Central laboratory responsibility. The
central laboratory shall:
a. Test specimens within three working days of
receipt.
b. Distribute specimen collection kits and other materials to
health care providers’ offices and drawing facilities as
required.
c. Inform the submitting health care provider or drawing
facility of an unacceptable specimen and request another specimen.
d. Provide educational materials concerning specimen
collection procedures.
e. Have available for review a written quality assurance
program covering all aspects of its screening activity.
f. Submit a monthly report detailing screening activity to the
consulting physician. This report shall include (1) number of initial tests,
(2) number of repeat tests, and (3) results of quality assurance
testing.
g. Act as a fiscal agent for program charges encompassing the
analytical, technical, administrative, educational and follow–up costs for
the screening program.
4.4(5) Expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein screening fee determination. Sixty days prior to
the end of the fiscal year, the central laboratory and the consulting physician
shall submit a combined program proposal and budget to the institute for the
coming year. The department shall annually review and determine the fee to be
charged for activities associated with this program. The review and fee
determination shall be completed at least one month prior to the beginning of
the fiscal year.
641—4.5(136A) Regional genetic consultation service
(RGCS). This program provides comprehensive genetic services statewide
through outreach clinics.
4.5(1) Provision of comprehensive genetic
services. The department shall contract with the Division of Medical
Genetics within the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Iowa to
provide genetic health care and education outreach services for individuals and
families within Iowa. The contractor shall provide semiannual and annual
reports to the department as specified in the contract.
4.5(2) Clinic services. The services provided may
include, but are not limited to: diagnostic evaluations, confirmatory testing,
consultation by board–certified geneticists, genetic counseling, medical
and case management, and referral to appropriate agencies.
4.5(3) Patient fees. A sliding fee scale for
clinical services shall be established for patients attending the outreach
clinics. The parameters for the sliding fee scale shall be based on federally
established percent of poverty guidelines and updated annually.
Families/clients seen in the regional genetic consultation
service clinics shall have bills submitted to third–party payers where
applicable. Families/clients shall be billed on a sliding fee scale after
third–party payment is received. Payments received from receipts of
service based on the sliding fee scale or from the third–party payers
shall be used only to support the RGCS.
641—4.6(136A) Neuromuscular and other related
genetic disease program (NMP). This program provides comprehensive services
statewide for individuals and families with neuromuscular disorders through
outreach clinics.
4.6(1) Provision of comprehensive services.
The department shall contract with the Department of Pediatrics at the
University of Iowa to provide neuromuscular health care, case management and
education outreach services for individuals and families within Iowa. The
contractor shall provide semiannual and annual reports to the department
asspecified in the contract.
4.6(2) Clinical services. The services
provided mayinclude, but are not limited to: diagnostic evaluations,
confirmatory testing, physical therapy, consultation by board–certified
neurologists, genetic counseling, medical and case management, supportive
services and referral to appropriate agencies.
4.6(3) Patient fees. A sliding fee scale for clinical
services shall be established for patients attending the outreach clinics. The
parameters for the sliding fee scale shall be based on federally established
percent of poverty guidelines and updated annually.
Families/clients seen in neuromuscular outreach clinics shall
have bills submitted to third–party payers where applicable.
Families/clients shall be billed on a sliding fee scale after third–party
payment is received. Payments received from receipts of service based on the
sliding fee scale or from the third–party payers shall be used only to
support the neuromuscular outreach clinics.
641—4.7(136A) Iowa birth defects registry. The
Iowa birth defects registry provides active birth defect surveillance
statewide.
4.7(1) Definition. Birth defects shall be
defined as any structural or genetic abnormality that may adversely affect a
child’s health and development.
4.7(2) Birth defect surveillance policy. It shall be
the policy of the state of Iowa that birth defects occurring in Iowa are
reportable conditions and that records of these birth defects shall be
abstracted pursuant to 641—1.3(139A) and maintained in a central
registry.
Birth defects surveillance shall be performed in order to
determine the occurrence and trends of birth defects, to conduct thorough and
complete epidemiological surveys, to assist in the planning for and provision of
services to children with birth defects and their families, and to identify
environmental and genetic risk factors for birth defects.
4.7(3) Central registry activities.
a. The institute shall establish an agreement with the
University of Iowa to implement the activities of the central
registry.
b. The central registry shall use the birth defects coding
scheme defined by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) of the
United States Public Health Service.
c. The central registry staff shall review hospital records,
clinical charts, physician’s records, vital records and prenatal records
pursuant to 614—1.3(139A) and any other information that the central
registry deems necessary and appropriate for birth defects
surveillance.
d. A reportable defect occurring in a fetal death or pregnancy
termination may be included in the central registry.
4.7(4) Department responsibility.
a. When a live infant’s medical records are ascertained
by the central registry, the department or its designee shall inform the parent
or legal guardian by letter that this information has been collected and provide
the parent or guardian with information about services for which the child and
family may be eligible.
b. The institute and the central registry shall annually
release aggregate medical and epidemiological information to medical personnel
and appropriate state and local agencies for the planning and monitoring of
services for children with birth defects.
4.7(5) Confidentiality and disclosure of
information. Reports, records, and other information collected by or
provided to the Iowa birth defects registry relating to a person known to have
or suspected of having a birth defect are confidential records pursuant to Iowa
Code section 22.7.
Personnel of the central registry and the department shall
maintain the confidentiality of all information and records used in the review
and analysis of birth defects, including information which is confidential under
Iowa Code chapter 22 or any other provisions of state law.
Central registry personnel are authorized pursuant to
641—1.3(139A) to gather all information relevant to the review and
analysis of birth defects. This information may include, but is not limited to,
hospital records, physician’s rec–ords, clinical charts, birth
records, death records, fetal death records, prenatal records, vital records,
and other reports relevant and necessary for birth defects
surveillance.
No individual or organization providing information to the
Iowa birth defects registry in accordance with this rule shall be deemed or held
liable for divulging confidential information.
4.7(6) Access to information in the central
registry. The central registry and the department shall not release
confidential information except to the following, under the following
conditions:
a. The parent or guardian of an infant or child for whom the
report is made.
b. A local birth–to–three coordinator or an agency
under contract with the department to administer the children with special
health care needs program, upon receipt of written consent from the parent or
guardian of the infant or child.
c. A local health care provider, upon receipt of written
consent from the parent or guardian of the infant or child.
d. A representative of a federal or state agency, to the
extent that the information is necessary to perform a legally authorized
function of that agency. The information provided may not include the personal
identifiers of an infant or child with a reportable birth defect.
e. Research purposes.
(1) All proposals for research to be conducted using central
registry data by persons other than program staff shall first be submitted to
and accepted by the researcher’s institutional review board. The
department, the central registry director and the central registry’s
executive committee may then review and approve the accepted research proposal
before the research commences.
(2) The central registry shall submit to the Iowa birth
defects registry executive committee, the state coordinator for genetic
services, and the birth defects advisory committee for approval a protocol
describing any research conducted by the registry in which the registry deems it
necessary to contact case subjects and controls.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
136A.
ARC 0850B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the
Iowa Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
rescind Chapter 25, “State Plumbing Code,” Iowa Administrative Code,
and adopt a new Chapter 25 with the same title.
The rules describe the minimum standards for plumbing
materials and plumbing methods in Iowa cities.
An ad hoc plumbing code advisory committee was formed to
provide guidance to the Department on revising the rules. The advisory committee
was composed of plumbing inspectors, building officials, union representatives,
builders, engineers, and architects.
Following is a summary of the major changes from the existing
rules.
Rule 25.1(135) now references sections of the Uniform Plumbing
Code, 2000 Edition. The previous rule referenced the Uniform Plumbing Code,
1994 Edition. The chapter and section references have changed.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these rules prior to August 28, 2001. Written materials should be directed
to Michael Magnant, IowaDepartment of Public Health, 321 E. 12th Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0075; fax (515)281–4529; E–mail
mmagnant@idph.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 1 p.m.
in Room 518, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th Street, Des Moines, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. Any
persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have special requirements such
as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Public
Health and advise staff of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 641—Chapter 25 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 25
STATE PLUMBING CODE
641—25.1(135) Adoption. Sections of Chapter 1
listed below, Chapters 2 to 10, and Chapters 13 to 15 of the Uniform
Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition, as published by the International Association of
Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, 20001 South Walnut Drive, Walnut, California
91789–2825, are hereby adopted by reference with amendments as the state
plumbing code authorized by Iowa Code section 135.11(5).
101.3 101.5 103.8
101.4 103.5.3
Local ordinances or rules and regulations may provide for
higher but not lower standards than those found in the state plumbing code.
Local ordinances or rules and regulations shall be consistent with Iowa Code
section 364.3(3).
641—25.2(135) Applicability. The provisions of
this code are applicable to the plumbing in buildings or on premises within
cities and to plumbing in a building or on premises located outside the
corporate limits of any city if the building or premises is served by an
individual connection to a municipally owned water distribution system or
wastewater collection system.
641—25.3(135) Fuel gas piping. Fuel gas piping
shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 1999
Edition. Liquefied petroleum gas facilities and appliances shall comply with
the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 58, Standard for the Storage and Handling of
Liquefied Petroleum Gases, 2001 Edition.
641—25.4(135) Amendments to the Uniform Plumbing
Code.
25.4(1) Section 413.1. Table 4–1. Add
the following after the table and before the footnotes:
A restaurant with an occupancy of 50 or less complies with
these requirements if it has one restroom with one water closet and one
lavatory.
NOTE: The rules of the Iowa department of
inspections and appeals require that separate restrooms for males and females be
provided in facilities that serve beer or liquor
(481—31.9(137F)).
Urinal requirements apply only to male–only
restrooms.
The division of occupancy is to be based upon one half being
male and one half being female. The number of occupants shall be determined by
use and the occupancy class of the state building code or the local building
code that is in effect.
The number of fixtures may be graduated within the group.
Example: 8:101–200
4 fixtures are required for 100 persons.
5 fixtures are required for 101–125 persons.
6 fixtures are required for 126–150 persons.
7 fixtures are required for 151–175 persons.
8 fixtures are required for 176–200 persons.
Accessibility for the physically disabled shall be provided as
required by Iowa Code chapter 103A.
25.4(2) Section 501.0. Delete the second sentence of
the section and delete Table 5–1.
25.4(3) Section 510.8. Delete the section.
25.4(4) Section 603.2. Delete subsection
603.2.3.
25.4(5) Section 603.4. Delete the text of subsection
603.4.13 and insert in lieu thereof the following:
The potable water supply to carbonator shall be protected by a
stainless steel dual check valve with an atmospheric vent as approved by the
administrative authority for the specific use.
25.4(6) Section 604.1.
Add a note to the end of the section:
NOTE: The use of plastic water supply
pipe above grade inside certain licensed care facilities is prohibited by the
rules of the Iowa department of inspections and appeals [481—subrules
60.11(4) and 61.11(4), Iowa Administrative Code].
25.4(7) Section 604.2. Delete the section and insert
in lieu thereof the following:
604.2 Copper tube for water piping shall have a weight of not
less than Type M copper tubing.
EXCEPTION: Copper tube for underground
water piping shall have a weight of not less than Type K copper
tubing.
25.4(8) Section 701.1. Delete subsections 701.1.4 and
701.1.5 and insert in lieu thereof:
701.1.4 Copper tube for underground drainage and vent piping
shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tube Type
L.
701.1.5 Copper tube for aboveground drainage and vent piping
shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tubing Type
M.
EXCEPTION: Type DWV may be used in
one– and two–family dwellings.
25.4(9) Section 703.1. Add this sentence to the end
of the section:
No underground drainage piping shall be less than two inches
in diameter.
25.4(10) Section 710.1. Add the following sentences
to the end of the section:
The requirement for the installation of a backwater valve
shall apply only when it is determined necessary by the administrative authority
based on local conditions. When a valve is required by the administrative
authority, it shall be a manually operated gate valve or fullway ball valve. An
automatic backwater valve may also be installed, but is not required.
25.4(11) Section 710.14. Delete the
section.
25.4(12) Section 717.0. Add this sentence to the end
of the section:
The minimum diameter for a building sewer shall be four
inches.
25.4(13) Section 807.4. Delete the section and insert
in lieu thereof the following:
807.4 No domestic dishwashing machine shall be directly
connected to a drainage system or food waste disposer without the use of an
approved dishwasher air gap fitting on the discharge side of the dishwashing
machine, or by looping the discharge line of the dishwasher as high as possible
near the flood level of the kitchen sink where the waste disposer is connected.
Listed air gap fittings shall be installed with the flood level (FL) marking at
or above the flood level of the sink or drainboard, whichever is
higher.
25.4(14) Section 903.2. Delete subsections 903.2.1
and 903.2.2 and insert in lieu thereof the following:
903.2.1 Copper tube for underground drainage and vent piping
shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tube Type
L.
903.2.2 Copper tube for aboveground drainage and vent piping
shall have a weight of not less than that of copper drainage tubing Type
M.
EXCEPTION: Type DWV may be used in
one– and two–family dwellings.
25.4(15) Section 904.1. Delete the third sentence of
the section and the exception and insert in lieu thereof the
following:
No underground vent piping shall be less than two inches in
diameter. Each building shall have a vent stack or main vent equal in size or
larger than the required building sewer. The vent stack or main vent shall
extend through the roof undiminished in size.
EXCEPTION: In residential buildings of
four stories or less, a three–inch vent stack or main vent is permitted.
For the purposes of this exception, “residential” includes hotels
and motels.
25.4(16) Section 906.7. Change “two (2) inches
(50.8 mm)” to “three (3) inches (76.2 mm)”.
25.4(17) Section 908.0. Delete “Vertical”
from the section title.
25.4(18) Section 908.1. Delete “vertical”
in the first sentence of the section.
25.4(19) Section 1002.2. Delete Table 10–1 and
insert in lieu thereof the following:
TABLE 10–1
|
Horizontal Distance of Trap Arms (Except for water
closets and similar fixtures)*
|
Trap Arm Size
|
|
Distance Trap to Vent
|
Inches
|
Millimeters
|
|
Feet
|
Meters
|
1¼
|
31.8
|
|
5
|
1.52
|
1½
|
38.1
|
|
6
|
1.83
|
2
|
50.8
|
|
8
|
2.44
|
3
|
76.2
|
|
12
|
3.66
|
4 and larger
|
102 and larger
|
|
12
|
3.66
|
Slope one–fourth (1/4) inch per foot (20.9
mm/m)
*The developed length between the trap of a water closet or
similar fixture (measured from the top of the closet ring (closet flange) to the
inner edge of the vent) and its vent shall not exceed six (6) feet (1.8
m).
25.4(20) Appendices. Chapter 11 and the
appendices in the Uniform Plumbing Code are not approved as part of the Iowa
state plumbing code; however, except for Appendix K (private sewage disposal),
Chapter 11 and the appendices may be used as a point of reference when
circumstances warrant. 567—Chapter 69, Iowa Administrative Code, is the
standard for private sewage disposal. Chapter 12 of the Uniform Plumbing Code,
2000 Edition, may be used to govern fuel gas piping except as it conflicts with
ANSI/NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 1999 Edition, or ANSI/NFPA 58, Standard
for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases, 2001
Edition.
641—25.5(135) Backflow prevention with
containment. Cities with populations of 15,000 or greater as determined by
the 1990 census or any subsequent special census shall enact a backflow
prevention program with containment by January 1, 1996. The minimum
requirements for a program are given in subrules 25.5(1) through 25.5(5). These
requirements are in addition to the applicable requirements of Section 603 of
the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition.
25.5(1) Definitions. The following definitions are
added to those in Chapter 2 and Section 603 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2000
Edition, or are modified from those definitions for the purposes of rule
641—25.5(135) only.
a. Administrative authority. The administrative authority for
this rule is the city council and its designees.
b. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment.
Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment means a backflow
prevention assembly which isapproved by the University of Southern
California—Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research.
The approval listing shall include the limitations of use based on the degree of
hazard. The backflow prevention assembly shall also be listed by the
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) or by the
American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) as having met the requirements
of one of the standards listed below.
Standard
|
Product Covered
|
ANSI¤/ASSE*
1013–1999
|
Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers
|
ANSI¤/ASSE* 1015–1999
|
Double Check Backflow Prevention Assembly
|
ANSI¤/ASSE*
1047–1999
|
Reduced Pressure Detector Backflow Preventer
|
ANSI¤/ASSE*
1048–1999
|
Double Check Detector Assembly Backflow Preventer
|
ANSI¤/AWWA†
C510–97
|
Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly
|
ANSI¤/AWWA†
C511–97
|
Reduced–Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention
Assembly
|
¤American National
Standards Institute, 1819 L Street NW, Washington, DC 20036
*American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 28901 Clemens Road,
Suite 100, Westlake, OH 44145
†American Water Works Association, 6666 West
Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235
c. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment in a
fire protection system. Approved backflow prevention assembly for containment
in a fire protection system means a backflow prevention assembly to be used in a
fire protection system which meets the requirements of Factory Mutual Research
Corporation (FM) and Underwriters Laboratory (UL) in addition to the
requirements of 25.5(1)“b.”
d. Containment. Containment is a method of backflow
prevention which requires a backflow prevention assembly on certain water
services. Containment requires that the backflow prevention assembly be
installed on the water service as close to the public water supply main as is
practical.
e. Customer. Customer means the owner, operator or occupant
of a building or property which has a water service from a public water system,
or the owner or operator of a private water system which has a water service
from a public water system.
f. Degree of hazard. Degree of hazard means the rating of a
cross connection or a water service which indicates if it has the potential to
cause contamination (high hazard) or pollution (low hazard).
g. Water service. Depending on the context, water service is
the physical connection between a public water system and a customer’s
building, property or private water system, or the act of providing potable
water from a public water system to a customer.
25.5(2) Proposed water service.
a. No person shall install, or cause to have installed, a
water service to a building, property or private water system before the
administrative authority has evaluated the proposed water service for degree of
hazard.
b. The administrative authority shall require the submission
of plans, specifications and other information deemed necessary for a building,
property or private water system to which a water service is proposed. The
administrative authority shall review the information submitted to determine if
cross connections will exist and the degree of hazard.
c. The owner of a building, property or private water system
shall install, or cause to have installed, an approved backflow prevention
assembly for containment as directed by the administrative authority before
water service is initiated.
d. Reconstruction of an existing water service shall be
treated as a proposed water service for the purposes of rule
641—25.5(135).
25.5(3) Existing water services.
a. The administrative authority shall publish the standards
which it uses to determine the degree of hazard for a water service. These
shall be consistent with standards published by the Iowa department of public
health.
b. Each customer shall survey the activities and processes
which receive water from the water service and shall report to the
administrative authority if cross connections exist and the degree of
hazard.
c. The administrative authority may inspect the plumbing of
any building, property and private water system which has a water service to
determine if cross connections exist and the degree of hazard.
d. If, based on information provided through
25.5(3)“b” and “c,” the administrative authority
determines that a water service may contaminate the public water supply, the
administrative authority shall require that the customer install the appropriate
backflow prevention assembly for containment.
e. If a customer refuses to install a backflow prevention
assembly for containment when it is required by the administrative authority,
the administrative authority may order that water service to the customer be
discontinued until an appropriate backflow prevention assembly is
installed.
25.5(4) Backflow prevention assemblies for
containment.
a. Backflow prevention assemblies for containment shall be
installed immediately following the water meter or as close to that location as
deemed practical by the administrative authority.
b. A water service determined to present a high hazard shall
be protected by an air gap or an approved reduced–pressure principle
backflow prevention assembly.
c. A water service determined to present a low hazard shall be
protected by an approved double check valve assembly or as in
25.5(4)“b.”
d. A water service to a fire protection system shall be
protected from backflow in accordance with the recommendations of American Water
Works Association Manual M14. Where backflow prevention is required for a fire
protection system, an approved backflow prevention assembly for containment in a
fire protection system shall be used.
25.5(5) Backflow incidents.
a. The customer shall immediately notify the agency providing
water service when the customer becomes aware that backflow has occurred in the
building, property or private water system receiving water service.
b. The administrative authority may order that a water service
be temporarily shut off when a backflow occurs in a customer’s building,
property or private water system.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135.
ARC 0848B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.105C, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 69, “Renovation, Remodeling, and Repainting—Lead Hazard
Notification Process,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter implements a program to require individuals who
perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing for
compensation to provide an approved lead hazard information pamphlet to the
owner and occupant of the housing prior to commencing the work. Iowa’s
law stipulates that the rules could take effect only after the Department of
Public Health obtained authorization from the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) for its program to require lead hazard notification prior to
renovation, remodeling, and repainting. Iowa’s program was authorized by
the U.S. EPA on July 13, 1999.
The proposed amendments incorporate new terminology in EPA
regulations that were adopted as final on January 5, 2001, and incorporate an
EPA requirement that Iowa allow the use of the federal pamphlet in addition to
the Iowa pamphlet for compliance with this regulation. In addition, the
proposed amendments provide an exemption for minor repair and maintenance
activities that disrupt less than 0.1 square feet or less of painted surface
since these minor activities are unlikely to cause excessive lead exposure for
occupants.
To incorporate the new EPA terminology, the Department has
added definitions for “arithmetic mean,” “chewable
surface,” “dripline,” “dust lead hazard,”
“friction surface,” “hazardous lead–based paint,”
“impact surface,” “mid–yard,”
“paint–lead hazard,” “play area,” and “soil
lead hazard.” The definition of “lead–based paint
hazard” has been modified.
The Department has determined that these rules are not subject
to waiver or variance because Iowa’s program must be as protective as the
U.S. EPA regulations which do not allow variances or waivers.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments received on orbefore August 28, 2001. Such
written materials shouldbe sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program,
Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319; E–mail to rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax
(515)281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 10
a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time
persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as
follows:
Department of Human Services
Room 550, 5th Floor
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids
Keystone Area Education Agency
ICN Classroom
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque
Mason City National Guard Armory
1160 19th Street SW
Mason City
Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard Street
Creston
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa
Sioux City Public Library
529 Pierce Street
Sioux City
Iowa Department of Public Health
ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 E. 12th Street
Des Moines
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135.105C.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend 641—Chapter 69 as follows:
CHAPTER 69
RENOVATION, REMODELING, AND REPAINTING—
LEAD HAZARD NOTIFICATION PROCESS
641—69.1(135) Applicability. This chapter
applies to all persons who perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting for
compensation in target housing.
641—69.2(135) Definitions.
“Arithmetic mean” means the algebraic sum of
data values divided by the number of data values. For example, the sum of the
concentration of lead in several soil samples divided by the number of samples
is the arithmetic mean.
“Certificate of mailing” means certified mail with
return receipt or its equivalent.
“Chewable surface” means an interior or
exterior surface painted with lead–based paint that a young child can
mouth or chew.
“Common area” means a portion of the building that
is generally accessible to all occupants. This includes, but is not limited to,
hallways, stairways, laundry and recreational rooms, playgrounds, community
centers, garages, and boundary fences.
“Components” means specific design or structural
elements or fixtures of a building, residential dwelling, or
child–occupied facility that are distinguished from each other by form,
function, and location. These include, but are not limited to, interior
components such as ceilings, crown moldings, walls, chair rails, doors, door
trim, floors, fireplaces, radiators and other heating units, shelves, shelf
supports, stair treads, stair risers, stair stringers, newel posts, railing
caps, balustrades, windows and trim (including sashes, window heads, jambs,
sills or stools and troughs), built–in cabinets, columns, beams, bathroom
vanities, countertops, and air conditioners; and exterior components such as
painted roofing, chimneys, flashing, gutters and downspouts, ceilings, soffits,
fascias, rake boards, cornerboards, bulkheads, doors and door trim, fences,
floors, joists, latticework, railings and railing caps, siding, handrails, stair
risers and treads, stair stringers, columns, balustrades, windowsills or stools
and troughs, casing, sashes and wells, and air conditioners.
“Department” means the department of public
health.
“Dripline” means the area within three feet
surrounding the perimeter of a building.
“Dust–lead hazard” means surface dust in
residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that contains a
mass–per–area concentration of lead equal to or exceeding 40
micrograms per square foot on floors, 250 micrograms per square foot on interior
windowsills, and 400 micrograms per square foot on window troughs based on wipe
samples. A dust–lead hazard is present in a residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility when the weighted arithmetic mean lead loading for
all single–surface or composite samples of floors and interior windowsills
is equal to or greater than 40 micrograms per square foot on floors, 250
micrograms per square foot on interior windowsills, and 400 micrograms per
square foot on window troughs based on wipe samples. A dust–lead hazard
is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled
residential dwelling in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is
present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at
least one sampled residential unit on the property. A dust–lead hazard is
present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled
common area in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is present on
floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at least one
sampled common area in the same common area group on the property.
“Dwelling unit” means a single, unified
combination of rooms designed for use as a dwelling by one family.
“Emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting”
means renovation, remodeling, and repainting activities necessitated by
nonroutine failures of equipment that were not planned but resulted from a
sudden, unexpected event that, if not immediately attended to, presents a safety
or public health hazard or threatens equipment or property with significant
damage.
“Friction surface” means an interior or
exterior surface that is subject to abrasion or friction including, but not
limited to, certain window, floor, and stair surfaces.
“Hazardous lead–based paint” means
lead–based paint that is present on a friction surface where there is
evidence of abrasion or where the dust–lead level on the nearest
horizontal surface underneath the friction surface (e.g., the windowsill or
floor) is equal to or greater than the dust–lead hazard level,
lead–based paint that is present on an impact surface that is damaged or
otherwise deteriorated from impact, lead–based paint that is present on a
chewable surface, or any other deteriorated lead–based paint in any
residential building or child–occupied facility or on the exterior of any
residential building or child–occupied facility.
“Impact surface” means an interior or exterior
surface that is subject to damage by repeated sudden force such as certain parts
of door frames.
“Lead–based paint” means paint or other
surface coatings that contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per
square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by weight.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means any
condition that causes exposure to lead from lead–contaminated dust,
lead–contaminated soil, or lead–based paint that is deteriorated or
present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces, and impact surfaces that
would result in adverse human health effects hazardous
lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead
hazard.
“Living area” means any area of a residential
dwelling used by at least one child six years of age or less including, but not
limited to, living rooms, kitchen areas, dens, playrooms, and children’s
bedrooms.
“Mid–yard” means an area of a residential
yard approximately midway between the dripline of a residential building and the
nearest property boundary or between the driplines of a residential building and
another building on the same property.
“Multifamily dwelling” means a structure that
contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or
occupied, or is intended to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the
home or residence of one or more persons.
“Play area” means an area of frequent soil
contact by children of less than six years of age as indicated by, but not
limited to, factors including the following: the presence of play equipment
(sandboxes, swing sets, and sliding boards), toys, or other children’s
possessions, observations of play patterns, or information provided by parents,
residents, caregivers, or property owners.
“Renovation, remodeling, repainting” means
modifying any existing structure or portion of a structure where painted
surfaces are disturbed, unless the activity fits the criteria of lead abatement
as defined in 641—70.2(135) and is performed by a certified lead abatement
contractor as defined in 641—70.2(135). This includes, but is not limited
to, removing walls, ceilings, and other painted building components; window
replacement; floor refinishing; and sanding, scraping, stripping, water
blasting, or otherwise removing paint.
“Residential dwelling” means (1) a detached
single–family dwelling unit, including the surrounding yard, attached
structures such as porches and stoops, and detached buildings and structures
including, but not limited to, garages, farm buildings, and fences, or (2) a
single–family dwelling unit in a structure that contains more than one
separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or intended to be
used or occupied, in whole or part, as the home or residence of one or more
persons.
“Soil–lead hazard” means bare soil on
residential real property or on the property of a child–occupied facility
that contains total lead in excess of 400 parts per million for the dripline,
mid–yard, and play areas. A soil–lead hazard is present in a
dripline, mid–yard, or play area when the soil–lead concentration
from a composite sample of bare soil is equal to or greater than 400 parts per
million.
“Target housing” means housing constructed prior
to 1978 with the exception of housing for the elderly or for persons with
disabilities, unless at least one child, six years of age or
less under the age of six years, resides or is
expected to reside in the housing, and housing which does not contain a
bedroom.
641—69.3(135) Notification required. Beginning
on June 1, 1999, individuals who perform renovation, remodeling, and repainting
of target housing for compensation, except for emergency renovation, remodeling,
and repainting of target housing, and except for minor repair and maintenance
activities that disrupt less than 0.1 square feet or less of painted
surface, must do the following no more than 60 days prior to commencing the
work:
69.3(1) Provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to
Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead
in Your Home, to the owner and adult occupant of each dwelling unit where
renovation, remodeling, and repainting will be performed.
69.3(2) Obtain a signed, dated acknowledgment from the
owner and known adult occupant of each dwelling unit where renovation,
remodeling, and repainting will be performed affirming that they have received
the pamphlet and are aware of the potential health hazards from remodeling,
renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint. If a
written acknowledgment cannot be obtained from an adult occupant, the individual
must certify in writing that the pamphlet has been delivered to the dwelling and
that a written acknowledgment could not be obtained from an adult occupant. Such
certification must include the address of the unit to be remodeled, renovated,
or repainted, the date and method of delivery of the pamphlet, name of the
person delivering the pamphlet, reason for lack of acknowledgment (e.g.,
occupant refuses to sign, no adult occupant available), the signature of the
person conducting the renovating, remodeling, or repainting, and the date of
signature.
a. The acknowledgment shall include the following
language:
I have received the pamphlet entitled Lead Poisoning: How to
Protect Iowa Families or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead
in Your Home and am aware of the potential health risk associated with
remodeling, renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint
or lead–based paint hazards.
b. to e. No change.
69.3(3) and 69.3(4) No change.
641—69.4(135) Notification required in multifamily
housing. Beginning on June 1, 1999, individuals who perform renovation,
remodeling, and repainting of common areas for compensation, except for
emergency renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing, and
except for minor repair and maintenance activities that disrupt less than 0.1
square feet or less of painted surface, must do the following no more than
60 days prior to commencing the work:
69.4(1) Provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to
Protect Iowa Families, an approved lead hazard information
pamphlet or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in
Your Home, to the owner of the multifamily target housing where renovation,
remodeling, and repainting will be performed.
69.4(2) Obtain a signed, dated acknowledgment from the
owner of the multifamily target housing where renovation, remodeling, and
repainting will be performed affirming that the owner has received the pamphlet
and is aware of the potential health hazards from remodeling, renovating, or
repainting housing containing lead–based paint.
a. The acknowledgment shall include the following
language:
I have received the pamphlet entitled Lead Poisoning: How to
Protect Iowa Families or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead
in Your Home, and am aware of the potential health risk associated with
remodeling, renovating, or repainting housing containing lead–based paint
or lead–based paint hazards.
b. to e. No change.
f. Notify each occupant of the multifamily housing, in
writing, of the intended remodeling, repainting, or renovation, and make the
pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal
pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, available upon
request. At a minimum, this notification shall be accomplished by distributing
written notice to each occupant of the target housing. The notice shall
describe:
(1) The general nature and location of the planned renovation,
remodeling, and repainting activity.
(2) The expected starting and ending dates of the planned
renovation, remodeling, and repainting activity.
(3) A statement of how the owners and occupants can obtain the
pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal
pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge
from the individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting
activity.
g. These activities shall be conducted by the individual
planning to perform the renovation, remodeling, and repainting, or by the owner
on behalf of this individual.
h. The individual planning to perform the renovation,
remodeling, and repainting must prepare, sign, and date a statement describing
the steps performed to notify all occupants of the intended renovation,
remodeling, and repainting, and to provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to
Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead
in Your Home, at no charge upon request. Regardless of who performs
the notification activities required in this subrule, the individual planning to
conduct the renovation, remodeling, and repainting shall be responsible for
ensuring compliance with this subrule and shall be liable for any failures to
comply with the notification requirements in this subrule.
69.4(3) and 69.4(4) No change.
641—69.5(135) Emergency renovation, remodeling, and
repainting. Beginning on June 1, 1999, individuals who perform emergency
renovation, remodeling, and repainting of target housing for compensation,
except for minor repair and maintenance activities that disrupt less than 0.1
square feet or less of painted surface, must do the following:
69.5(1) Provide the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to
Protect Iowa Families, an approved lead hazard information
pamphlet or the federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in
Your Home, to the owner of the target housing where renovation, remodeling,
and repainting are performed.
69.5(2) Notify each owner and occupant of the target
housing, in writing, of the remodeling, repainting, or renovation, and make the
pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal
pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, available upon
request. At a minimum, this notification shall be accomplished by distributing
written notice to each owner and occupant of the target housing. The notice
shall describe:
a. The general nature and location of the renovation,
remodeling, and repainting activity.
b. The starting and ending dates of the renovation,
remodeling, and repainting activity.
c. A statement of how the owners and occupants can obtain the
pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the
federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge
from the individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting
activity.
69.5(3) These activities shall be conducted by the
individual performing the renovation, remodeling, and repainting, or by the
owner on behalf of this individual. The individual planning to perform the
renovation, remodeling, and repainting must prepare, sign, and date a statement
describing the steps performed to notify all occupants of the intended
renovation, remodeling, and repainting, and to provide the pamphlet, Lead
Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the federal pamphlet, Protect
Your Family from Lead in Your Home, at no charge upon request. Regardless
of who performs the notification activities required in this subrule, the
individual conducting the renovation, remodeling, and repainting shall be
responsible for ensuring compliance with this rule and shall be liable for any
failures to comply with the notification requirements in this rule.
641—69.6(135) Certification of attempted delivery.
When an adult occupant is unavailable for signature or refuses to sign the
acknowledgment of receipt of the pamphlet, the individual conducting the
renovating, remodeling, or repainting is permitted by subrule 69.3(2) to certify
delivery for each instance. The certification shall include the address of the
unit undergoing renovation, remodeling or repainting, the date and method of
delivery of the pamphlet, names of the persons delivering the pamphlet, reason
for lack of acknowledgment (e.g., occupant refuses to sign, no adult occupant
available), the signature of the individual conducting the renovation,
remodeling, and repainting, and the date of signature.
69.6(1) Unavailable for signature.
a. If an adult occupant is unavailable for signature, the
certification shall contain the following language:
I certify that I have made a good–faith effort to
deliver the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the
federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the unit
listed below at the dates and times indicated, and that an adult occupant was
unavailable to sign the acknowledgment. I further certify that I have left a
copy of the pamphlet at the unit with the occupant.
b. Below the statement, the certification shall require the
printed name and signature of the individual conducting the renovating,
remodeling, or repainting, the address of the unit, the attempted delivery dates
and times, and the date of signature.
69.6(2) Refused to sign.
a. If the occupant refuses to sign the acknowledgment, the
certification shall contain the following language:
I certify that I have made a good–faith effort to
deliver the pamphlet, Lead Poisoning: How to Protect Iowa Families, or the
federal pamphlet, Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home, to the
unit listed below at the dates and times indicated, and that the occupant
refused to sign the acknowledgment. I further certify that I have left a copy
of the pamphlet at the unit.
b. Below the statement, the certification shall require the
printed name and signature of the individual conducting the renovating,
remodeling, or repainting, the address of the unit, the attempted delivery dates
and times, the location where the pamphlet was left at the unit (e.g., taped to
the door, slipped under the door), and the date of signature.
641—69.7(135) to 641—69.9(135) No
change.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement section 135.105C.
ARC 0851B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.105A, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 70, “Lead Professional Certification,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Iowa Code section 135.105A directs the Department of Public
Health to establish a program for the training and certification of lead
inspectors and lead abaters and states that a person shall not perform lead
abatement or lead inspections unless the person has completed a training program
approved by the Department and has obtained certification. Property owners are
required to be certified only if the property in which they will perform lead
inspections or lead abatement is occupied by a person other than the owner or a
member of the owner’s immediate family while the measures are being
performed. A person may be certified as both a lead inspector and a lead
abater. However, a person who is certified as both shall not provide both
inspection and abatement services at the same site unless a written consent or
waiver, following full disclosure by the person, is obtained from the owner or
manager of the site. Iowa’s law stipulates that rules could take effect
only after the Department obtained authorization from the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) for its program to train and certify lead inspectors and
abaters. Iowa’s program was authorized by the EPA on July 13,
1999.
The proposed amendments incorporate new EPA regulations that
were adopted as final on January 5, 2001. Iowa is required to incorporate these
new EPA regulations into Iowa rules. In addition, the title of the discipline
known as “visual risk assessor” has been changed to “sampling
technician,” which is now the title used in most states for this
discipline. Finally, a provision has been added to require that the abatement
report be completed no later than 30 days after an abatement project passes
clearance. This provision has been added since the Department found during
compliance inspections of certified abatement contractors that these reports
were not yet completed several months after the completion of the
project.
To incorporate the new EPA regulations, the Department has
added definitions for “arithmetic mean,” “chewable
surface,” “common area group,” “concentration,”
“dripline,” “dust–lead hazard,” “friction
surface,” “hazardous lead–based paint,” “impact
surface,” “loading,” “mid–yard,”
“paint–lead hazard,” “play area,”
“residential building,” “room,” “soil–lead
hazard,” “soil sample,” “weighted arithmetic
mean,” “window trough,” and “wipe sample.” The
definitions of “clearance levels,” “deteriorated paint,”
“lead abatement,” “lead–based paint,” and
“lead–based paint hazard” have been modified. Standards for
conducting risk assessments, lead abatement, and clearance testing have been
modified. The following are the substantial changes that result from
incorporating the new EPA regulations:
1. The previous definition of “lead–based paint
hazard” included intact lead–based paint present on friction and
impact surfaces. The new definition includes lead–based paint on a
friction surface only where there is evidence of abrasion or where the
dust–lead level on the nearest horizontal surface underneath the friction
surface (e.g., the windowsill or floor) is equal to or greater than the
dust–lead hazard level. Lead–based paint that is present on an
impact surface is defined as a lead–based paint hazard only if it is
damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact.
2. Dust–lead hazard levels and clearance levels have
been reduced. The dust–lead hazard and clearance level for floors has
been reduced from 100 micrograms per square foot to 40 micrograms per square
foot. The dust–lead hazard level and clearance level for windowsills has
been reduced from 500 micrograms per square foot to 250 micrograms per square
foot. The dust–lead hazard and clearance level for window troughs has
been reduced from 800 micrograms per square foot to 400 micrograms per square
foot.
3. The dust–lead hazard levels and clearance levels for
composite–surface samples have changed. Previously, these levels were the
same for composite–surface samples as for single–surface samples.
Now, the dust–lead hazard and clearance level for a
composite–surface sample is the level for a single–surface sample
divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample. This reduces
the dust–lead hazard level and clearance level when
composite–surface samples are used.
The Department has determined that these rules are not subject
to waiver or variance because Iowa’s program must be as protective as the
EPA regulations which do not allow variances or waivers.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments received on orbefore August 28, 2001. Such
written materials shouldbe sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program,
Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319; E–mail to rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax
(515)281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 10
a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time
persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as
follows:
Department of Human Services
Room 550, Fifth Floor
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids
Keystone Area Education Agency
ICN Classroom
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque
Mason City National Guard Armory
1160 19th Street SW
Mason City
Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard Street
Creston
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa
Sioux City Public Library
529 Pierce Street
Sioux City
Iowa Department of Public Health
ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 E. 12th Street
Des Moines
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
135.105A.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend 641—Chapter 70 as follows:
CHAPTER 70
LEAD PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION
641—70.1(135) Applicability. Prior to March 1,
2000, this chapter applies to all persons who are certified lead professionals
in Iowa. Beginning March 1, 2000, this chapter applies to all persons who are
lead professionals in Iowa. While this chapter requires lead professionals to
be certified and establishes specific requirements for how to perform
lead–based paint activities if a property owner, manager, or occupant
chooses to undertake them, nothing in this chapter requires a property owner,
manager, or occupant to undertake any particular lead–based paint
activity.
641—70.2(135) Definitions.
“Adequate quality control” means a plan or design
which ensures the authenticity, integrity, and accuracy of samples, including
dust, soil, and paint chip or paint film samples. Adequate quality control also
includes provisions for representative sampling.
“Approved course” means a course that has been
approved by the department for the training of lead professionals.
“Arithmetic mean” means the algebraic sum of
data values divided by the number of data values. For example, the sum of the
concentration of lead in several soil samples divided by the number of samples
is the arithmetic mean.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agency” means an agency that has met the requirements of
641—70.5(135) and that has been certified by the department.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor” means a person who has met the requirements of
641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been
certified by the department.
“Certified firm” means a firm that has met the
requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification and has been certified by
the department.
“Certified lead abatement contractor” means a
person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or
interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead abatement worker” means a person
who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) and who has been certified
by the department.
“Certified lead inspector/risk assessor” means a
person who has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or
interim certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified lead professional” means a person who
has been certified by the department as a lead inspector/risk assessor, elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, lead abatement contractor, lead
abatement worker, project designer, or visual risk assessor
sampling technician.
“Certified project designer” means a person who
has met the requirements of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim
certification and who has been certified by the department.
“Certified visual risk assessor
sampling technician” means a person who has met the requirements of
641—70.5(135) and who has been certified by the department.
“Chewable surface” means an interior or
exterior surface painted with lead–based paint that a young child can
mouth or chew.
“Child–occupied facility” means a building,
or portion of a building, constructed prior to 1978, visited by the same child
under the age of six years on at least two different days within any week
(Sunday through Saturday period, provided that each day’s visit lasts at
least three hours and the combined weekly visits last at least six hours).
Child–occupied facilities may include, but are not limited to,
day–care centers, preschools, and kindergarten classrooms.
“Clearance levels level”
means values the value that
indicate indicates the maximum amount of lead permitted
in dust on a surface following completion of an abatement activity.
These values are 100 micrograms per square foot on floors, 500
micrograms per square foot on windowsills, and 800 micrograms per square foot on
window troughs. The value for a single–surface sample from a
floor is 40 micrograms per square foot. The value for a single–surface
sample from an interior windowsill is 250 micrograms per square foot. The value
for a single–surface sample from a window trough is 400 micrograms per
square foot.
“Clearance testing” means an activity conducted
following interim controls, lead abatement, paint stabilization, standard
treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation to
determine that the hazard reduction activities are complete and that no
lead–contaminated soil–lead hazards or
lead–contaminated dust–lead hazards
exists exist in the dwelling unit or worksite.
Clearance testing includes a visual assessment, the collection and analysis of
environmental samples, the interpretation of sampling results, and the
preparation of a report.
“Common area” means a portion of the building that
is generally accessible to all occupants. This includes, but is not limited to,
hallways, stairways, laundry and recreational rooms, playgrounds, community
centers, garages, and boundary fences.
“Common area group” means a group of common
areas that are similar in design, construction, and function. Common area
groups include, but are not limited to, hallways, stairwells, and laundry
rooms.
“Component” or “building component”
means specific design or structural elements or fixtures of a building,
residential dwelling, or child–occupied facility that are distinguished
from each other by form, function, and location. These include, but are not
limited to, interior components such as ceilings, crown moldings, walls, chair
rails, doors, door trim, floors, fireplaces, radiators and other heating units,
shelves, shelf supports, stair treads, stair risers, stair stringers, newel
posts, railing caps, balustrades, windows and trim (including sashes, window
heads, jambs, sills or stools and troughs), built–in cabinets, columns,
beams, bathroom vanities, countertops, and air conditioners; and exterior
components such as painted roofing, chimneys, flashing, gutters and downspouts,
ceilings, soffits, fascias, rake boards, cornerboards, bulkheads, doors and door
trim, fences, floors, joists, latticework, railings and railing caps, siding,
handrails, stair risers and treads, stair stringers, columns, balustrades,
windowsills or stools and troughs, casings, sashes and wells, and air
conditioners.
“Composite sample” means the collection of more
than one sample of the same medium (e.g., dust, soil, or paint) from the same
type of surface (e.g., floor, interior windowsill, or window trough) such that
multiple samples can be analyzed as a single sample.
“Concentration” means the relative content of a
specific substance contained within a larger mass, such as the amount of lead
(in micrograms per grams or parts per million of weight) in a sample of soil or
dust.
“Containment” means a process to protect workers
andthe environment by controlling exposures to the
lead–contaminated dust–lead hazards and
debris created during an abatement.
“Course agenda” means an outline of the key topics
to be covered during a training course, including the time allotted to teach
each topic.
“Course test” means an evaluation of the overall
effectiveness of the training which shall test the trainees’ knowledge and
retention of the topics covered during the course.
“Course test blueprint” means written
documentation identifying the proportion of course test questions devoted to
each major topic in the course curriculum.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public
health.
“Deteriorated paint” means any interior or
exterior paint or other coating that is cracking, flaking, chipping,
peeling, or chalking, or any paint or coating located on an interior or
exterior surface that is otherwise separating damaged or
separated from the substrate of a building component.
“Discipline” means one of the specific types or
categories of lead–based paint activities identified in this chapter for
which individuals may receive training from approved courses and become
certified by the department. For example, “lead inspector/risk
assessor” is a discipline.
“Distinct painting history” means the application
history, as indicated by its visual appearance or a record of application, over
time, of paint or other surface coatings to a component or room.
“Documented methodologies” means methods or
protocols used to sample for the presence of lead in paint, dust, and
soil.
“Dripline” means the area within three feet
surrounding the perimeter of a building.
“Dust–lead hazard” means surface dust in
residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that contains a
mass–per–area concentration of lead equal to or exceeding 40
micrograms per square foot on floors, 250 micrograms per square foot on interior
windowsills, and 400 micrograms per square foot on window troughs based on wipe
samples. A dust–lead hazard is present in a residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility when the weighted arithmetic mean lead loading for
all single–surface or composite samples of floors and interior windowsills
is equal to or greater than 40 micrograms per square foot on floors, 250
micrograms per square foot on interior windowsills, and 400 micrograms per
square foot on window troughs based on wipe samples. A dust–lead hazard
is present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled
residential dwelling in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is
present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at
least one sampled residential unit on the property. A dust–lead hazard is
present on floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs in an unsampled
common area in a multifamily dwelling if a dust–lead hazard is present on
floors, interior windowsills, or window troughs, respectively, in at least one
sampled common area in the same common area group on the property.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) child” means any child
who has had one venous blood lead level greater than or equal to 20 micrograms
per deciliter or at least two venous blood lead levels of 15 to 19 micrograms
per deciliter.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection” means an
inspection to determine the sources of lead exposure for an elevated blood lead
(EBL) child and the provision within ten working days of a written report
explaining the results of the investigation to the owner and occupant of the
residential dwelling or child–occupied facility being inspected and to the
parents of the elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency”
means an agency that employs or contracts with individuals who perform elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspections. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may
also employ or contract with individuals who perform other lead–based
paint activities.
“Encapsulant” means a substance that forms a
barrier between lead–based paint and the environment using a
liquid–applied coating (with or without reinforcement materials) or an
adhesively bonded coating material.
“Encapsulation” means the application of an
encapsulant.
“Enclosure” means the use of rigid, durable
construction materials that are mechanically fastened to the substrate in order
to act as a barrier between lead–based paint and the
environment.
“Firm” means a company, partnership, corporation,
sole proprietorship, association, or other business entity, other than an
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency, that performs or offers to perform
lead–based paint activities.
“Friction surface” means an interior or
exterior surface that is subject to abrasion or friction including, but not
limited to, certain window, floor, and stair surfaces.
“Guest instructor” means an individual designated
by the training program manager or principal instructor to provide instruction
specific to the lecture, hands–on work activities, or work practice
components of a course.
“Hands–on skills assessment” means an
evaluation which tests the trainees’ ability to satisfactorily perform the
work practices and procedures identified in 641—70.6(135), as well as any
other skill taught in a training course.
“Hazardous lead–based paint” means
lead–based paint that is present on a friction surface where there is
evidence of abrasion or where the dust–lead level on the nearest
horizontal surface underneath the friction surface (e.g., the windowsill or
floor) is equal to or greater than the dust–lead hazard level,
lead–based paint that is present on an impact surface that is damaged or
otherwise deteriorated from impact, lead–based paint that is present on a
chewable surface, or any other deteriorated lead–based paint in any
residential building or child–occupied facility or on the exterior of any
residential building or child–occupied facility.
“Hazardous waste” means any waste as defined in 40
CFR 261.3.
“Impact surface” means an interior or exterior
surface that is subject to damage by repeated sudden force such as certain parts
of door frames.
“Interim controls” means a set of measures
designed to temporarily reduce human exposure or likely exposure to
lead–based paint hazards, including repairing deteriorated
lead–based paint, specialized cleaning, maintenance, painting, temporary
containment, ongoing monitoring of lead–based paint hazards or potential
hazards, and the establishment and operation of management and resident
education programs.
“Interior windowsill” means the portion of the
horizontal window ledge that protrudes into the interior of the
room.
“Lead abatement” means any measure or set of
measures designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint hazards in a
residential dwelling or child–occupied facility. Abatement includes, but
is not limited to, (1) the removal of lead–based paint and
lead–contaminated dust dust–lead hazards,
the permanent enclosure or encapsulation of lead–based paint, the
replacement of lead–painted surfaces or fixtures, and the removal or
covering of lead–contaminated soil soil–lead
hazards and (2) all preparation, cleanup, disposal, and postabatement
clearance testing activities associated with such measures. Lead abatement
specifically includes, but is not limited to, (1) projects for which there is a
written contract or other documentation, which provides that an individual will
be conducting activities in or to a residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility that shall result in or are designed to permanently eliminate
lead–based paint hazards, (2) projects resulting in the permanent
elimination of lead–based paint hazards that are conducted by firms or
individuals certified under 641—70.5(135), (3) projects resulting in
the permanent elimination of lead–based paint hazards that are conducted
by firms or individuals who, through their company name or promotional
literature, represent, advertise, or hold themselves out to be in the business
of performing lead–based paint abatement, and (4) projects resulting in
the permanent elimination of lead–based paint that are conducted in
response to an abatement order. Abatement does not include renovation,
remodeling, landscaping, or other activities, when such activities are not
designed to permanently eliminate lead–based paint hazards, but, instead,
are designed to repair, restore, or remodel a given structure or dwelling, even
though these activities may incidentally result in a reduction or elimination of
lead–based paint hazards. Furthermore, abatement does not include interim
controls, operations and maintenance activities, or other measures and
activities designed to temporarily, but not permanently, reduce lead–based
paint hazards.
“Lead–based paint” means paint or other
surface coatings that contain lead equal to or in excess of 1.0 milligram per
square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by weight. Lead–based paint
is present on any surface that is tested and found to contain lead equal to or
in excess of 1.0 milligram per square centimeter or more than 0.5 percent by
weight and on any surface like a surface tested in the same room equivalent that
has a similar painting history and that is found to be lead–based
paint.
“Lead–based paint activities” means, in the
case of target housing and child–occupied facilities, lead inspection,
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection, lead hazard screen, risk assessment, lead
abatement, visual risk assessment, clearance testing conducted after lead
abatement, and clearance testing conducted after interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means any
condition that causes exposure to lead from lead–contaminated dust,
lead–contaminated soil, or lead–based paint that is deteriorated or
present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces, and impact surfaces that
would result in adverse human health effects hazardous
lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead
hazard.
“Lead–contaminated dust” means
surface dust in residential dwellings or child–occupied facilities that
contains in excess of 100 micrograms per square foot on floors, 500 micrograms
per square foot on windowsills, and 800 micrograms per square foot on window
troughs. For lead–based paint activities conducted pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340, the standards specified by 24 CFR 35.1340 for lead–contaminated
dust shall apply.
“Lead–contaminated soil” means bare
soil on residential real property and on the property of a child–occupied
facility that contains lead in excess of 400 parts per million for areas where
child contact is likely and in excess of 2,000 parts per million if child
contact is not likely.
“Lead hazard screen” means a limited risk
assessment activity that involves limited paint and dust sampling.
“Lead inspection” means a
surface–by–surface investigation to determine the presence of
lead–based paint and a determination of the existence, nature, severity,
and location of lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility and the provision of a written report explaining
the results of the investigation and options for reducing lead–based paint
hazards to the person requesting the lead inspection.
“Lead professional” means a person who conducts
lead abatement, lead inspections, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections, lead
hazard screens, risk assessments, visual risk assessments, clearance testing
after lead abatement, or clearance testing after interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340.
“Living area” means any area of a residential
dwelling used by at least one child under the age of six years, including, but
not limited to, living rooms, kitchen areas, dens, playrooms, and
children’s bedrooms.
“Loading” means the quantity of a specific
substance present per unit of surface area, such as the amount of lead in
micrograms contained in the dust collected from a certain surface area divided
by the surface area in square feet or square meters.
“Mid–yard” means an area of a residential
yard approximately midway between the dripline of a residential building and the
nearest property boundary or between the driplines of a residential building and
another building on the same property.
“Multifamily dwelling” means a structure that
contains more than one separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or
occupied, or intended to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the home
or residence of one or more persons.
“Occupant protection plan” means a plan developed
bya certified lead abatement contractor prior to the commencement of lead
abatement in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility that
describes the measures and management procedures that will be taken during lead
abatement to protect the building occupants from exposure to any
lead–based paint hazards.
“Ongoing lead–based paint maintenance” means
the maintenance of housing assisted by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1355.
“Paint–lead hazard” means the presence of
hazard–ous lead–based paint in a residential dwelling or a
child–occupied facility.
“Paint stabilization” means repairing any physical
defect in the substrate of a painted surface that is causing paint
deterioration, removing loose paint and other material from the surface to be
treated, and applying a new protective coating or paint.
“Permanently covered soil” means soil which has
been separated from human contact by the placement of a barrier consisting of
solid, relatively impermeable materials, such as pavement or concrete. Grass,
mulch, and other landscaping materials are not considered permanent
covering.
“Play area” means an area of frequent soil
contact by children of less than six years of age as indicated by, but not
limited to, factors including the following: the presence of play equipment
(sandboxes, swing sets, and sliding boards), toys, or other children’s
possessions, observations of play patterns, or information provided by parents,
residents, caregivers, or property owners.
“Principal instructor” means the individual who
has the primary responsibility for organizing and teaching a particular
course.
“Recognized laboratory” means an environmental
laboratory recognized by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to
Section 405(b) of the federal Toxic Substance Control Act as capable of
performing an analysis for lead compounds in paint, soil, and dust.
“Reduction” means measures designed to reduce or
eliminate human exposure to lead–based paint hazards through methods
including interim controls and abatement.
“Refresher training course” means a course taken
by a certified lead professional to maintain certification in a particular
discipline.
“Rehabilitation” means the improvement of an
existing structure through alterations, incidental additions, or enhancements.
Rehabilitation includes repairs necessary to correct the results of deferred
maintenance, the replacement of principal fixtures and components, improvements
to increase the efficient use of energy, and installation of security
devices.
“Residential building” means a building
containing one or more residential dwellings.
“Residential dwelling” means (1) a detached
single–family dwelling unit, including the surrounding yard, attached
structures such as porches and stoops, and detached buildings and structures
including, but not limited to, garages, farm buildings, and fences, or (2) a
single–family dwelling unit in a structure that contains more than one
separate residential dwelling unit, which is used or occupied, or intended to be
used or occupied, in whole or part, as the home or residence of one or more
persons.
“Risk assessment” means an investigation to
determine the existence, nature, severity, and location of lead–based
paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and the
provision of a written report explaining the results of the investigation and
options for reducing lead–based paint hazards to the person requesting the
risk assessment.
“Room” means a separate part of the inside of a
building, such as a bedroom, living room, dining room, kitchen, bathroom,
laundry room, or utility room. To be considered a separate room, the room must
be separated from adjoining rooms by built–in walls or archways that
extend at least six inches from an intersecting wall. Half walls or bookcases
count as room separators if built–in. Movable or collapsible partitions
or partitions consisting solely of shelves or cabinets are not considered
built–in walls. A screened–in porch that is used as a living area
is a room.
“Soil–lead hazard” means bare soil on
residential real property or on the property of a child–occupied facility
that contains total lead in excess of 400 parts per million for the dripline,
mid–yard, and play areas. A soil–lead hazard is present in a
dripline, mid–yard, or play area when the soil–lead concentration
from a composite sample of bare soil is equal to or greater than 400 parts per
million.
“Soil sample” means a sample collected in a
representative location using ASTM E1727, “Standard Practice for Field
Collection of Soil Samples by Atomic Spectrometry Techniques,” or
equivalent method.
“Standard treatments” means a series of hazard
reduction measures designed to reduce all lead–based paint hazards in a
dwelling unit without the benefit of a risk assessment or other
evaluation.
“State certification examination” means a
discipline–specific examination approved by the department to test the
knowledge of a person who has completed an approved training course and is
applying for certification in a particular discipline. The state certification
examination may not be administered by the provider of an approved
course.
“Target housing” means housing constructed prior
to 1978 with the exception of housing for the elderly or for persons with
disabilities and housing which does not contain a bedroom, unless at least one
child under the age of six years resides or is expected to reside in the housing
for the elderly or persons with disabilities or housing which does not contain a
bedroom.
“Training hour” means at least 50 minutes of
actual learning, including, but not limited to, time devoted to lecture,
learning activities, small group activities, demonstrations, evaluations, or
hands–on experience.
“Training manager” means the individual
responsible for administering an approved course and monitoring the performance
of principal instructors and guest instructors.
“Training program” means a person or organization
sponsoring a lead professional training course.
“Visual inspection for clearance testing” means
the visual examination of a residential dwelling or a child–occupied
facility following lead abatement or following interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
or rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 to determine whether or not the
lead abatement, interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments,
ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation has been
successfully completed.
“Visual risk assessment” means a visual assessment
to determine the presence of deteriorated paint or other potential sources of
lead–based paint hazards in a residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility and the provision of a written report explaining the results of the
assessment to the person requesting the visual risk assessment.
“Weighted arithmetic mean” means the arithmetic
mean of sample results weighted by the number of subsamples in each sample. Its
purpose is to give influence to a sample relative to the surface area it
represents. A single surface dust sample is comprised of a single dust
subsample. A composite dust sample may contain from two to four dust subsamples
of the same area as each other and of each single surface dust sample in the
composite. The weighted arithmetic mean is obtained by summing, for all dust
samples, the product of the dust sample’s result multiplied by the number
of dust subsamples in the dust sample, and dividing the sum by the total number
of dust subsamples contained in all dust samples. For example, the weighted
arithmetic mean of a single surface dust sample containing 60 micrograms per
square foot (∝g/ft2),
a composite dust sample (three dust subsamples) containing 100
∝g/ft2, and a
composite dust sample (four dust subsamples) containing 110
∝g/ft2 is 100
∝g/ft2. This result
is based on the equation
[60+(3?100)+(4?100)]
/ (1+3+4).
“Window trough” means, for a typical
double–hung window, the portion of the exterior windowsill between the
interior windowsill (or stool) and the frame of the storm window. If there is
no storm window, the window trough is the area that receives both the upper and
lower window sashes when they are both lowered. The window trough is sometimes
referred to as the window well.
“Wipe sample” means a sample collected by
wiping a representative surface of known area, as determined by ASTM E1728,
“Standard Practice for Field Collection of Settled Dust Samples Using Wipe
Sampling Methods for Lead Determination by Atomic Spectrometry
Techniques,” or equivalent method, with an acceptable wipe material as
defined in ASTM E1792, “Standard Specification for Wipe Sampling Materials
for Lead in Surface Dust.”
“X–ray fluorescence analyzer (XRF)” means an
instrument that determines lead concentrations in milligrams per square
centimeter (mg/cm2) using the principle of X–ray
fluorescence.
641—70.3(135) Certification. Prior to March 1,
2000, lead professionals may be certified by the department. Beginning March 1,
2000, lead professionals and firms must be certified by the department in the
appropriate discipline before they conduct lead abatement, clearance testing
after lead abatement, lead inspections, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections,
lead hazard screens, risk assessments, and visual risk assessments, except
persons who perform these activities within residential dwellings that they own,
unless the residential dwelling is occupied by a person other than the owner or
a member of the owner’s immediate family while these activities are being
performed. In addition, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections shall be
conducted only by certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors
employed by or under contract with a certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspection agency. Beginning September 15, 2000, clearance testing after
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk
assessors sampling technicians, certified lead inspector/risk
assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspectors. Lead
professionals and firms shall not state that they have been certified by the
state of Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.5(135) and been
issued a certificate by the department. Prior to March 1, 2000, elevated blood
lead (EBL) inspection agencies may be certified by the department. Beginning
March 1, 2000, elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies must be certified
by the department. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies shall not
state that they have been certified by the state of Iowa unless they have met
the requirements of rule 70.5(135) and been issued a certificate by the
department.
641—70.4(135) Course approval and standards.
Prior to March 1, 1999, lead professional training courses for initial
certification and refresher training may be approved by the department.
Beginning March 1, 1999, lead professional training courses for initial
certification and refresher training must be approved by the department.
Training programs shall not state that they have been approved by the state of
Iowa unless they have met the requirements of rule 70.4(135) and been issued a
letter of approval by the department.
70.4(1) Training courses shall meet the following
requirements:
a. to o. No change.
p. A training program shall notify the department in
writing at least 30 days in advance of offering an approved course. The
notification shall include the date(s), time(s), and location(s) where the
approved course will be held.
q. A training program shall provide the following
information to the department in writing within 30 days of the conclusion of an
approved course for each student who has taken the approved
course:
(1) Name, address, and social security
number.
(2) Course completion certificate number.
(3) Test score.
70.4(2) and 70.4(3) No change.
70.4(4) To be approved for the training of lead
inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an approved visual
risk assessor sampling technician course, a course must be at
least 20 training hours with a minimum of 8 hours devoted to hands–on
training activities. The training course shall cover at least the following
subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas that require
hands–on activities as an integral component of the course):
a. to k. No change.
70.4(5) and 70.4(6) No change.
70.4(7) To be approved for the training of elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors who have already completed an approved
visual risk assessor sampling technician course, a
course must be at least 28 training hours with a minimum of 8 hours devoted to
hands–on training activities. The training course shall cover at least
the following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas
that require hands–on activities as an integral component of the
course):
a. to l. No change.
70.4(8) to 70.4(10) No change.
70.4(11) To be approved for the training of
visual risk assessors sampling technicians prior to
September 15, 2000, a course must be at least 16 training hours with a minimum
of 4 hours devoted to hands–on activities. Beginning September 15, 2000,
a course must be at least 20 training hours with a minimum of 4 hours devoted to
hands–on training activities. The training course shall cover at least
the following subjects (requirements ending in an asterisk (*) indicate areas
that require hands–on activities as an integral component of the
course):
a. Role and responsibilities of a visual risk
assessor sampling technician.
b. to q. No change.
70.4(12) to 70.4(14) No change.
70.4(15) To be approved for refresher training of
visual risk assessors sampling technicians, lead
abatement contractors, lead abatement workers, and project designers, a course
must be at least 8 training hours. To be approved for refresher training of
lead inspector/risk assessors who completedan approved 24–hour training
course or elevated bloodlead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors who completed an
approved 32–hour training course, a course must be at least 8 training
hours to meet the recertification requirements of subrule 70.5(3). To be
approved for refresher training of lead inspector/risk assessors and elevated
blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessors to meet the recertification
requirements of subrule 70.5(6), a course must be at least 16 training hours.
All refresher courses shall cover at least the following topics:
a. to e. No change.
70.4(16) and 70.4(17) No change.
641—70.5(135) Certification, interim certification,
and recertification.
70.5(1) No change.
70.5(2) Beginning September 1, 1999, to become
certified by the department as a lead professional, an applicant must meet the
education and experience requirements for the appropriate discipline:
a. to c. No change.
d. Visual risk assessors Sampling
technicians must meet one of the following requirements:
(1) Associate’s degree.
(2) High school diploma and one year of related experience
(e.g., lead, environmental health, public health, housing inspection, building
trades).
(3) Certification as an industrial hygienist, professional
engineer, registered architect, registered sanitarian, registered environmental
health specialist, or registered nurse.
e. No change.
70.5(3) Certifications issued prior to September 1,
1999, shall expire on February 29, 2000. By March 1, 2000, lead professionals
certified prior to September 1, 1999, must be recertified by submitting the
following:
a. to d. No change.
e. For lead abatement contractors, lead abatement workers,
project designers, and visual risk assessors sampling
technicians, if the date on which the applicant completed an approved
training course is three years or more before the date of recertification, a
certificate showing that the applicant has successfully completed an approved
refresher training course for the appropriate discipline.
f. and g. No change.
70.5(4) By September 15, 2000, visual risk
assessors sampling technicians certified prior to July 1, 2000,
must be recertified by submitting a certificate showing the completing of
additional training hours in an approved course to meet the total training hours
required by subrule 70.4(11) and the completion of an 8–hour refresher
course.
70.5(5) to 70.5(8) No change.
641—70.6(135) Work practice standards for conducting
lead–based paint activities in target housing and child–occupied
facilities.
70.6(1) No change.
70.6(2) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor must conduct lead
inspections according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead
inspections shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor
or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
a. When conducting an inspection, the certified
leadinspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk
assessor shall use the documented methodologies, including selection of
rooms and components for sampling or testing, specified in Chapter 7 of the
Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in
Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
b. Paint shall be sampled using adequate quality control by
X–ray fluorescence or by laboratory analysis using a recognized laboratory
to determine the presence of lead–based paint on a surface. If
sampling by X–ray fluorescence, the certified lead inspector/risk assessor
or elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented
methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of
Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development). If sampling by laboratory analysis, the certified
leadinspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor
shall collect paint samples using the documented methodologies specified in
guidance documents issued by the department.
c. If lead–based paint is identified through an
inspection, the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or elevated blood
(EBL) lead inspector/risk assessor must conduct a visual inspection to
determine the presence of lead–based paint hazards and any other potential
lead hazards.
d. No change.
70.6(3) A certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor must conduct elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections
according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, elevated blood
lead (EBL) inspections shall be conducted only by a certified elevated blood
lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor.
a. No change.
b. Paint shall be sampled using adequate quality control by
X–ray fluorescence or by laboratory analysis using a recognized laboratory
to determine the presence of lead–based paint on a surface. If
sampling by X–ray fluorescence, the certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented methodologies specified in the
Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in
Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development). If sampling
by laboratory analysis, the certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor shall collect paint samples using the documented methodologies
specified in guidance documents issued by the department.
c. to e. No change.
70.6(4) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor must conduct lead
hazard screens according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000,
lead hazard screens shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk
assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor.
a. Background information regarding the physical
characteristics of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and
occupant use patterns that may cause lead–based paint exposure to at least
one child under the age of six years shall be collected.
b. A visual inspection of the residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility shall be conducted to determine if any
deteriorated paint is present and to locate at least two dust sampling
locations.
c. If deteriorated paint is present, each surface with
deteriorated paint which is determined to have a distinct painting history must
be tested for the presence of lead. In addition, friction surfaces where
there is evidence of abrasion and impact surfaces that are damaged or otherwise
deteriorated from impact and that have a distinct painting history shall be
tested for the presence of lead.
d. In residential dwellings, a minimum of two composite
or single–surface dust samples shall be collected. One sample
shall be collected from the floors and the other from the window well
and window trough interior windowsills in rooms, hallways, or
stairwells where at least one child under the age of six years is most likely to
come in contact with dust.
e. In multifamily dwellings and child–occupied
facilities, a single–surface or composite dust
sample samples shall also be collected from common areas
where at least one child under the age of six years is likely to come in contact
with dust.
f. Dust samples shall be collected using the documented
methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control
of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing
and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the
department. Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to
determine the level of lead.
g. Soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead
content in exterior play areas and dripline areas where bare soil is present.
In addition, soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead content from
any other areas of the yard where bare soil is present. Soil and paint samples
shall be collected using the documented methodologies specified in guidance
documents issued by the department and shall be analyzed by a recognized
laboratory to determine the level of lead.
g h. Paint shall be sampled using
adequate quality control by X–ray fluorescence or by laboratory analysis
using a recognized laboratory to determine the presence of lead–based
paint on a surface. If sampling by X–ray fluorescence, the
certified lead inspector/risk assessor or elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor shall use the documented methodologies specified in the
Guidelines for the Evalua–tion and Control of Lead–Based Paint
Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development). If
sampling by laboratory analysis, the certifiedlead inspector/risk assessor or
elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor shall collect paint samples
using the documented methodologies specified in guidance documents issued by the
department.
i. The following standards shall be used to determine
whether a residential dwelling or child–occupied facility fails a lead
hazard screen:
(1) A residential dwelling or child–occupied facility
shall fail a lead hazard screen if any deteriorated paint or paint on friction
or impact surfaces is found to be lead–based paint.
(2) A residential dwelling shall fail a lead hazard screen
if any floor dust lead level in a single–surface or
composite–surface dust sample is greater than 25 micrograms per square
foot.
(3) A residential dwelling shall fail a lead hazard screen
if any interior windowsill dust lead level in a single–surface or
composite–surface dust sample is greater than 125 micrograms per square
foot.
(4) A residential dwelling or child–occupied facility
shall fail a lead hazard screen if any bare soil is found to be a
soil–lead hazard.
h j. A certified lead inspector/risk
assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall
prepare a written report for each residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility where a lead hazard screen is conducted and shall provide a copy of
this report to the person requesting the lead hazard screen. A certified lead
inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk
assessor shall maintain a copy of each written report for no fewer than three
years. The report shall include, at least:
(1) Date of each lead hazard screen;
(2) Address of building;
(3) Date of construction;
(4) Apartment numbers (if applicable);
(5) The name, address, and telephone number of the owner or
owners of each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility;
(6) Name, signature, and certification number of each
certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor conducting the investigation;
(7) Name, address, and telephone number of each recognized
laboratory conducting an analysis of collected samples;
(8) Results of the visual inspection;
(9) Each testing method and device and sampling procedure
employed for paint analysis, including quality control data and, if used, the
serial number of any X–ray fluorescence (XRF) device;
(10) Specific locations of each painted component tested for
the presence of lead–based paint;
(11) All results of laboratory analysis of collected paint,
dust, and soil samples;
(12) Any other sampling results;
(13) Background information collected regarding the physical
characteristics of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and
occupant use patterns that may cause lead–based paint exposure to at least
one child under the age of six years; and
(14) Whether the residential dwelling or
child–occupied facility passed or failed the lead hazard screen and
Recommendations recommendations, if warranted, for a
follow–up lead inspection or risk assessment, and, as appropriate, any
further actions.
70.6(5) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor must conduct risk
assessments according to the following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, risk
assessments shall be conducted only by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor
or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
a. to c. No change.
d. Accessible, friction, and impact surfaces
Friction surfaces where there is evidence of abrasion and impact surfaces
that are damaged or otherwise deteriorated from impact and that
having have a distinct painting history shall be
tested for the presence of lead.
e. In residential dwellings, dust samples shall be collected
from the interior windowsill, window trough, and floor in all living
areas where at least one child is most likely to come in contact with dust.
Dust samples shall be analyzed for lead concentration and may be either
composite or single–surface samples.
f. In multifamily dwellings and child–occupied
facilities, dust samples shall also be collected from interior
windowsills, window troughs, and floors in common areas adjacent to the
sampled residential dwellings or child–occupied facility and in other
common areas where the certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor determines that at least one
child under the age of six years is likely to come in contact with dust. Dust
samples shall be analyzed for lead concentration and may be either
composite or single–surface samples.
g. In child–occupied facilities, dust samples shall be
collected from the interior window well
windowsill, window trough, and floor in each room, hallway, or stairwell
utilized by one or more children, under the age of six
years, and in other common areas where the certified lead
inspector/risk assessor or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor determines that at least one child under the age of six years is likely
to come in contact with dust. Dust samples shall be analyzed for lead
concentration and may be either composite or single–surface
samples.
h. Soil samples shall be collected and analyzed for lead
content in exterior play areas and drip line/foundation
dripline areas where bare soil is present. In addition, soil samples
shall be collected and analyzed for lead content from any other areas of the
yard where bare soil is present.
i. Dust samples, soil, and paint samples shall be collected
using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the
Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development) guidance documents
issued by the department. Dust and soil samples shall be analyzed by a
recognized laboratory to determine the level of lead.
j. and k. No change.
70.6(6) A certified lead abatement contractor or
certified lead abatement worker must conduct lead abatement according to the
following standards. Beginning March 1, 2000, lead abatement shall be conducted
only by a certified lead abatement contractor or a certified lead abatement
worker.
a. to e. No change.
f. Soil abatement shall be conducted using one of the
following methods:
(1) If soil is removed, the
lead–contaminated soil that is a soil–lead hazard
shall be replaced with soil that is not lead–contaminated
by soil with a lead concentration as close to the local background as
practicable, but no greater than 400 parts per million. The soil that is
removed shall not be used as topsoil at another residential property or
child–occupied facility.
(2) If soil is not removed, the
lead–contaminated soil that is a soil–lead
hazard shall be permanently covered.
g. Postabatement clearance procedures shall be conducted by a
certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor using the following procedures:
(1) Following an abatement, a visual inspection shall be
performed to determine if deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of
dust, debris, or residue are still present. If deteriorated paint surfaces or
visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are present, these conditions must
be eliminated prior to the continuation of the clearance procedures.
(2) Following the visual inspection and any
requiredpostabatement cleanup, clearance sampling for
lead–contaminated lead in dust shall be conducted.
Clearance sampling may be conducted by employing single–surface sampling
or composite dust sampling.
(3) Dust samples shall be collected a minimum of one hour
after the completion of final postabatement cleanup activities.
(4) Dust samples shall be collected using the documented
methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control
of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing
and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the
department. Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to
determine the level of lead.
(5) The following postabatement clearance activities shall be
conducted as appropriate based upon the extent or manner of abatement activities
conducted in the residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility:
1. After conducting an abatement with containment between
abated and unabated areas, three dust samples shall be taken from each of no
fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area.
one dust sample Dust samples shall be taken from
one interior windowsill and from one window trough (if
available), and one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of each
of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment
area. In addition, one dust sample shall be taken from the floor outside the
containment area. If there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells
within the containment area, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be
sampled.
2. After conducting an abatement with no containment
between abated and unabated areas, two three dust
samples shall be taken from each of no fewer than four rooms,hallways, or
stairwells in the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility.
One dust Dust samples shall be taken from one
interior windowsill and from one window trough (if
available), and one dust sample shall be taken from the floor of each
room, hallway, or stairwell selected. If there are fewer than four rooms,
hallways, or stairwells within the containment area in the
residential dwelling or child–occupied facility, then all rooms,
hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
3. Following an exterior abatement, a visual inspection shall
be conducted. All horizontal surfaces in the outdoor living area closest to the
abated surface shall be found to be cleaned of visible dust and debris. In
addition, a visual inspection shall be conducted to determine the presence of
paint chips on the drip line dripline or next to the
foundation below any exterior surface abated. If visible dust, debris, or paint
chips are present, they must be removed from the site and properly disposed of
according to all applicable federal, state, and local standards.
(6) The rooms, hallways, and stairwells selected for sampling
shall be selected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines
for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing
(1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
(7) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall compare the residual
lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each
single–surface dust sample with applicable
single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on floors,
interior windowsills, and window troughs. If the residual lead
levels level in a single–surface dust
sample exceed exceeds the applicable clearance
levels level, then all the components represented by the
failed single–surface dust sample shall be recleaned and retested
until clearance levels are met.
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor or certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor shall compare the residual
lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis from each composite dust
sample with applicable single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on
floors, interior windowsills, and window troughs divided by half the number of
subsamples in the composite sample. If the residual lead level in a composite
dust sample exceeds the applicable clearance level divided by half the number of
subsamples in the composite sample, then all the components represented by the
failed composite dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance
levels are met.
h. No change.
i. The certified lead abatement contractor or a certified
project designer shall prepare an abatement report containing the following
information:
(1) to (6) No change.
j. The abatement report shall be completed no later than 30
days after the abatement project passes clearance testing.
(7) k. The certified lead abatement
contractor shall Maintain maintain all reports and
plans required in this subrule for a minimum of three years.
(8) l. The certified lead abatement
contractor shall Provide provide a copy of all
reports required by this subrule to the building owner who contracted for the
lead abatement.
70.6(7) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a certified
visual risk assessor sampling technician must conduct
visual risk assessments according to the following standards. Beginning March
1, 2000, visual risk assessments shall be conducted only by a certified lead
inspector/risk assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk
assessor, or a certified visual risk assessor sampling
technician.
a. Background information regarding the physical
characteristics of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility and
occupant use patterns that may cause lead–based paint exposure to at least
one child under the age of six years shall be collected.
b. A visual inspection for risk assessment shall be undertaken
to locate the existence of deteriorated paint and other potential
lead lead–based paint hazards and to assess the
extent and causes of the paint deterioration.
c. A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a certified visual
risk assessor sampling technician shall prepare a written report
for each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility where a visual
risk assessment is conducted and shall provide a copy of the report to the
person requesting the visual risk assessment. A certified lead inspector/risk
assessor, a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or a
certified visual risk assessor sampling technician shall
maintain a copy of the report for no fewer than three years. The report shall
include, at least:
(1) Date of each visual risk assessment;
(2) Address of building;
(3) Date of construction;
(4) Apartment numbers (if applicable);
(5) The name, address, and telephone number of the owner or
owners of each residential dwelling or child–occupied facility;
(6) Name, signature, and certification number of each
certified visual risk assessor sampling technician,
certified lead inspector/risk assessor, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor conducting the visual risk assessment;
(7) Specific locations of painted components identified as
likely to contain lead–based paint and likely to be lead–based paint
hazards; and
(8) Information for the owner and occupants on how toreduce
lead hazards in the residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility.
70.6(8) A certified lead inspector/risk assessor, a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/ risk assessor, or a certified
visual risk assessor sampling technician must conduct
clearance testing according to the following standards. Beginning March 1,
2000, clearance testing followinglead abatement shall be conducted only by a
certified leadinspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor. Beginning September 15, 2000, clearance testing after
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR
35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified visual risk
assessors sampling technicians, certified lead inspector/risk
assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspectors.
a. Clearance testing following abatement shall be conducted
according to paragraph 70.6(6)“g.”
b. Clearance testing after interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
and rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted according to
the following standards:
(1) A certified visual risk assessor
sampling technician shall perform clearance testing only for a
single–family property or for individual dwelling units and associated
common areas in a multiunit property. A visual risk assessor
sampling technician shall not perform clearance testing using random
sampling of dwelling units or common areas in multifamily properties unless the
clearance testing is approved by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor and the report is
signed by a certified lead inspector/risk assessor or a certified elevated blood
lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor.
(2) A visual inspection shall be performed to determine if
deteriorated paint surfaces or visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are
still present. Both exterior and interior painted surfaces shall be examined
for the presence of deteriorated paint. If deteriorated paint surfaces or
visible amounts of dust, debris, or residue are present, these conditions must
be eliminated prior to the continuation of the clearance testing. However,
elimination of deteriorated paint is not required if it has been determined
through a lead–based paint inspection that the deteriorated paint is not
lead–based paint. If exterior painted surfaces have been disturbed by the
interim controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing
lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, the visual inspection
shall include an assessment of the ground and any outdoor living areas close to
the affected exterior painted surfaces. Visual dust or debris in living areas
shall be cleaned up and visible paint chips on the ground shall be removed and
properly disposed of according to all applicable federal, state, and local
standards.
(3) Following the visual inspection and any required cleanup,
clearance sampling for lead–contaminated lead in
dust shall be conducted. Clearance sampling may be conducted by employing
single–surface sampling or composite dust sampling.
(4) Dust samples shall be collected a minimum of one hour
after the completion of final cleanup activities.
(5) Dust samples shall be collected using the documented
methodologies specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control
of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing (1995, U.S. Department of Housing
and Urban Development) guidance documents issued by the
department. Dust samples shall be analyzed by a recognized laboratory to
determine the level of lead.
(6) The following clearance activities shall be conducted as
appropriate based upon the extent or manner of interim controls, paint
stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance,
or rehabilitation conducted in the residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility:
1. After conducting interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation, with containment between treated and untreated areas, three
dust samples shall be taken from each of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or
stairwells within the containment area. one dust
Dust samples shall be taken from one interior windowsill
and from one window trough (if available), and one dust sample
shall be taken from the floor of each of no fewer than four rooms,
hallways, or stairwells within the containment area. In addition, one dust
sample shall be taken from the floor outside the containment area. If there are
fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the containment area, then
all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be sampled.
2. After conducting interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation, with no containment between treated and untreated areas,
two three dust samples shall be taken from each
of no fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells in the residential
dwelling or child–occupied facility. One dust
Dust samples shall be taken from one interior windowsill
and from one window trough (if available), and one dust sample
shall be taken from the floor of each room, hallway, or stairwell selected. If
there are fewer than four rooms, hallways, or stairwells within the
containment area in the residential dwelling or child–occupied
facility, then all rooms, hallways, and stairwells shall be
sampled.
(7) The rooms, hallways, and stairwells selected for sampling
shall be selected using the documented methodologies specified in the Guidelines
for the Evaluation and Control of Lead–Based Paint Hazards in Housing
(1995, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor,
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified visual
risk assessor shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the
laboratory analysis from each dust sample with applicable clearance levels for
lead in dust on floors, and window troughs. If the residual lead levels in a
dust sample exceed the clearance levels, then all the components represented by
the failed dust sample shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels
are met.
(8) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor, certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified sampling
technician shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory
analysis from each single–surface dust sample with applicable
single–surface clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior
windowsills, and window troughs. If the residual lead level in a
single–surface dust sample exceeds the applicable clearance level, then
all the components represented by the failed single–surface dust sample
shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
(9) The certified lead inspector/risk assessor, certified
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor, or certified sampling
technician shall compare the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory
analysis from each composite dust sample with applicable single–surface
clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior windowsills, and window
troughs divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite sample. If
the residual lead level in a composite dust sample exceeds the applicable
clearance level divided by half the number of subsamples in the composite
sample, then all the components represented by the failed composite dust sample
shall be recleaned and retested until clearance levels are met.
c. to e. No change.
f. The clearance standards in 24 CFR 35.1320(b)(2)
shall apply. If the results of clearance testing equal or exceed the standards,
the dwelling unit, work site, or common area represented by the sample fails the
clearance testing.
g. All surfaces represented by a failed clearance
sample shall be recleaned or treated by interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or
rehabilitation, and retested until the applicable clearance level in 24 CFR
35.1320(b)(2) is met.
h f. Clearance testing shall be
performed by persons or entities independent of those performing interim
controls, paint stabilization, standard treatments, ongoing lead–based
paint maintenance, or rehabilitation, unless the designated party uses qualified
in–house employees to conduct clearance testing. An in–house
employee shall not conduct both interim controls, paint stabilization, standard
treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, or rehabilitation and
the clearance examination for this work.
70.6(9) No change.
70.6(10) A person may be certified as a lead
inspector/risk assessor, visual risk assessor sampling
technician, or elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor and as a
lead abatement contractor or lead abatement worker. Except as specified by
paragraph 70.6(8)“h,” “f,” a
person who is certified both as a lead inspector/risk assessor, visual
risk assessor sampling technician, or elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessor and as a lead abatement contractor or lead abatement
worker shall not provide both lead inspection or visual risk assessment and lead
abatement services at the same site unless a written consent or waiver,
following full disclosure by the person, is obtained from the owner or manager
of the site.
70.6(11) Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples
collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in subrules 70.6(2)
to 70.6(6) shall be collected by persons certified as a lead inspector/risk
assessor or an elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessor. Any paint
chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards
contained in subrule 70.6(8) for clearance testing following leadabatement shall
be collected by persons certified as a leadinspector/risk assessor or an
elevated blood lead (EBL)inspector/risk assessor. Any paint chip, dust, or soil
samples collected pursuant to the work practice standards contained in subrule
70.6(8) for clearance testing after interim controls, paint stabilization,
standard treatments, ongoing lead–based paint maintenance, and
rehabilitation pursuant to 24 CFR 35.1340 shall be conducted only by certified
visual risk assessors sampling technicians, certified
lead inspector/risk assessors, or certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspectors. Any paint chip, dust, or soil samples collected pursuant to the
work practice standards contained in rule 70.6(135) shall be analyzed by a
recognized laboratory.
70.6(12) Composite dust sampling shall be conducted
only in the situations specified in subrules 70.6(4) to 70.6(6) and 70.6(8). If
composite sampling is conducted, it shall meet the following
requirements:
a. to c. No change.
d. The results of composite dust samples shall be evaluated
by comparing the residual lead level as determined by the laboratory analysis
from each composite dust sample with applicable single–surface
dust–lead hazard or clearance levels for lead in dust on floors, interior
windowsills, and window troughs divided by half the number of subsamples in the
composite sample.
641—70.7(135) to 641—70.10(135) No
change.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement section 135.105A.
ARC 0847B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 135.100 to
135.105, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 72, “Lead Abatement Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105 establish a childhood
lead poisoning prevention program within the Iowa Department of Public Health
and direct the Department to implement and review programs necessary to
eliminate childhood lead poisoning in Iowa in a year for which funds are
appropriated to the Department for this purpose.
The proposed amendments change the name of the chapter and the
name of the program from “lead abatement program” to
“childhood lead poisoning prevention program.” This change was made
to Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105 by the General Assembly in 1999. The
definitions for “abatement,” “blood lead action level,”
and “contamination action level” have been deleted. The Department
has added definitions for “capillary,” “certified elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspection,” “certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspection agency,” “certified elevated blood lead
(EBL)inspector/risk assessor,” “chelation,”
“lead–based paint hazard,” and “venous.” These
changes have been made to reflect current terminology specified in
641—Chapter 70, “Lead Professional Certification,” Iowa
Administrative Code. The provisions of subrule 72.2(4) have been changed to
reflect these definitions and the current standards for childhood lead poisoning
prevention programs as set by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC).
These rules are subject to waiver pursuant to the
Department’s variance and waiver provisions contained at 641—
Chapter 178. For this reason, the Department has not provided a specific
provision for waiver of these particular rules.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments received on or before August 28, 2001. Such
written materials should be sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program,
Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319; E–mail rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax (515)
281–4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 10
a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN), at which time
persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as
follows:
Department of Human Services
Room 550, 5th Floor
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids
Keystone Area Education Agency
ICN Classroom
2310 Chaney Road
Dubuque
Mason City National Guard Armory
1160 19th Street SW
Mason City
Matilda J. Gibson Memorial Library
200 W. Howard Street
Creston
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 E. Pennsylvania
Ottumwa
Sioux City Public Library
529 Pierce Street
Sioux City
Iowa Department of Public Health
ICN Room, Sixth Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 E. 12th Street
Des Moines
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135.100 to 135.105.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend 641—Chapter 72 as follows:
CHAPTER 72
CHILDHOOD LEAD
ABATEMENT
POISONING PREVENTION PROGRAM
641—72.1(72GA,HF169 135)
Definitions.
“Abatement” means, at a minimum, treatment
of contaminated areas to eliminate accessible and chewable lead paint on
surfaces. It shall consist of covering or removal of the lead paint from
surfaces from which it is chipping or flaking or otherwise accessible for
ingestion.
“Blood action level” means a blood level
in a child of over 25 ug/dl of lead.
“Capillary” means a blood sample taken from the
finger or heel for lead analysis.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agency” means an agency that has met the requirements of 641—
70.5(135) and that has been certified by the department.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/riskassessor” means a person who has met the requirements of
641— 70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has been
certified by the department.
“Chelation” means the administration of
medication that binds lead so that it can be removed from the
body.
“Contamination action level” means a lead
contamination level in a household of 1 mg/cm2 or higher as measured
by an X–ray fluorescence analyzer. (This level is established by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development of the federal government and may be
changed according to any changes required by HUD.)
“Department” means the Iowa department of public
health.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) child” means any
child who has had one venous blood lead level greater than or equal to 20
micrograms per deciliter or at least two venous blood lead levels of 15 to 19
micrograms per deciliter.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection” means an
inspection to determine the sources of lead exposure for an elevated blood lead
(EBL) child and the provision within ten working days of a written report
explaining the results of the investigation to the owner and occupant of the
residential dwelling or child–occupied facility being inspected and to the
parents of the elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency”
means an agency that employs or contracts with individuals who perform elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspections. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agencies may
also employ or contract with individuals who perform other lead–based
paint activities.
“Laboratory” means a laboratory satisfactorily
participating in the proficiency testing program of the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention/University of Wisconsin or other specific
proficiency testing program for erythrocyte protoporphyrin and lead
for blood lead analysis.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means hazardous
lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead hazard as
defined in 641—Chapter 70.
“Local board” means a county, district, or city
board of health.
“Venous” means a blood sample taken from a vein
in the arm for lead analysis.
641—72.2(72GA,HF169 135)
Applicant eligibility and application process.
72.2(1) All local boards of health are eligible to
apply for grants under this program.
72.2(2) Local boards wishing to participate in this
program shall make application to the Iowa department of public health.
Requests for funds must follow the “Request for Proposals” format
which will be made available from the Maternal and Child Health
Bureau Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Iowa Department of
Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
All materials submitted as part of the grant application are public
records.
72.2(3) Applicants must demonstrate a need for
financial assistance for the program.
72.2(4) Applicants must satisfactorily describe their
intent to meet the following activities and authority within the first year of
the program in order to be eligible for initial and continued funding.
1 a. A public education program about
lead poisoning and dangers of lead poisoning to children.
2 b. An effective outreach effort to
ensure availability of services in geographic area to be served.
3 c. A blood
screening lead testing program for children, with
emphasis on children less than five years of age. Blood
screening lead testing should be done in conformance
with “Preventing Lead Poisoning in Young Children,” a
statement by the Center for Disease Control, January 1985 the
department’s statewide blood lead testing plan, available on request
from the department.
4 d. Provision of laboratory
services, in conformance with the above–cited reference.
5 e. A program of referral of
identified children for assessment and treatment which should be developed in
association with the Child Health Specialty Clinics of the University of Iowa
Hospitals and Clinics to ensure that children identified with blood
lead levels greater than or equal to 10 micrograms per deciliter receive
services appropriate for the blood lead level including, but not limited to,
confirmatory venous blood lead testing, follow–up capillary or venous
blood lead testing, nutrition counseling, a home nursing visit, a developmental
evaluation, a medical evaluation, and chelation.
6 f. Conducting An
environmental assessment of suspect an elevated blood lead
(EBL) inspection in dwelling units associated with an elevated blood lead
(EBL) child. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections shall be conducted by
certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspector/risk assessors employed by or
under contract with a certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agency.
7 g. Abatement
surveillance Follow up to ensure correction of the
identified hazardous settings that lead–based paint hazards
identified in dwelling units associated with an elevated blood lead (EBL) child
are corrected.
8 h. A local code which provides
adequate authority to require abatement control of
lead–based paint hazards found in dwelling units associated with an
elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
i. Development of a community coalition to address
childhood lead poisoning prevention.
j. Management of blood lead and case management using the
Strategic Tracking of Elevated Lead Levels and Remediation (STELLAR)
program.
9 k. A plan of intent to continue the
program on a maintenance basis after the grant is discontinued.
641—72.3(72GA,HF169 135)
Selection process.
72.3(1) Proposed childhood lead
abatement poisoning prevention programs will be
prioritized by the department, with highest priority given to geographic areas
having children with elevated blood lead levels, as identified by
surveys completed by the department the results of blood
lead testing reported to the department.
72.3(2) Contract agencies are selected on the basis of
the grant applications submitted to the Iowa department of public health in
relation to the review criteria. Copies of review criteria are available from
Bureau Chief, Maternal and Child Health Bureau Lead
Poisoning Prevention Program, Iowa Department of Public Health, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075,
(515)281–4911.
72.3(3) In the case of competing applications, the
contracts will be awarded to the agencies that score the highest number of
points in a review.
641—72.4(72GA,HF169 135)
Funding.
72.4(1) Grant recipients will be required to provide
matching contributions according to the following formula:
1 a. The grantee will provide one
dollar for each every three dollars awarded for each of
the first two years and then one dollar for each dollar identified for a maximum
of two additional years.
2 b. Local contributions may be in the
form of in–kind matching.
3 c. No project can qualify for more
than $50,000 per year of state funds.
72.4(2) The contract period shall be from July 1 to
June 30 annually; however, contracts may be subject to termination.
72.4(3) Agencies which have been awarded a grant for
the first year must apply for renewal for each subsequent year.
72.4(4) Projects may negotiate for services or
equipment with any firm, bearing in mind that according to Iowa Code section
193.7, the law requires the promotion of equal opportunity in all state
contracts and services and the prohibition of discriminatory and unfair
practices within any program receiving or benefiting from financial assistance
in whole or in part.
72.4(5) The lead abatement
childhood lead poisoning prevention grant program shall continue for so
long as funds are appropriated to the department for that purpose.
641—72.5(72GA,HF169 135)
Appeals. No change.
These rules are intended to implement 1987 Iowa Acts,
House File 169 Iowa Code sections 135.100 to 135.105.
ARC 0863B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 6, “Occupational and Vendor Licensing,” and Chapter
9, “Harness Racing,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 amends a rule to reflect current practice regarding
sanctions for falsification.
Item 2 rescinds a provision regarding registration
certificates being filed in the office that would be in conflict with the United
States Trotting Association uniform rules.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before August 28, 2001. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 28, 2001, at 9
a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may pre–sent their views at the public hearing
either orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 6.5(1),
paragraph “n,” as follows:
n. A license shall be denied if the applicant falsifies the
application form and would be ineligible for licensure under paragraphs
“a” through “m” above. In other cases of falsification,
a license may be issued and the applicant shall be subject to a suspension,
fine, or both.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrule
9.4(5), paragraph “m.”
ARC 0862B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 52, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax and Penalty
and Interest,” and Chapter 58, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax,
Penalty and Interest, and Allocation of Tax Revenues,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 provides that, prior to January 1, 2001, the eligible
housing business tax credit is limited to 10 percent of $120,000 for each home
or unit of a multiple dwelling and, effective January 1, 2001, is limited to 10
percent of $140,000 for each home or unit of a multiple dwelling.
Item 2 updates an implementation clause.
Item 3 provides that the eligible housing business tax credit
is available to franchise tax filers based on the pro–rata share of the
Iowa eligible housing business tax credit from a partnership, limited liability
company, estate or trust which has been approved as an eligible housing business
by the Iowa Department of Economic Development.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory
analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarkedno later than September 10, 2001, to the
Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover
State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may
be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a
small business or an organization representing at least 25 such
persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before September 7, 2001. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by August 31,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
15E as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1213, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File
349.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
701—52.15(15E) by adopting the following new
unnumbered paragraph:
Prior to January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10
percent of $120,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit
building. Effective January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10 percent of
$140,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit
building.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
701—52.15(15E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement 1998 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1179 Code section 15E.193B as amended by 2001
Iowa Acts, House File 349.
ITEM 3. Amend Chapter 58 by adopting the
following new rule:
701—58.8(15E) Eligible housing business tax
credit. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, a financial
institution may claim on the franchise tax return the pro–rata share of
the Iowa eligible housing business tax credit from a partnership, limited
liability company, estate or trust which has been approved as an eligible
housing business by the department of economic development.
An eligible housing business may receive a tax credit of up to
10 percent of the new investment which is directly related to the building or
rehabilitating of homes in an enterprise zone. The tax credit may be taken on
the tax return for the tax year in which the home is ready for occupancy. The
portion of the credit claimed by the taxpayer shall be in the same ratio as the
taxpayer’s pro–rata share of the earnings of the partnership,
limited liability company or estate or trust. Any eligible housing business tax
credit in excess of the franchise tax liability must be carried forward for
seven years or until it is used, whichever is the earlier.
Prior to January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10
percent of $120,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit
building. Effective January 1, 2001, the tax credit cannot exceed 10 percent of
$140,000 for each home or individual unit in a multiple dwelling unit
building.
New investment which is directly related to the building or
rehabilitating of homes includes but is not limited to the following costs:
land, surveying, architectural services, building permits, inspections, interest
on a construction loan, building materials, roofing, plumbing materials,
electrical materials, amounts paid to subcontractors for labor and materials
provided, concrete, labor, landscaping, appliances normally provided with a new
home, heating and cooling equipment, millwork, drywall and drywall materials,
nails, bolts, screws, and floor coverings.
New investment does not include the machinery, equipment, hand
or power tools necessary to build or rehabilitate homes.
If the eligible housing business fails to maintain the
requirements of Iowa Code section 15E.193B to be an eligible housing business,
the taxpayer may be required to repay all or a part of the tax incentives the
business received. Irrespective of the fact that the statute of limitations to
assess the taxpayer for repayment of the income tax credit may have expired, the
department may proceed to collect the tax incentives forfeited by failure to
maintain the requirements of Iowa Code section 15E.193B. This is because it is
a recovery of an incentive, rather than an adjustment to the taxpayer’s
tax liability.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 15E.193B
as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1213, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File
349.
ARC 0872B
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 47.1, the
Secretary of State hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 21,
“Election Forms and Instructions,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed new rule formalizes standards for measuring the
accessibility of polling places. The rule includes a survey form and the
process and procedures for requesting a temporary waiver of accessibility
requirements under emergency circumstances and where no accessible place is
available.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed rule on or before August 28, 2001. Such written suggestions or
comments should be directed to Sandy Steinbach, Director of Elections, First
Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Secretary of State’s office at (515)281–5823 or at the Secretary
of State’s offices on the first floor of the Lucas State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by August 27, 2001.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 49.21,
the U.S. Voting Accessibility for the Elderly andHandicapped Act, and the
Americans with Disabilities Act.
The following new rule is proposed.
721—21.50(49) Polling place accessibility
standards.
21.50(1) Inspection required. Before any building may
be designated for use as a polling place, the county commissioner of elections
or the commissioner’s designee shall inspect the building to determine
whether it is accessible to persons with disabilities.
21.50(2) Frequency of inspection. Polling places that
have been inspected using the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form prescribed
in subrule 21.50(4) shall be reinspected if structural changes are made to the
building or if the location of the polling place inside the building is
changed.
21.50(3) Review of accessibility. Not less than 90
days before each primary election, the commissioner shall determine whether each
polling place needs to be reinspected.
21.50(4) Standards for determining polling place
accessibility. The following survey form shall be used to evaluate polling
places for accessibility to persons with disabilities.
Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form
County:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Polling place name or
number:_________________________________________________________________________
Polling place address/location:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS
Purpose. This form shall be used to evaluate the
accessibility of polling places to persons with disabilities.
How to use this form. Inspect each potential polling
place by going from the parking area to the voting area. You will need a
yardstick, a tape measure and about 30 minutes.
Answer every question on the form by marking either
“YES,” “NO,” or “N/A” (NOT APPLICABLE), as
appropriate. Items on the survey with clear (unshaded) boxes are
required. If a required item is marked “NO,” the
polling place is inaccessible. The survey questions in shaded
boxes are recommended. If a recommended item is marked “NO,” the
polling place is accessible, but inconvenient, if all other
responses are “YES” or “N/A.”
Polling places may be inaccessible for more than one reason.
Please respond to every item and summarize the responses by category on the back
page.
1. Name, address, and telephone number of person(s) completing
this form:
2. Date of inspection:
_________________________________________
Category I: Parking
|
YES
|
NO
|
N/A
|
1. Are there off–street parking spaces either
permanently or temporarily designated for the
handicapped?
|
|
|
|
2. Accessible off–street parking:
a. Are parking spaces at least 13 feet wide (Parking space =
8 ft., aisle = 5 ft.)?
|
|
|
|
b. Are parking spaces on level ground (with a slope no
greater than a rise of 1 foot in 50 feet)?
|
|
|
|
c. Is the parking area paved (concrete, asphalt, macadam,
etc.)?
|
|
|
|
d. Are the parking places within a reasonable travel distance
(200 feet maximum) from the building?
|
|
|
|
e. Is there a curb cut to connect these parking spaces to an
accessible walk or to the building entrance?
|
|
|
|
f. Are these parking spaces designated by post–mounted
signs bearing the symbol of accessibility?
|
|
|
|
3. Is there a relatively level passenger drop–off zone
at least 4 feet wide with a curb cut connecting it to
an accessible walk or to the building entrance?
|
|
|
|
End of Category I
Please go to next category
|
Category II: Walkways or pathways to the
building
|
YES
|
NO
|
N/A
|
1. Is the walkway or pathway to the building paved (concrete,
asphalt, macadam, etc.)?
|
|
|
|
2. Is the walkway or pathway to the building at least 48
inches wide?
|
|
|
|
3. Are all curbs along the pathway to the building cut or
ramped with at least 36 inches clear width and
with slopes of no more than a 1–inch rise in 8
inches?
|
|
|
|
4. Are all stairs or steps along the walkway or pathway to
the building either ramped (with a slope of no
more than a 1–foot rise in 20 feet) or else provided
with a suitable alternative means of access?
|
|
|
|
5. Do stairsteps along the walkway or pathway to the building
have non–slip surfaces and handrails?
|
|
|
|
6. Is the walkway or pathway to the building
entrance:
a. Free of protrusions (such as fire hydrants, tree trunks,
or other obstacles) which narrow the passage
to less than 48 inches?
|
|
|
|
b. Free of any abrupt edges or breaks in the surface where
the difference is over 1/4 inch in height
(such as where it crosses a driveway, parking lot, or another
walkway, etc.)?
|
|
|
|
c. Free of any overhanging objects (such as tree branches,
signs, etc.) which hang lower than 80 inches?
|
|
|
|
d. Free of any slopes or inclines greater than a 1–foot
rise in 30 feet?
|
|
|
|
e. Free of any grating with openings of over
1/2 inch wide?
|
|
|
|
7. Are walkways always well–lighted?
|
|
|
|
8. Are provisions made to ensure that walkways are free of
such hazards as ice, snow, leaves, or other
debris on the day of election?
|
|
|
|
9. Are there signs which identify the accessible route of
travel if that route is different from the primary
route of travel to the building?
|
|
|
|
End of Category II
Please go to next category
|
Category III: Ramps and elevators entering or
inside the building
|
YES
|
NO
|
N/A
|
1. Are building stairs or steps which are over 3/4 inches
high (either at the entrance or between the
entrance and the voting area) provided either with a ramp,
with an elevator, or with an alternative means of unassisted passage (such as a
chairlift or an alternative route of travel)?
|
|
|
|
2. Ramps:
a. Do all ramps have a slope no greater than a rise of 1 foot
in 12 feet?
|
|
|
|
b. Are ramps provided with non–slip surfaces?
|
|
|
|
c. Is a handrail provided for any ramp rising more than 6
inches or longer than 72 inches?
|
|
|
|
d. Are handrails at least 32 inches above ramp
surface?
|
|
|
|
e. Can handrails be gripped?
|
|
|
|
f. Are ramps and landing areas with drop–offs provided
with at least a 2–inch curb at the side to prevent
slipping off the ramps?
|
|
|
|
g. If there is a door at the top of a ramp, is there a level
space of at least 5 feet by 5 feet where a
wheelchair can rest while the door is opened (if the door
opens toward the ramp)?
|
|
|
|
3. Elevators (if elevators are the only accessible
route):
a. Is the elevator cab at least 68 inches by 51 inches
wide?
|
|
|
|
b. Do elevator doors provide at least 36 inches clear
width?
|
|
|
|
c. Are elevator controls less than 54 inches high (i.e., can
a person in a chair operate the controls)?
|
|
|
|
d. Are control panels marked with raised lettering?
|
|
|
|
e. Is the elevator in close proximity to the entrance of the
building?
|
|
|
|
End of Category III
Please go to next category
|
Category IV: Other architectural
features
|
YES
|
NO
|
N/A
|
1. Doors along the route of travel:
a. Do all doors have an opening which clears at least 32
inches wide?
|
|
|
|
b. Are all door thresholds less than 1/2 inch high (3/4 inch
if the building was erected before 1979)?
|
|
|
|
c. Are all doors equipped with either arch or
lever–type handles, pushplates, or automatic openers
(so that twisting a doorknob is not required)?
|
|
|
|
d. Where an automatic door is used, does the door remain open
at least 3 seconds?
|
|
|
|
e. Are glass doors marked with safety seals?
|
|
|
|
2. Stairs along the route:
a. Do stairs have non–slip surfaces?
|
|
|
|
b. Do stairs have handrails at least 34 to 38 inches above
the step level?
|
|
|
|
c. Can handrails be gripped?
|
|
|
|
d. Do all steps have risers (the vertical wall at the back of
each step)?
|
|
|
|
e. Do all steps have tread areas at least 11 inches
deep?
|
|
|
|
f. Are all steps less than 7 inches in height?
|
|
|
|
g. Are stairs well–lighted?
|
|
|
|
h. Are stairs free of obstacles?
|
|
|
|
3. Corridors:
a. Is the corridor at least 44 inches wide?
|
|
|
|
b. Is the corridor free of obstacles or protrusions (such as
boxes, water fountains, etc.) which extend
more than 12 inches from the wall?
|
|
|
|
c. Is there sufficient lighting at all points along the
route?
|
|
|
|
d. In any corridor longer than 30 feet, is there a seating or
rest area?
|
|
|
|
e. Does the corridor have a non–slip surface?
|
|
|
|
f. Are all rugs and mats securely fastened?
|
|
|
|
End of Category IV
Please go to next category
|
Category V: Features within the voting
area
|
YES
|
NO
|
N/A
|
1. Are instructions for voting printed in 14–point or
larger type, in simple language, and plainly
displayed?
|
|
|
|
2. Is there sufficient space for reasonable movement of
voters in wheelchairs?
|
|
|
|
3. Can all necessary parts of the voting equipment be reached
by a person seated in a chair or, at least, is an alternative means of casting a
ballot provided?
|
|
|
|
4. Are magnifying devices available for those who request
them?
|
|
|
|
5. Is there adequate lighting in the voting area?
|
|
|
|
6. Is seating available for elderly or handicapped voters
awaiting their turn to vote?
|
|
|
|
End of Category V
Please go to next category
|
Category VI: If there are other reasons for
inaccessibility, please describe:
You may attach additional sheets, if necessary.
Please complete the summary of accessibility
on the next page.
Summary of Accessibility by
Categories
|
Please review the responses within each category on the
previous pages and indicate below whether each category is:
• INACCESSIBLE (if there
is a “NO” response in any unshaded box in the
category)
• ACCESSIBLE, BUT
INCONVIENENT (if all “NO” responses in the category are only in
shaded boxes and all the responses in the unshaded boxes
are either “YES” or “N/A”)
• FULLY ACCESSIBLE (if
all responses in the category are either “YES” or
“N/A”)
|
Category
|
Inaccessible
|
Accessible, but
inconvenient
|
Fully
accessible
|
I. Parking
|
|
|
|
II. Walkways or pathways to the building
|
|
|
|
III. Ramps and elevators entering or inside the
building
|
|
|
|
IV. Other architectural features
|
|
|
|
V. Features within the voting area
|
|
|
|
VI. Other
|
|
|
|
Overall determination of polling place
accessibility
|
If one or more of the categories are marked
“INACCESSIBLE,”
then the polling place is
...........................................................................................................................
INACCESSIBLE j
If no category is marked “INACCESSIBLE,” but one
or more are marked
“ACCESSIBLE, BUT INCONVENIENT,” then the polling
place is .............. ACCESSIBLE, BUT INCONVENIENT
j
If all categories above are marked “FULLY
ACCESSIBLE,”
then the polling place is
.................................................................................................................
FULLY ACCESSIBLE j
|
Disposition of inaccessible polling
place
If the polling place is INACCESSIBLE YES
NO
|
A. Has an alternative accessible facility been
sought?
|
|
|
B. Are permanent or temporary alterations planned to render
the polling place accessible
in the coming election?
|
|
|
21.50(5) Temporary waiver of accessibility
requirements. Notwithstanding the waiver provisions of 721— Chapter
10, if the county commissioner is unable to provide an accessible polling place
for any precinct, the commissioner shall apply for a temporary waiver of
accessibility requirements pursuant to this subrule. Applications shall
be filed with the secretary of state not later than 60 days before the date of
any scheduled election. If a waiver is granted, it shall be valid for two years
from the date of approval by the secretary of state.
a. Each application shall include the following
documents:
(1) Application for Temporary Waiver of Accessibility
Requirements.
(2) A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form for
the polling place to be used.
(3) A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Forms for
any other buildings that were surveyed and rejected as possible polling place
sites for the precinct.
b. If an accessible place becomes available at least 30 days
before an election, the commissioner shall change polling places and shall
notify the secretary of state. The notice shall include a copy of the Polling
Place Accessibility Survey Form for the new polling place.
21.50(6) Emergency waivers. During the 60 days
preceding an election, if a polling place becomes unavailable for use due to
fire, flood, or changes made to the building, or for other reasons, the
commissioner must apply for an emergency waiver of accessibility requirements in
order to move the polling place to an inaccessible building. Emergency waiver
applications must be filed with the secretary of state as soon as possible
before election day. To apply for an emergency waiver, the commissioner shall
send the following documents:
a. Application for Temporary Waiver of Accessibility
Requirements.
b. A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Form for
the polling place selected.
c. A copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey Forms for
any other buildings that were surveyed and rejected as possible polling place
sites for this precinct.
21.50(7) Application form. The following form shall
be used to apply for a temporary waiver of accessibility requirements.
State of Iowa Application for
Temporary Waiver of Accessibility
Requirements
Instructions
Send a separate application for each precinct. Do not
list more than one precinct on a waiver form.
Include copies of surveys. With each application you
must send copies (you keep the originals) of the Polling Place Accessibility
Survey Form for the polling place you would like to use, as well as for any
buildings you surveyed and rejected.
Complete section A or section B, but not
both.
Section A. No Accessible Place. If you cannot provide
an accessible polling place for a precinct because no accessible buildings are
available and no available building can be modified to be accessible on election
day, you must apply for a temporary waiver of accessibility
requirements.
1. Describe why you are unable to provide an accessible
polling place for the precinct. Include the reasons that the polling
place you have selected cannot be made accessible for the next
election.
2. List other potential polling places you examined and
rejected. Enclose a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form for each place you list. You keep the original copy of
the survey form.
3. List the name and address of the polling place you propose
to use. Enclose a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form for this place. You keep the original survey
form.
4. If a waiver is granted, it will apply to all elections held
for two years after the date the waiver is approved by the Secretary
of State.
Section B. Emergency Use. Use this section to report
changes in polling places during the two months before a federal election. For
example, you may need to change from an accessible polling place to an
inaccessible one because the building has become unusable due to an emergency,
such as a fire or flood.
1. Describe the emergency that made it necessary to move the
polling place to an inaccessible site.
2. List the name and address of the polling place you propose
to use. Enclose a copy of the Polling Place Accessibility Survey
Form for this place. You keep the original survey
form.
Review the application form carefully, sign and date
it.
State of Iowa Application for
Temporary Waiver of Accessibility
Requirements
County: ___________________________________ Precinct:
________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
Section A—No Accessible Place.
I have surveyed all potential polling places in the precinct
listed above and hereby certify that no accessible place is available in or for
the precinct. I further certify that this county is unable to make a polling
place temporarily accessible in the precinct for the following
reasons:
Other potential polling places that have been surveyed and
rejected as inaccessible are:
I request permission to use the following building as a
polling place until an accessible place becomes available, or for two years,
whichever is sooner:
Section B—Emergency Use.
Due to emergency conditions, no accessible polling place will
be available for the precinct listed above for the next election. The emergency
conditions are as follows:
I request permission to use the following building as a
polling place for the election to be held on ___/___/20___:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Statement by Commissioner:
Copies of the surveys for all polling places examined and
rejected and for the polling place that will be used are included. Any voters
with disabilities who are assigned to this precinct and who are unable to enter
the polling place will be provided with ballots delivered to their vehicles by
the two election officials selected to assist voters. I hereby apply for a
determination from the State Commissioner of Elections that an inaccessible
polling place may be used in this precinct for the period requested
above.
Signed:______________________________________________________,
County Auditor and Commissioner of Elections
Date: _______________________________
21.50(8) Evaluation of waivers. When the secretary of
state receives waiver applications, the applications shall be reviewed
carefully. A response shall be sent to the commissioner within one week by
E–mail or by fax to notify the commissioner when the waiver request was
received and whether additional information is needed.
21.50(9) Granting waivers. If the secretary of state
determines from the documents filed with the waiver request that conditions
justify the use of a polling place that does not meet accessibility standards,
the secretary of state shall grant the waiver of accessibility requirements. If
the secretary of state determines from the documents filed with the waiver
request that all potential polling places have been surveyed and no accessible
place is available, and the available building cannot be made temporarily
accessible, the waiver shall be granted.
21.50(10) Notice required. Each notice of election
published pursuant to Iowa Code section 49.53 shall clearly describe which
polling places are inaccessible. The notice shall include a description of the
services available to persons with disabilities who live in precincts with
inaccessible polling places. The notice shall be in substantially the following
form:
Any voter who is physically unable to enter a polling place
has the right to vote in the voter’s vehicle. For further information,
please contact the countyauditor’s office at the telephone or TTY number
orE–mail address listed below:
Telephone: _____________ TTY: ______________ E–mail
address: ______________________________
21.50(11) Denial of waiver requests. The secretary of
state shall review each waiver request. The secretary of state shall consider
the totality of the circumstances as shown by the information on the waiver
request, information contained in previous applications for waivers for the same
precinct and for other precincts in the county, and other relevant available
information. The waiver request may be denied if it appears that the
commissioner has not made a good–faith effort to find an accessible
polling place. If the waiver request is denied, the secretary of state shall
notify the commissioner in writing of the reason for denying the
request.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
49.21.
ARC 0859B
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 12.1 and
17A.9A, the Treasurer of State hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 19, “Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this new chapter is to comply with Iowa Code
section 17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11 which provides for the waiver or
variance of administrative rules by state agencies. These rules are based on
the Attorney General’s uniform waiver rules.
Public comments concerning the proposed rules will be accepted
until 4:30 p.m. on August 29, 2001. Interested persons may submit written, oral
or electronic comments. Comments may be addressed to Bret L. Mills, Deputy
Treasurer, State Capitol Building, Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments
may be faxed to Bret Mills at (515)281–7562 or E–mailed to
bmills@tos.state.ia.us.
The agency will hold a public hearing to receive public
comments on these amendments on August 29, 2001, at9 a.m. in Room 114, State
Capitol Building, Des Moines, Iowa.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.9A.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 19
WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
781—19.1(17A) Definition. For purposes of this
chapter, a “waiver” or “variance” means action by the
agency which suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a
rule as applied to an identified person on the basis of the particular
circumstances of that person. For simplicity, the term “waiver”
shall include both a “waiver” and a
“variance.”
781—19.2(17A) Scope of chapter. This chapter
outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting
of individual waivers from rules adopted by the agency in situations where no
other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent
another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a
particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this chapter with
respect to any waiver from that rule.
781—19.3(17A) Applicability. The agency may
grant a waiver from a rule only if the agency has jurisdiction over the rule and
the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes, constitutional
provisions, or other provisions of law. The agency may not waive requirements
created or duties imposed by statute.
781—19.4(17A) Criteria for waiver or variance.
In response to a petition completed pursuant to rule 19.6(17A), the agency may
in its sole discretion issue an order waiving in whole or in part the
requirements of a rule if the agency finds, based on clear and convincing
evidence, all of the following:
1. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
2. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
3. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
4. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
781—19.5(17A) Filing of petition. A petition
for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the agency as follows:
19.5(1) License or authorization application.
If the petition relates to a license or authorization application, the petition
shall be made in accordance with the filing requirements for the license or
authorization in question.
19.5(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding, using the caption of the contested case.
19.5(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition shall be submitted
in writing to the treasurer of state’s office.
781—19.6(17A) Content of petition. A petition
for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and known to
the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the entity or
person for whom a waiver is being requested and the case number of any related
contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
4. All relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in rule 19.4(17A).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the agency and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, or authorization
affected by the proposed waiver, including a description of each affected
license or authorization held by the requester, any notices of violation,
contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated
activity or license within the last five years.
6. All information known to the requester regarding the
agency’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or
which might be affected by the granting of a waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any entity or
person who would be adversely affected by the granting of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the agency with information relevant
to the waiver.
781—19.7(17A) Additional information. Prior to
issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the agency may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the agency
may, on its own motion or at the petitioner ’s request, schedule a
telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the treasurer
of state, or their designees, a committee of the agency, or a quorum of the
agency.
781—19.8(17A) Notice. The agency shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The agency shall ensure that, within 30
days of the receipt of the petition, notice of the pendency of the petition and
a concise summary of its contents have been provided to all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law. In addition, the agency may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the agency may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to the agency
attesting that notice has been provided.
781—19.9(17A) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case
and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a waiver only when the
agency so provides by rule or order or is required to do so by
statute.
781—19.10(17A) Ruling. An order granting or
denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is
issued.
19.10(1) Agency discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the agency, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each
petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the agency based on the unique,
individual circumstances set out in the petition.
19.10(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the agency should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from
an agency rule.
19.10(3) Narrowly tailored exception. A waiver, if
granted, shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a
rule.
19.10(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the agency shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
19.10(5) Conditions. The agency may place any
condition on a waiver that the agency finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
19.10(6) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the agency, a waiver may be renewed if the
agency finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
19.10(7) Time for ruling. The agency shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the agency shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
19.10(8) When deemed denied. Failure of the agency to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the agency. However, the agency shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
19.10(9) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
781—19.11(17A) Public availability. All orders
granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for
public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a
waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are public records under
Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the
agency is authorized or required to keep confidential. The agency may
accordingly redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to
public inspection.
781—19.12(17A) Summary reports. Semiannually,
the agency shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a
waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or
denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by
these rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the agency’s
actions on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent
to which the granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the
rule itself. Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and
shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the
administrative rules review committee.
781—19.13(17A) Cancellation of a waiver. A
waiver issued by the agency pursuant to this chapter may be withdrawn, canceled,
or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the agency issues an order
finding any of the following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
781—19.14(17A) Violations. Violation of a
condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular
rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver
under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the
same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
781—19.15(17A) Defense. After the agency issues
an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and the
specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in
any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
781—19.16(17A) Judicial review. Judicial review
of the agency’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken
in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.9A.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0876B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Chapter 15,
“Requirements for Special Education Endorsements,” Chapter 16,
“Occupational and Postsecondary Endorsements and Licenses,” Chapter
17, “Renewal of Licenses,” and Chapter 18, “Conversion
Information,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments bring selected rules and subrules within
these several chapters into conformity with the new licensure framework which
becomes effective on August 31, 2001. There are no substantive rule or subrule
changes included in these amendments. These amendments also clarify the fees
for licensure and the relationship between the new framework and other licensure
areas as well as the renewal and conversion of licenses.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary and contrary to the public
interest. These amendments provide continuity in the licensure framework and
eliminate any potential confusion with regard to the new licensure framework and
related elements of the licensure system.
In compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Board finds that these amendments confer
benefits and remove restrictions on the public, such that the normal effective
date of these amendments should be waived and the amendments should be made
effective upon publication on August 8, 2001.
The Board of Educational Examiners adopted these amendments on
June 15, 2001.
These amendments will become effective August 8,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282—14.101(272)
by adopting the following new subrules:
14.101(1) Effective October 1, 2000, an initial
applicant will be required to submit a completed fingerprint packet that
accompanies the application to facilitate a national criminal history background
check. The fee for the evaluation of the fingerprint packet will be assessed to
the applicant.
14.101(2) Effective October 1, 2000, an Iowa division
of criminal investigation background check will be conducted on initial
applicants. The fee for the evaluation of the DCI background check will be
assessed to the applicant.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 282—14.106(272)
as follows:
282—14.106(272) Adding endorsements to licenses.
After the issuance of a teaching, administrative, or school service personnel
license, an individual may add other endorsements to that license upon proper
application, provided current requirements for that endorsement, as listed in
282— 14.140(272) and 282—14.141(272), have been met. An updated
license with expiration date unchanged from the original or renewed license will
be prepared.
In addition to the requirements listed in 282—
14.140(272) and 282—14.141(272), applicants for endorsements shall have
completed a methods class appropriate for teaching the general subject area of
the endorsement added.
Practitioners who are adding a secondary teaching
endorsement and have not student taught on the secondary level shall complete a
teaching practicum appropriate for teaching at the level of the new
endorsement.
Practitioners holding the K–6 endorsement in the
content area of the 7–12 endorsement being added may satisfy the
requirement for a teaching practicum by completing all required coursework and
presenting verification of competence. This verification of competence shall be
signed by a licensed evaluator who has observed and formally evaluated the
performance of the applicant at the secondary level.
14.106(1) To add an endorsement, the applicant must
follow one of these options:
Option l. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher preparing
institution, meet that institution’s current requirements for the
endorsement desired, and receive that institution’s
recommendation.
Option 2. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher education
institution and receive a statement that the applicant has completed the
equivalent of the institution’s approved program for the endorsement
sought.
Option 3. Identify with a recognized teacher education
institution and receive a statement that based on the institution’s
evaluation of the individual’s preparation the applicant has completed all
of the Iowa requirements for the endorsement sought.
14.106(2) Appeal. If an applicant believes
the Iowa requirements have been met but cannot obtain an equivalent statement
from an institution, the applicant may file the transcripts for review. The
rejection from the institution must be in writing. In this situation, the staff
of the board of educational examiners shall review the preparation in terms of
the Iowa requirements. If an applicant cannot obtain a
recommendation for an endorsement from an institution, and if the applicant can
document that all of the Iowa requirements have been met, the applicant may
apply for the endorsement by filing transcripts and supporting documentation for
review. The application must be accompanied by a letter of rejection from an
institution that offers the endorsement. Upon receipt of all materials, the
staff of the board of educational examiners will review documents to determine
if all Iowa requirements have been met.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 282—14.110(272)
as follows:
282—14.110(272) Licenses. The following
licenses will be issued effective August 31, 2001:
1. Initial.
2. Continuing. Standard.
3. Advanced. Master
educator.
4. Professional administrator.
5. Conditional.
6. Substitute.
7. Area education agency administrator.
8. Alternative preparation.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 282—14.111(272)
as follows.
282—14.111(272) Requirements for an initial
license. An initial license valid for two years may be issued to an
applicant who:
1. to 6. No change.
Renewal requirements for this license will be
developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 282—14.112(272)
as follows:
282—14.112(272) Requirements for a
continuing standard license. A
continuing standard license valid for five years may be
issued to an applicant who:
1. Completes items “1” to “5” listed
under 282— 14.111(272).
2. Shows evidence of successful completion of a
state–approved induction program or an approved alternative option or two
years’ successful teaching experience based on a local evaluation
process.
3. Meets the recency requirement of
14.115“3.”
Renewal requirements for this license will be
developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 282—14.113(272)
as follows:
282—14.113(272) Requirements for an advanced
teacher’s a master educator’s license.
An advanced teacher’s A master
educator’s license valid for eight years may be issued to an
applicant who:
1. Is the holder of or eligible for a
continuing standard license.
2. Verifies seven years of successful teaching experience, or
six years if the applicant has completed an approved induction
program.
3. Completes one of the following options:
• Master’s degree in a
recognized endorsement area, or
• Master’s degree in
curriculum, effective teaching, or a similar degree program which has a focus on
school curriculum or instruction, or
• A planned
32–semester–hour graduate level program in an endorsement area or in
instructional improvement, or
• A planned sequence of
graduate level coursework tied to an endorsement earned through the National
Board for Professional Teaching Standards.
Renewal requirements for this license will be
developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 282—14.114(272)
as follows:
282—14.114(272) Requirements for a professional
administrator’s license. A professional administrator’s license
valid for five years may be issued to an applicant who:
1. Is the holder of or eligible for a
continuing standard license.
2. Has five three years of teaching
experience.
3. Has completed the requirements for an administrative
endorsement.
Renewal requirements for this license will be
developed. are set out in 282—Chapter 17.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 282—14.116(272)
as follows:
282—14.116(272) Requirements for a two–year
conditional license. A nonrenewable conditional license valid for two years
may be issued to an individual under the following conditions: If a person is
the holder of a valid license and is the holder of one or more endorsements, but
is seeking to obtain some other endorsement, a two–year conditional
license may be issued if requested by an employer and the individual seeking
this endorsement has completed at least two–thirds of the requirements
leading to completion of all requirements for that endorsement.
or one–half of the content requirements in a state–designated
shortage area, leading to completion of all requirements for that
endorsement.
For the principal’s endorsement, three years of
teaching experience must have been met before application for the conditional
license. For the superintendent’s endorsement, three years of teaching
experience and three years as a building principal or other PK–12
districtwide or intermediate agency experience are acceptable for becoming a
superintendent, and must have been met before application for the conditional
license.
A school district administrator may file a written request
with the board for an exception to the minimum content requirements on the basis
of documented need and benefit to the instructional program. The board will
review the request and provide a written decision either approving or denying
the request.
This license is not renewable.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 282—14.119(272)
as follows:
282—14.119(272) Requirements for a substitute
teacher’s license.
14.119(1) A substitute teacher’s license may be
issued to an individual who:
a. Has been the holder of, or presently holds, a license in
Iowa; or holds or held a regular teacher’s license or certificate in
another state, exclusive of temporary, emergency, substitute certificate or
license, or a certificate based on an alternative certification program;
or
b. Has successfully completed all requirements of an approved
teacher education program and is eligible for the provisional
initial license, but has not applied for and been issued this license, or
who meets all requirements for the provisional initial
license with the exception of the degree but whose degree will be granted at the
next regular commencement.
14.119(2) A substitute license is valid for five years
and for not more than 90 days of teaching in one assignment during any
one school year.
A school district administrator may file a written request
with the board for an extension of the 90–day limit in one assignment on
the basis of documented need and benefit to the instructional program. The
board will review the request and provide a written decision either approving or
denying the request.
14.119(3) The holder of a substitute license is
authorized to teach in any school system in any position in which a regularly
licensed teacher was employed to begin the school year. In addition to the
authority inherent in the provisional, initial, educational, standard,
professional teacher, master educator, two–year exchange, and permanent
professional licenses and the endorsement(s) held, the holder of one of these
regular licenses may substitute on the same basis as the holder of a substitute
license while the regular license is in effect.
14.119(4) Renewal requirements for this license
will be developed. are set out in 282—Chapter
17.
ITEM 10. Rescind rule
282—14.120(272) and adopt the following new rule in lieu
thereof:
282—14.120(272) Exchange licenses.
14.120(1) Two–year teacher exchange
license.
a. A two–year nonrenewable exchange license may be
issued to an individual under the following conditions:
(1) The individual has completed a state–approved
teacher education program in a college or university approved by the state board
of education or the state board of educational examiners in the home
state.
(2) The individual holds a valid regular certificate or
license in the state in which the preparation was completed.
(3) The individual is not subject to any pending disciplinary
proceedings in any state.
(4) The applicant for the exchange license complies with all
requirements with regard to application processes and payments of licensure
fees.
b. Each exchange license shall be limited to the area(s) and
level(s) of instruction as determined by an analysis of the application, the
transcripts and the license or certificate held in the state in which the basic
preparation for licensure was completed.
c. Each individual receiving the two–year exchange
license must complete any identified licensure deficiencies in order to be
eligible for an initial regular license in Iowa.
14.120(2) Two–year administrator exchange
license.
a. A two–year nonrenewable exchange license may be
issued to an individual under the following conditions. The
individual:
(1) Has completed a state–approved teacher education
program in a college or university approved by the state board of education or
the state board of educational examiners in the individual’s preparation
state.
(2) Has completed a state–approved administrator
education program in a college or university approved by the state board of
education or the state board of educational examiners in the individual’s
preparation state.
(3) Holds a valid regular administrative certificate or
license.
(4) Is not subject to any pending disciplinary proceedings in
any state.
(5) Meets the experience requirements for the administrative
endorsements. Verified successful completion of three years of full–time
teaching experience in other states, on a valid license, shall be considered
equivalent experience necessary for the principal endorsement. Verified
successful completion of six years of full–time teaching and
administrative experience in other states, on a valid license, shall be
considered equivalent experience for the superintendent endorsement provided
that at least three years were as a teacher and at least three years were as a
building principal or other PK–12 districtwide administrator.
b. Each exchange license shall be limited to the area(s) and
level(s) of administration as determined by an analysis of the application, the
transcripts, and the license or certificate held in the state in which the basic
preparation for the administrative licensure was completed.
c. Each individual receiving the two–year exchange
license must complete any identified licensure deficiencies in order to be
eligible for a regular educational and administrative license in Iowa.
14.120(3) Two–year nonrenewable school
counseling exchange license.
a. A two–year nonrenewable school counseling exchange
license may be issued to an individual, provided that the individual:
(1) Has completed a regionally accredited master’s
degree program in school guidance counseling.
(2) Holds a valid school counseling certificate or license
issued by an examining board which issues certificates or licenses based on
requirements which are substantially equivalent to those of the board of
educational examiners.
(3) Meets the qualifications in Iowa Code section
272.6.
(4) Is not subject to any pending disciplinary proceeding in
any state.
b. Each exchange license shall be limited to the area(s) and
level(s) of counseling as determined by an analysis of the application, the
transcripts, and the license or certificate held in the state in which the basic
preparation for the school counseling license was completed.
c. Each applicant for the exchange license shall comply with
all requirements with regard to application processes and payment of licensure
fees.
d. Each individual receiving the two–year exchange
license must complete any identified licensure deficiencies in order to be
eligible for a regular educational license in Iowa.
e. Individuals licensed under this provision are subject to
the administrative rules of the board.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 282—14.121(272)
as follows:
282—14.121(272) Licensure and authorization
application fee. All application and authorization fees are
nonrefundable.
14.121(1) Issuance and renewal of licenses,
authorizations, and statements of professional recognition. The fee for the
issuance of each initial practitioner’s license, the evaluator license,
the statement of professional recognition, and the coaching authorization and
the renewal of each license, evaluator approval license, statement of
professional recognition, and coaching authorization shall be
$25 $50.
14.121(2) Adding endorsements. The fee for the
addition of each endorsement to a license, following the issuance of the initial
license and endorsement(s), shall be $25.
14.121(3) Duplicate licenses, authorizations, and
statements of professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of a duplicate
practitioner’s license, evaluator license, statement of professional
recognition or coaching authorization shall be $5
$10.
14.121(4) Evaluation fee. Each application from an
out–of–state institution for initial licensure shall include, in
addition to the basic fee for the issuance of a license, a one–time
nonrefundable $25 $50 evaluation fee.
Each application or request for a statement of professional
recognition shall include a one–time nonrefundable $25
$50 evaluation fee.
14.121(5) One–year emergency license. The fee
for the issuance of a one–year emergency license based on an expired
conditional license or an expired administrative decision license shall be
$50 $100.
14.121(6) Late renewal fee. An additional fee
of $25 per calendar month, not to exceed $100, shall be imposed if a renewal
application is submitted after the date of expiration of a practitioner’s
license. The board may waive a late renewal fee upon application for waiver of
the fee by a practitioner. Waiver of the late fee will be granted only upon a
showing of extraordinary circumstances rendering imposition of the fee
unreasonable. Effective September 1, 2000, an additional fee of $25
per calendar month, not to exceed $100, shall be imposed if a renewal
application is submitted after the date of expiration of a practitioner’s
license. The board may waive a late renewal fee upon application for waiver of
the fee by a practitioner. Waiver of the late fee will be granted only upon a
showing of extraordinary circumstances rendering imposition of the fee
unreasonable.
ITEM 12. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by
adopting the following new rule and reserving rules
282—14.130 to 282— 14.139:
282—14.129(272) Requirements for an alternative
preparation license.
14.129(1) Following are the requirements for the
issuance of a teaching license based on an alternative preparation program for
persons prepared in Iowa.
a. Baccalaureate degree with a cumulative grade point average
of 2.5 or better from a regionally accredited institution. This degree must
have been conferred at least three years prior to application to an alternative
preparation program.
b. Completion of an alternative preparation program approved
by the state board of education.
c. Completion of an approved human relations
component.
d. Completion of the exceptional learner program, which must
include preparation that contributes to the education of individuals with
disabilities and the gifted and talented.
e. Professional education core. Completed coursework or
evidence of competency in:
(1) Student learning. The practitioner understands how
students learn and develop and provides learning opportunities that support
intellectual, career, social, and personal development.
(2) Diverse learners. The practitioner understands how
students differ in their approaches to learning and creates instructional
opportunities that are equitable and are adaptable to diverse
learners.
(3) Instructional planning. The practitioner plans
instruction based upon knowledge of subject matter, students, the community,
curriculum goals, and state curriculum models.
(4) Instructional strategies. The practitioner understands
and uses a variety of instructional strategies to encourage students’
development of critical thinking, problem solving, and performance
skills.
(5) Learning environment/classroom management. The
practitioner uses an understanding of individual and group motivation and
behavior to create a learning environment that encourages positive social
interaction, active engagement in learning, and self–motivation.
(6) Communication. The practitioner uses knowledge of
effective verbal, nonverbal, and media communication techniques, and other forms
of symbolic representation, to foster active inquiry and collaboration and to
support interaction in the classroom.
(7) Assessment. The practitioner understands and uses formal
and informal assessment strategies to evaluate the continuous intellectual,
social, and physical development of the learner.
(8) Foundations, reflection, and professional development.
The practitioner continually evaluates the effects of the practitioner’s
choices and actions on students, parents, and other professionals in the
learning community and actively seeks out opportunities to grow
professionally.
(9) Collaboration, ethics, and relationships. The
practitioner fosters relationships with parents, school colleagues, and
organizations in the larger community to support students’ learning and
development.
f. Computer technology related to instruction.
g. Completion of pre–student teaching field–based
experiences.
h. Methods of teaching with an emphasis on the subject and
grade level endorsement desired.
i. Content/subject matter specialization. The practitioner
understands the central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structure of the
discipline(s) the practitioner teaches and creates learning experiences that
make these aspects of subject matter meaningful for students.
This is evidenced by completion of a
30–semester–hour teaching major which must minimally include the
requirements for at least one of the basic endorsement areas or special
education teaching endorsements listed in 282— 14.140(272),
282—14.141(272), or 282—15.2(272).
j. A minimum of 12 weeks of student teaching in the subject
area and at the grade level in which the endorsement is desired.
14.129(2) Following are the basic requirements for the
issuance of a teaching license based on an alternative preparation program with
an endorsement for persons prepared in states other than Iowa.
a. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited
institution.
b. Provide a valid out–of–state teaching license
based on a state–approved alternative preparation program.
c. Provide a recommendation from a regionally accredited
institution, department of education, or a state’s standards board
indicating the completion of an approved alternative teacher preparation
program.
d. Provide official institutional transcript(s) to be analyzed
for the coursework necessary for full Iowa licensure based on
14.129(1)“c” to “i” above.
e. Verify three years of teaching experience which will waive
the student teaching requirement.
The alternative preparation license is valid for two years and
may be renewed under certain prescribed conditions for an initial license listed
in 282—17.8(272).
ITEM 13. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by
adopting the following new rule:
282—14.140(272) Requirements for other teaching
endorsements. The holder of any K–6 instructional endorsement set out
herein may be assigned by local school board action to teach that instructional
area at the 7–8 grade levels, and the holder of any 7–12
instructional endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local school board
action to teach that instructional area at the 5–6 grade levels.
14.140(1) Athletic coach. K–12.
a. The holder of this endorsement may serve as a head coach or
an assistant coach in kindergarten and grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) One semester hour college or university course in the
structure and function of the human body in relation to physical
activity.
(2) One semester hour college or university course in human
growth and development of children and youth as related to physical
activity.
(3) Two semester hour college or university course in athletic
conditioning, care and prevention of injuries and first aid as related to
physical activity.
(4) One semester hour college or university course in the
theory of coaching interscholastic athletics.
NOTE: An applicant for the coaching
endorsement must hold a teacher’s license with one of the teaching
endorsements.
14.140(2) Teacher—elementary
classroom.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach in kindergarten and grades one through six.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
component.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Child growth and development with emphasis on the
emotional, physical and mental characteristics of elementary age children,
unless completed as part of the professional education core. See
14.123(4).
2. Methods and materials of teaching elementary language
arts.
3. Methods and materials of teaching elementary
reading.
4. Elementary curriculum (methods and materials).
5. Methods and materials of teaching elementary
mathematics.
6. Methods and materials of teaching elementary
science.
7. Children’s literature.
8. Methods and materials of teaching elementary social
studies.
9. Methods and materials in two of the following
areas:
Methods and materials of teaching elementary
health.
Methods and materials of teaching elementary physical
education.
Methods and materials of teaching elementary art.
Methods and materials of teaching elementary music.
10. Pre–student teaching field experience in at least
two different grades.
11. A field of specialization in a single discipline or a
formal interdisciplinary program of at least twelve semester hours.
14.140(3)
Teacher—prekindergarten–kindergarten.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach at the prekindergarten–kindergarten level.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Human growth and development: infancy and early childhood,
unless completed as part of the professional education core. See
14.123(4).
2. Curriculum development and methodology for young
children.
3. Child–family–school–community
relationships (community agencies).
4. Guidance of young children three to six years of
age.
5. Organization of prekindergarten–kindergarten
programs.
6. Child and family nutrition.
7. Language development and learning.
8. Kindergarten: programs and curriculum
development.
14.140(4) ESL. K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach English as a second language in kindergarten and grades one
through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 semester hours of coursework in
English as a second language to include the following:
1. Teaching English as a second language.
2. Applied linguistics.
3. Language in culture.
4. Bilingual education.
5. Nature of language.
6. Process of language acquisition.
14.140(5) Elementary counselor.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a school guidance counselor in kindergarten and grades
one through six.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Master’s degree from an accredited institution of
higher education.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
component.
(3) Completion of an approved exceptional learner
component.
c. Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements to include the following:
(1) Nature and needs of individuals at all developmental
levels.
1. Develop strategies for facilitating development through the
transition from childhood to adolescence and from adolescence to young
adult.
2. Apply knowledge of learning and personality development to
assist students in developing their full potential.
(2) Social and cultural foundations.
1. Demonstrate awareness of and sensitivity to the unique
social, cultural, and economic circumstances of students and their
racial/ethnic, gender, age, physical, and learning differences.
2. Demonstrate sensitivity to the nature and the functioning
of the student within the family, school and community contexts.
3. Demonstrate the counseling and consultation skills needed
to facilitate informed and appropriate action in response to the needs of
students.
(3) Fostering of relationships.
1. Employ effective counseling and consultation skills with
students, parents, colleagues, administrators, and others.
2. Communicate effectively with parents, colleagues, students
and administrators.
3. Counsel students in the areas of personal, social,
academic, and career development.
4. Assist families in helping their children address the
personal, social, and emotional concerns and problems that may impede
educational progress.
5. Implement developmentally appropriate counseling
interventions with children and adolescents.
6. Demonstrate the ability to negotiate and move individuals
and groups toward consensus or conflict resolution or both.
7. Refer students for specialized help when
appropriate.
8. Value the well–being of the students as paramount in
the counseling relationship.
(4) Group work.
1. Implement developmentally appropriate interventions
involving group dynamics, counseling theories, group counseling methods and
skills, and other group work approaches.
2. Apply knowledge of group counseling in implementing
appropriate group processes for elementary, middle school, and secondary
students.
(5) Career development, education, and postsecondary
planning.
1. Assist students in the assessment of their individual
strengths, weaknesses, and differences, including those that relate to academic
achievement and future plans.
2. Apply knowledge of career assessment and career choice
programs.
3. Implement occupational and educational placement,
follow–up and evaluation.
4. Develop a counseling network and provide resources for use
by students in personalizing the exploration of postsecondary educational
opportunities.
(6) Assessment and evaluation.
1. Demonstrate individual and group approaches to assessment
and evaluation.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the proper administration
and uses of standardized tests.
3. Apply knowledge of test administration, scoring, and
measurement concerns.
4. Apply evaluation procedures for monitoring student
achievement.
5. Apply assessment information in program design and program
modifications to address students’ needs.
6. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to
assessment and student records.
(7) Professional orientation.
1. Apply knowledge of history, roles, organizational
structures, ethics, standards, and credentialing.
2. Maintain a high level of professional knowledge and
skills.
3. Apply knowledge of professional and ethical standards to
the practice of school counseling.
4. Articulate the counselor role to school personnel, parents,
community, and students.
(8) School counseling skills.
1. Design, implement, and evaluate a comprehensive,
developmental school guidance program.
2. Implement and evaluate specific strategies designed to meet
program goals and objectives.
3. Consult and coordinate efforts with resource persons,
specialists, businesses, and agencies outside the school to promote program
objectives.
4. Provide information appropriate to the particular
educational transition and assist students in understanding the relationship
that their curricular experiences and academic achievements will have on
subsequent educational opportunities.
5. Assist parents and families in order to provide a
supportive environment in which students can become effective learners and
achieve success in pursuit of appropriate educational goals.
6. Provide training, orientation, and consultation assistance
to faculty, administrators, staff, and school officials to assist them in
responding to the social, emotional, and educational development of all
students.
7. Collaborate with teachers, administrators, and other
educators in ensuring that appropriate educational experiences are provided that
allow all students to achieve success.
8. Assist in the process of identifying and addressing the
needs of the exceptional student.
9. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to
child abuse and mandatory reporting.
10. Advocate for the educational needs of students and work to
ensure that these needs are addressed at every level of the school
experience.
11. Promote use of counseling and guidance activities and
programs involving the total school community to provide a positive school
climate.
(9) Classroom management.
1. Apply effective classroom management strategies as
demonstrated in classroom guidance and large group guidance lessons.
2. Consult with teachers and parents about effective classroom
management and behavior management strategies.
(10) Curriculum.
1. Write classroom lessons including objectives, learning
activities, and discussion questions.
2. Utilize various methods of evaluating what students have
learned in classroom lessons.
3. Demonstrate competency in conducting classroom and other
large group activities, utilizing an effective lesson plan design, engaging
students in the learning process, and employing age–appropriate classroom
management strategies.
4. Design a classroom unit of developmentally appropriate
learning experiences.
5. Demonstrate knowledge in writing standards and benchmarks
for curriculum.
(11) Learning theory.
1. Identify and consult with teachers about how to create a
positive learning environment utilizing such factors as effective classroom
management strategies, building a sense of community in the classroom, and
cooperative learning experiences.
2. Identify and consult with teachers regarding teaching
strategies designed to motivate students using small group learning activities,
experiential learning activities, student mentoring programs, and shared
decision–making opportunities.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of child and adolescent development
and identify developmentally appropriate teaching and learning
strategies.
(12) Teaching and counseling practicum. The school counselor
demonstrates competency in conducting classroom sessions with elementary and
middle school students. The practicum consisting of a minimum of 500 contact
hours provides opportunities for the prospective counselor, under the
supervision of a licensed professional school counselor, to engage in a variety
of activities in which a regularly employed school counselor would be expected
to participate including, but not limited to, individual counseling, group
counseling, developmental classroom guidance, and consultation.
14.140(6) Secondary counselor.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a school guidance counselor in grades seven through
twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Master’s degree from an accredited institution of
higher education.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
component.
(3) Completion of an approved exceptional learner
component.
c. Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements to include the following:
(1) Nature and needs of individuals at all developmental
levels.
1. Develop strategies for facilitating development through the
transition from childhood to adolescence and from adolescence to young
adult.
2. Apply knowledge of learning and personality development to
assist students in developing their full potential.
(2) Social and cultural foundations.
1. Demonstrate awareness of and sensitivity to the unique
social, cultural, and economic circumstances of students and their
racial/ethnic, gender, age, physical, and learning differences.
2. Demonstrate sensitivity to the nature and the functioning
of the student within the family, school and community contexts.
3. Demonstrate the counseling and consultation skills needed
to facilitate informed and appropriate action in response to the needs of
students.
(3) Fostering of relationships.
1. Employ effective counseling and consultation skills with
students, parents, colleagues, administrators, and others.
2. Communicate effectively with parents, colleagues, students
and administrators.
3. Counsel students in the areas of personal, social,
academic, and career development.
4. Assist families in helping their children address the
personal, social, and emotional concerns and problems that may impede
educational progress.
5. Implement developmentally appropriate counseling
interventions with children and adolescents.
6. Demonstrate the ability to negotiate and move individuals
and groups toward consensus or conflict resolution or both.
7. Refer students for specialized help when
appropriate.
8. Value the well–being of the students as paramount in
the counseling relationship.
(4) Group work.
1. Implement developmentally appropriate interventions
involving group dynamics, counseling theories, group counseling methods and
skills, and other group work approaches.
2. Apply knowledge of group counseling in implementing
appropriate group processes for elementary, middle school, and secondary
students.
(5) Career development, education, and postsecondary
planning.
1. Assist students in the assessment of their individual
strengths, weaknesses, and differences, including those that relate to academic
achievement and future plans.
2. Apply knowledge of career assessment and career choice
programs.
3. Implement occupational and educational placement,
follow–up and evaluation.
4. Develop a counseling network and provide resources for use
by students in personalizing the exploration of postsecondary educational
opportunities.
(6) Assessment and evaluation.
1. Demonstrate individual and group approaches to assessment
and evaluation.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the proper administration
and uses of standardized tests.
3. Apply knowledge of test administration, scoring, and
measurement concerns.
4. Apply evaluation procedures for monitoring student
achievement.
5. Apply assessment information in program design and program
modifications to address students’ needs.
6. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to
assessment and student records.
(7) Professional orientation.
1. Apply knowledge of history, roles, organizational
structures, ethics, standards, and credentialing.
2. Maintain a high level of professional knowledge and
skills.
3. Apply knowledge of professional and ethical standards to
the practice of school counseling.
4. Articulate the counselor role to school personnel, parents,
community, and students.
(8) School counseling skills.
1. Design, implement, and evaluate a comprehensive,
developmental school guidance program.
2. Implement and evaluate specific strategies designed to meet
program goals and objectives.
3. Consult and coordinate efforts with resource persons,
specialists, businesses, and agencies outside the school to promote program
objectives.
4. Provide information appropriate to the particular
educational transition and assist students in understanding the relationship
that their curricular experiences and academic achievements will have on
subsequent educational opportunities.
5. Assist parents and families in order to provide a
supportive environment in which students can become effective learners and
achieve success in pursuit of appropriate educational goals.
6. Provide training, orientation, and consultation assistance
to faculty, administrators, staff, and school officials to assist them in
responding to the social, emotional, and educational development of all
students.
7. Collaborate with teachers, administrators, and other
educators in ensuring that appropriate educational experiences are provided that
allow all students to achieve success.
8. Assist in the process of identifying and addressing the
needs of the exceptional student.
9. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical issues related to
child abuse and mandatory reporting.
10. Advocate for the educational needs of students and work to
ensure that these needs are addressed at every level of the school
experience.
11. Promote use of counseling and guidance activities and
programs involving the total school community to provide a positive school
climate.
(9) Classroom management.
1. Apply effective classroom management strategies as
demonstrated in classroom guidance and large group guidance lessons.
2. Consult with teachers and parents about effective classroom
management and behavior management strategies.
(10) Curriculum.
1. Write classroom lessons including objectives, learning
activities, and discussion questions.
2. Utilize various methods of evaluating what students have
learned in classroom lessons.
3. Demonstrate competency in conducting classroom and other
large group activities, utilizing an effective lesson plan design, engaging
students in the learning process, and employing age–appropriate classroom
management strategies.
4. Design a classroom unit of developmentally appropriate
learning experiences.
5. Demonstrate knowledge in writing standards and benchmarks
for curriculum.
(11) Learning theory.
1. Identify and consult with teachers about how to create a
positive learning environment utilizing such factors as effective classroom
management strategies, building a sense of community in the classroom, and
cooperative learning experiences.
2. Identify and consult with teachers regarding teaching
strategies designed to motivate students using small group learning activities,
experiential learning activities, student mentoring programs, and shared
decision–making opportunities.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of child and adolescent development
and identify developmentally appropriate teaching and learning
strategies.
(12) Teaching and counseling practicum. The school counselor
demonstrates competency in conducting classroom sessions with middle and
secondary school students. The practicum consisting of a minimum of 500 contact
hours provides opportunities for the prospective counselor, under the
supervision of a licensed professional school counselor, to engage in a variety
of activities in which a regularly employed school counselor would be expected
to participate including, but not limited to, individual counseling, group work,
developmental classroom guidance and consultation.
14.140(7) Reading specialist. K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a reading specialist in kindergarten and grades one
through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements. This sequence is to be at least 27 semester hours to include the
following:
1. Educational psychology/human growth and
development.
2. Educational measurement and evaluation.
3. Foundations of reading.
4. Diagnosis of reading problems.
5. Remedial reading.
6. Psychology of reading.
7. Language learning and reading disabilities.
8. Practicum in reading.
9. Administration and supervision of reading programs at the
elementary and secondary levels.
NOTE: The applicant must have met the
requirements for the standard license and a teaching endorsement, and present
evidence of at least one year of experience which included the teaching of
reading as a significant part of the responsibility.
14.140(8) Elementary school media
specialist.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a school media specialist in kindergarten and grades one
through six.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 semester hours in school media
coursework to include the following:
1. Knowledge of materials and literature in all formats for
elementary children.
2. Selection, utilization and evaluation of library media
materials and equipment.
3. Design and production of instructional materials.
4. Acquisition, cataloging and classification of materials and
organization of equipment.
5. Information retrieval, reference services and
networking.
6. Planning, evaluation and administration of media
programs.
7. Practicum in an elementary school media center.
14.140(9) Secondary school media specialist.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a school media specialist in grades seven through
twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 semester hours in school media
coursework to include the following:
1. Knowledge of materials and literature in all formats for
adolescents.
2. Selection, utilization and evaluation of library media
materials and equipment.
3. Design and production of instructional materials.
4. Acquisition, cataloging and classification of materials and
organization of equipment.
5. Information retrieval, reference services and
networking.
6. Planning, evaluation and administration of media
programs.
7. Practicum in a secondary school media center.
14.140(10) School media specialist.
K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a school media specialist in kindergarten and grades one
through twelve.
b. Program requirements:
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content. Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements. This sequence is to be at least 30 semester hours in school media
coursework, to include the following:
1. Planning, evaluation and administration of media
programs.
2. Curriculum development and teaching and learning
strategies.
3. Instructional development and communication theo–
ry.
4. Selection, evaluation and utilization of library media
materials and equipment.
5. Acquisition, cataloging and classification of materials and
organization of equipment.
6. Design and production of instructional materials.
7. Methods for instruction and integration of media skills
into the school curriculum.
8. Information retrieval, reference services and
networking.
9. Knowledge of materials and literature in all formats for
elementary children and adolescents.
10. Reading, listening and viewing guidance.
11. Utilization and application of computer
technology.
12. Practicum at both the elementary and secondary
levels.
13. Research in media and information science.
NOTE: The applicant must be the holder of
or eligible for the initial license.
14.140(11) School nurse.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to provide service as a school nurse at the prekindergarten and
kindergarten levels and in grades one through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Organization and administration of school nurse services
including the appraisal of the health needs of children and youth.
2. School–community relationships and
resources/coordination of school and community resources to serve the health
needs of children and youth.
3. Knowledge and understanding of the health needs of
exceptional children.
4. Health education.
c. Other. Hold a license as a registered nurse issued by the
board of nursing.
NOTE: Although the school nurse
endorsement does not authorize general classroom teaching, it does authorize the
holder to teach health at all grade levels.
14.140(12) Teacher—prekindergarten through grade
three.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach children from birth through grade three.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content:
1. Child growth and development with emphasis on cognitive,
language, physical, social, and emotional development, both typical and
atypical, for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children
(grades one through three), unless combined as part of the professional
education core. See 14.123(4) of the licensure rules for the professional
core.
2. Historical, philosophical, and social foundations of early
childhood education.
3. Developmentally appropriate curriculum with emphasis on
integrated multicultural and nonsexist content including language, mathematics,
science, social studies, health, safety, nutrition, visual and expressive arts,
social skills, higher–thinking skills, and developmentally appropriate
methodology, including adaptations for individual needs, for infants and
toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children.
4. Characteristics of play and creativity, and their
contributions to the cognitive, language, physical, social and emotional
development and learning of infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school
children.
5. Classroom organization and individual interactions to
create positive learning environments for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and
primary school children based on child development theory emphasizing guidance
techniques.
6. Observation and application of developmentally appropriate
assessments for infants and toddlers, preprimary, and primary school children
recognizing, referring, and making adaptations for children who are at risk or
who have exceptional educational needs and talents.
7. Home–school–community relationships and
interactions designed to promote and support parent, family and community
involvement, and interagency collaboration.
8. Family systems, cultural diversity, and factors which place
families at risk.
9. Child and family health and nutrition.
10. Advocacy, legislation, and public policy as they affect
children and families.
11. Administration of child care programs to include staff and
program development and supervision and evaluation of support staff.
12. Pre–student teaching field experience with three age
levels in infant and toddler, preprimary, and primary programs, with no less
than 100 clock hours, and in different settings, such as rural and urban,
socioeconomic status, cultural diversity, program types, and program
sponsorship.
(5) Student teaching experiences with two different age
levels, one before kindergarten and one from kindergarten through grade
three.
14.140(13) Talented and gifted
teacher–coordinator.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement isauthorized
to serve as a teacher or a coordinator of programs for the talented and gifted
from the prekindergarten level through grade twelve. This authorization does
not permit general classroom teaching at any level except that level or area for
which the holder is eligible or holds the specific endorsement.
b. Program requirements—content. Completion of 12
graduate semester hours of coursework in the area of the talented and gifted to
include the following:
(1) Psychology of the gifted.
(2) Programming for the gifted.
(3) Administration and supervision of gifted
programs.
(4) Practicum experience in gifted programs.
NOTE: Teachers in specific subject areas
will not be required to hold this endorsement if they teach gifted students in
their respective endorsement areas.
Practitioners licensed and employed after August 31, 1995, and
assigned as teachers or coordinators in programs for the talented and gifted
will be required to hold this endorsement.
14.140(14) American Sign Language
endorsement.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach American Sign Language in kindergarten and grades one
through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core.
(4) Content. Completion of 18 semester hours of coursework in
American Sign Language to include the following:
1. Second language acquisition.
2. Sociology of the deaf community.
3. Linguistic structure of American Sign Language.
4. Language teaching methodology specific to American Sign
Language.
5. Teaching the culture of deaf people.
6. Assessment of students in an American Sign Language
program.
c. Other. Be the holder of or be eligible for oneother
teaching endorsement listed in rule 14.140(272) or 14.141(272).
14.140(15) Middle school endorsement.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach all subjects in grades five through eight with the exception
of art, industrial arts, music, reading, physical education and special
education.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Be the holder of a currently valid Iowa teacher’s
license with either the general elementary endorsement or one of the subject
matter secondary level endorsements set out in rule 14.141(272C), or
282—subrules 16.1(1) to 16.1(3).
(2) Required coursework.
1. Three semester hours of coursework in the growth and
development of the middle school age child, specifically addressing the
emotional, physical and mental characteristics and needs of middle school age
children in addition to related studies completed as part of the professional
education core in 14.123(4).
2. Three semester hours of coursework in middle school design,
instruction, and curriculum including, but not limited to, instruction in
interdisciplinary teaming, pedagogy, and methods in addition to related studies
completed as part of the professional education core in 14.123(4).
3. Six semester hours of coursework in the social studies to
include coursework in American history, world history, and geography.
4. Six semester hours in mathematics to include coursework in
algebra.
5. Six semester hours in science to include coursework in life
science and physical science.
6. Six semester hours in language arts to include coursework
in grammar, composition, and speech.
14.140(16) Teacher—prekindergarten through grade
three, including special education.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach children from birth through grade three.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
c. Content.
(1) Child growth and development.
1. Understand the nature of child growth and development for
infants and toddlers (birth through age 2), preprimary (age 3 through age 5) and
primary school children (age6 through age 8), both typical and atypical, in
areas of cog–nition, language development, physical motor,
social–emotional, aesthetics, and adaptive behavior.
2. Understand individual differences in development and
learning including risk factors, developmental variations and developmental
patterns of specific disabilities and special abilities.
3. Recognize that children are best understood in the contexts
of family, culture and society and that cultural and linguistic diversity
influences development and learning.
(2) Developmentally appropriate learning environment and
curriculum implementation.
1. Establish learning environments with social support, from
the teacher and from other students, for all children to meet their optimal
potential, with a climate characterized by mutual respect, encouraging and
valuing the efforts of all regardless of proficiency.
2. Appropriately use informal and formal assessment to monitor
development of children and to plan and evaluate curriculum and teaching
practices to meet individual needs of children and families.
3. Plan, implement, and continuously evaluate developmentally
and individually appropriate curriculum goals, content, and teaching practices
for infants, toddlers, preprimary and primary children based on the needs and
interests of individual children, their families and community.
4. Use both child–initiated and teacher–directed
instructional methods, including strategies such as small and large group
projects, unstructured and structured play, systematic instruction, group
discussion and cooperative decision making.
5. Develop and implement integrated learning experiences for
home–, center– and school–based environments for infants,
toddlers, preprimary and primary children:
• Develop and implement
integrated learning experiences that facilitate cognition, communication, social
and physical development of infants and toddlers within the context of
parent–child and caregiver–child relationships.
• Develop and implement
learning experiences for preprimary and primary children with focus on
multicultural and nonsexist content that includes development of responsibility,
aesthetic and artistic development, physical development and well–being,
cognitive development, and emotional and social development.
• Develop and implement
learning experiences for infants, toddlers, preprimary, and primary children
with a focus on language, mathematics, science, social studies, visual and
expressive arts, social skills, higher–thinking skills, and
developmentally appropriate methodology.
• Develop adaptations and
accommodations for infants, toddlers, preprimary, and primary children to meet
their individual needs.
6. Adapt materials, equipment, the environment, programs and
use of human resources to meet social, cognitive, physical motor, communication,
and medical needs of children and diverse learning needs.
(3) Health, safety and nutrition.
1. Design and implement physically and psychologically safe
and healthy indoor and outdoor environments to promote development and
learning.
2. Promote nutritional practices that support cognitive,
social, cultural and physical development of young children.
3. Implement appropriate appraisal and management of health
concerns of young children including procedures for children with special health
care needs.
4. Recognize signs of emotional distress, physical and mental
abuse and neglect in young children and understand mandatory reporting
procedures.
5. Demonstrate proficiency in infant–child
cardiopulmonary resuscitation, emergency procedures and first aid.
(4) Family and community collaboration.
1. Apply theories and knowledge of dynamic roles and
relationships within and between families, schools, and communities.
2. Assist families in identifying resources, priorities, and
concerns in relation to the child’s development.
3. Link families, based on identified needs, priorities and
concerns, with a variety of resources.
4. Use communication, problem–solving and
help–giving skills in collaboration with families and other professionals
to support the development, learning and well–being of young
children.
5. Participate as an effective member of a team with other
professionals and families to develop and implement learning plans and
environments for young children.
(5) Professionalism.
1. Understand legislation and public policy that affect all
young children, with and without disabilities, and their families.
2. Understand legal aspects, historical, philosophical, and
social foundations of early childhood education and special education.
3. Understand principles of administration, organization and
operation of programs for children aged birth to age 8 and their families,
including staff and program development, supervision and evaluation of staff,
and continuing improvement of programs and services.
4. Identify current trends and issues of the profession to
inform and improve practices and advocate for quality programs for young
children and their families.
5. Adhere to professional and ethical codes.
6. Engage in reflective inquiry and demonstration of
professional self–knowledge.
(6) Pre–student teaching field experiences. Complete
100 clock hours of pre–student teaching field experience with three age
levels in infant and toddler, preprimary and primary programs and in different
settings, such as rural and urban, encompassing differing socioeconomic status,
ability levels, cultural and linguistic diversity and program types and
sponsorship.
(7) Student teaching. Complete a supervised student teaching
experience of a total of at least 12 weeks in at least two different classrooms
which include children with and without disabilities in two of three age levels:
infant and toddler, preprimary, and primary.
ITEM 14. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by
adopting the following new rule:
282—14.141(272) Minimum content requirements for
teaching endorsements. The holder of any K–6 instructional
endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local school board action to teach
that instructional area at the 7–8 grade levels, and the holder of any
7–12 instructional endorsement set out herein may be assigned by local
school board action to teach that instructional area at the 5–6 grade
levels.
14.141(1) Agriculture. 7–12. Completion of 24
semester hours in agriculture to include coursework in agronomy, animal science,
agricultural mechanics, and agricultural economics.
14.141(2) Art. K–6 or 7–12. Completion
of 24 semester hours in art to include coursework in art history, studio art,
and two– and three–dimensional art.
14.141(3) Business—general. 7–12.
Completion of 24 semester hours in business to include 6 semester hours in
accounting, 6 semester hours in business law, and coursework in computer
applications, and coursework in consumer studies.
14.141(4) Business—office. 7–12.
Completion of 24 semester hours in business to include advanced coursework in
typewriting, computer applications or word processing, and office
management.
14.141(5) Business—marketing/management.
7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in business to include a minimum of
6 semester hours each in marketing, management, and economics.
14.141(6) Driver and safety education. 7–12.
Completion of 15 semester hours in driver and safety education to in–clude
coursework in accident prevention, vehicle safety,
andbehind–the–wheel driving.
14.141(7) English/language arts.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in English and
language arts to include coursework in oral communication, written
communication, language development, reading, children’s literature,
creative drama or oral interpretation of literature, and American
literature.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in English to
include coursework in oral communication, written communication, language
development, reading, American literature, English literature and adolescent
literature.
14.141(8) Foreign language. K–6 and 7–12.
Completion of 24 semester hours in each foreign language for which endorsement
is sought.
14.141(9) Health. K–6 and 7–12.
Completion of 24 semester hours in health to include coursework in public or
community health, consumer health, substance abuse, family life education,
mental/emotional health, and human nutrition.
14.141(10) Home economics—general. 7–12.
Completion of 24 semester hours in home economics to include coursework in
family life development, clothing and textiles, housing, and foods and
nutrition.
14.141(11) Industrial technology. 7–12.
Completion of 24 semester hours in industrial technology to include coursework
in manufacturing, construction, energy and power, graphic communications and
transportation. The coursework is to include at least 6 semester hours in three
different areas.
14.141(12) Journalism. 7–12. Completion of 15
semester hours in journalism to include coursework in writing, editing,
production and visual communications.
14.141(13) Mathematics.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in mathematics
to include coursework in algebra, geometry, number theory, measurement, computer
programming, and probability and statistics.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in mathematics
to include coursework in algebra, geometry, calculus, computer programming, and
probability and statistics.
14.141(14) Music.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in music to
include coursework in music theory (at least two courses), music history, and
applied music.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in music to
include coursework in music theory (at least two courses), music history (at
least two courses), applied music, and conducting.
14.141(15) Physical education.
a. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in physical
education to include coursework in human anatomy, human physiology, movement
education, adapted physical education, physical education in the elementary
school, human growth and development of children related to physical education,
and first aid and emergency care.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in physical
education to include coursework in human anatomy, kinesiology, human physiology,
human growth and development related to maturational and motor learning, adapted
physical education, curriculum and administration of physical education,
assessment processes in physical education, and first aid and emergency
care.
14.141(16) Reading.
a. K–6. Completion of 20 semester hours in reading to
include at least 12 semester hours specifically in reading by course title which
must include foundations in methods and materials for teaching reading in the
elementary classroom, corrective reading, remedial reading, a supervised
tutoring experience, and at least 8 hours of coursework from oral and written
communication, language development, children’s literature, and tests and
measurement.
b. 7–12. Completion of 20 semester hours in
reading to include at least 12 semester hours specifically in reading by course
title which must include foundations in methods and materials of teaching
reading in the secondary classroom, corrective reading, reading in content
areas, remedial reading, a supervised tutoring experience, and at least 8 hours
of coursework from oral and written communication, the structure of language,
adolescent literature, and tests and measurement.
14.141(17) Science.
a. Science—basic. K–6. Completion of at least 24
semester hours in science to include 12 hours in physical sciences, 6 hours in
biology, and 6 hours in earth/space sciences.
(1) Competencies.
1. Understand the nature of scientific inquiry, its central
role in science, and how to use the skills and processes of scientific
inquiry.
2. Understand the fundamental facts and concepts in major
science disciplines.
3. Be able to make conceptual connections within and across
science disciplines, as well as to mathematics, technology, and other school
subjects.
4. Be able to use scientific understanding when dealing with
personal and societal issues.
(2) Reserved.
b. Biological science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester
hours in biological science or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to
include 15 semester hours in biological science.
c. Chemistry. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in
chemistry or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to include 15
semester hours in chemistry.
d. Earth science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester
hours in earth science or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to
include 15 semester hours in earth science.
e. General science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester
hours in science to include coursework in biological science, chemistry, and
physics.
f. Physical science. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester
hours in physical sciences to include coursework in physics, chemistry, and
earth science.
g. Physics. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in
physics or 30 semester hours in the broad area of science to include 15 semester
hours in physics.
h. All science I. Grades 5–8. The holder of this
endorsement must also hold the middle school endorsement listed under
14.140(15).
(1) Required coursework. Completion of at least 24 semester
hours in science to include 6 hours in chemistry, 6 hours in physics or physical
sciences, 6 hours in biology, and 6 hours in the earth/space sciences.
(2) Competencies.
1. Understand the nature of scientific inquiry, its central
role in science, and how to use the skills and processes of scientific
inquiry.
2. Understand the fundamental facts and concepts in major
science disciplines.
3. Be able to make conceptual connections within and across
science disciplines, as well as to mathematics, technology, and other school
subjects.
4. Be able to use scientific understanding when dealing with
personal and societal issues.
i. All science II. Grades 9–12.
(1) Required coursework.
1. Completion of one of the following endorsement areas listed
under 14.21(17): biological 7–12 or chemistry 7–12 or earth science
7–12 or physics 7–12.
2. Completion of at least 12 hours in each of the other three
endorsement areas.
(2) Competencies.
1. Understand the nature of scientific inquiry, its central
role in science, and how to use the skills and processes of scientific
inquiry.
2. Understand the fundamental facts and concepts in major
science disciplines.
3. Be able to make conceptual connections within and across
science disciplines, as well as to mathematics, technology, and other school
subjects.
4. Be able to use scientific understanding when dealing with
personal and societal issues.
14.141(18) Social sciences.
a. American government. 7–12. Completion of 24
semester hours in American government or 30 semester hours in the broad area of
social sciences to include 15 semester hours in American government.
b. American history. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester
hours in American history or 30 semester hours in the broad area of the social
sciences to include 15 semester hours in American history.
c. Anthropology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours
in anthropology or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to
include 15 semester hours in anthropology.
d. Economics. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in
economics or 30 semester hours in the broad area of the social sciences to
include 15 semester hours in economics, or 30 semester hours in the broad area
of business to include 15 semester hours in economics.
e. Geography. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in
geography or 30 semester hours in the broad area of the social sciences to
include 15 semester hours in geography.
f. History. K–6. Completion of 24 semester hours in
history to include at least 9 semester hours in American history and 9 semester
hours in world history.
g. Psychology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours
in psychology or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to
include 15 semester hours in psychology.
h. Social studies. K–6. Completion of 24 semester
hours in social studies, to include coursework from at least three of these
areas: history, sociology, economics, American government, psychology and
geography.
i. Sociology. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in
sociology or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences to include
15 semester hours in sociology.
j. World history. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester
hours in world history or 30 semester hours in the broad area of social sciences
to include 15 semester hours in world history.
k. All social sciences. 7–12. Effective July 1, 2000,
completion of 51 semester hours in the social sciences to include 9 semester
hours in each of American and world history, 9 semester hours in government, 6
semester hours in sociology, 6 semester hours in psychology other than
educational psychology, 6 semester hours in geography, and 6 semester hours in
economics.
14.141(19) Speech communication/theatre.
a. K–6. Completion of 20 semester hours in
speechcommunication/theatre to include coursework in speech communication,
creative drama or theatre, and oral interpretation.
b. 7–12. Completion of 24 semester hours in speech
communication/theatre to include coursework in speech communication, oral
interpretation, creative drama or theatre, argumentation and debate, and mass
media communication.
ITEM 15. Amend 282—Chapter 14 by
adopting the following new rule:
282—14.142(272) Area and grade levels of
administrative endorsements.
14.142(1) Elementary principal.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a principal of programs serving children from birth
through grade six. The holder of this endorsement may be assigned by local
school board action to fulfill this responsibility at the 7–8 grade
level.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content: Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements.
1. Knowledge of early childhood, elementary, and early
adolescent level administration, supervision, and evaluation.
2. Knowledge and skill related to early childhood, elementary,
and early adolescent level curriculum development.
3. Knowledge of child growth and development from birth
through early adolescence and developmentally appropriate strategies and
practices of early childhood, elementary, and early adolescence, to include an
observation practicum.
4. Knowledge of family support systems, factors which place
families at risk, child care issues, and home–school community
relationships and interactions designed to promote parent education, family
involvement, and interagency collaboration.
5. Knowledge of school law and legislative and public policy
issues affecting children and families.
6. Planned field experiences in early childhood and elementary
or early adolescent school administration.
7. Evaluator approval component.
(3) Competencies: Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements. A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the
success of all students by accomplishing the following competencies.
1. Facilitates the development, articulation, implementation,
and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the
school community.
2. Advocates, nurtures, and sustains a school culture and
instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional
growth.
3. Ensures management of the organization, operations, and
resources for a safe, efficient, and effective learning environment.
4. Collaborates with families and community members, responds
to diverse community interests and needs, and mobilizes community
resources.
5. Acts with integrity, fairness, and in an ethical
manner.
6. Understands, responds to, and influences the larger
political, social, economic, legal, and cultural context.
c. Other.
(1) The applicant must have had three years of teaching
experience at the early childhood through grade six level.
(2) Graduates from institutions in other states who are
seeking initial Iowa licensure and the elementary principal’s endorsement
must meet the requirements for the standard license in addition to the
experience requirements.
14.142(2) Secondary principal.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a principal in grades seven through twelve. The holder
of this endorsement may be assigned by local school board action to fulfill this
responsibility at the 5–6 grade level.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—master’s.
(2) Content: Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements.
1. Knowledge of early adolescent and secondary level
administration, supervision, and evaluation.
2. Knowledge and skill related to early adolescent and
secondary level curriculum development.
3. Knowledge of human growth and development from early
adolescence through early adult development, to include an observation
practicum.
4. Knowledge of family support systems, factors which place
families at risk, child care issues, and home–school community
relationships and interactions designed to promote parent education, family
involvement, and interagency collaboration.
5. Knowledge of school law and legislative and public policy
issues affecting children and families.
6. Planned field experiences in early adolescence or early
adult school administration.
7. Evaluator approval component.
(3) Competencies: Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been a part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements. A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the
success of all students by accomplishing the following competencies.
1. Facilitates the development, articulation, implementation,
and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the
school community.
2. Advocates, nurtures, and sustains a school culture and
instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional
growth.
3. Ensures management of the organization, operations, and
resources for a safe, efficient, and effective learning environment.
4. Collaborates with families and community members, responds
to diverse community interests and needs, and mobilizes community
resources.
5. Acts with integrity, fairness, and in an ethical
manner.
6. Understands, responds to, and influences the larger
political, social, economic, legal, and cultural context.
c. Other.
(1) The applicant must have had three years of teaching
experience at the secondary level (7–12).
(2) Graduates from institutions in other states who are
seeking initial Iowa licensure and the secondary principal’s endorsement
must meet the requirements for the standard license in addition to the
experience requirements.
14.142(3) Superintendent.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to serve as a superintendent from the prekindergarten level through
grade twelve.
NOTE: This authorization does not permit
general teaching, school service, or administration at any level except that
level or area for which the holder is eligible or holds the specific
endorsement(s).01
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—specialist—(or its equivalent: A
master’s degree plus at least 30 semester hours of planned graduate study
in administration beyond the master’s degree).
(2) Content: Completion of a sequence of courses and
experiences which may have been part of, or in addition to, the degree
requirements. This sequence is to be at least 45 semester hours to include the
following:
1. General elementary level administration.
2. General early adolescent level administration.
3. General secondary level administration.
4. Elementary, early adolescent, and secondary school
supervision.
5. Curriculum development.
6. School law.
7. School finance.
8. School plant/facility planning.
9. School personnel/negotiations.
10. Knowledge of school–community relationships/public
relations.
11. Administrative theory/principles of educational
administration.
12. Social, philosophical, or psychological
foundations.
13. Planned field experience in school
administration.
14. Evaluator approval component.
c. Other.
(1) The applicant must have had three years of experience as a
building principal or other PK–12 districtwide or area education agency
administrative experience.
(2) Graduates from institutions in other states who are
seeking initial Iowa licensure and the superintendent’s endorsement must
meet the requirements for the standard license in addition to the experience
requirements.
14.142(4) AEA administrator license. The area
education agency administrator’s license shall be issued to an applicant
who has met the requirements in two of the four following paragraphs
“a” through “d” and has also met the requirement in
paragraph “e”:
a. Five years’ experience in higher education
administration at a two– or four–year college or university which is
accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
accrediting agency or which has been certified by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools accrediting agency as a candidate for
accreditation by that agency or at a school giving satisfactory assurance that
it has the potential for accreditation and is making progress which, if
continued, will result in its achieving accreditation by that agency within a
reasonable time; or an earned doctorate in higher education
administration.
b. Five years’ experience in special education, media
services, or educational services administration; or an earned doctorate in
special education, media services, or educational services or any subspecialty
of these services.
c. Five years’ experience in primary or secondary school
education; or an earned doctorate in educational administration for the primary
or secondary level; and five years’ teaching experience at any educational
level.
d. Five years’ experience in business or other
nonacademic career pursuit; or an earned doctorate in public administration or
business administration.
e. Evaluator approval component.
A person shall not be issued a temporary or emergency license
for more than one year. An area education agency shall neither employ
unlicensed administrators, nor employ temporary or emergency licensed
administrators for more than two consecutive years.
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 15.1(1) as
follows:
15.1(1) Program requirements.
a. Baccalaureate or master’s degree from a regionally
accredited institution.
b. Completion of an approved human relations
component.
c. Completion of the exceptional learner program, which
must include preparation that contributes to the education of the handicapped
and the talented and gifted.
c d. Professional education
core: . completed coursework or evidence of
competency in: Refer to 282—paragraphs
14.123(4)“a” through “j.”
(1) Structure of American
education.
(2) Philosophies of education.
(3) Professional ethics and legal
responsibilities.
(4) Psychology of teaching.
(5) Audiovisual/media/computer
technology.
(6) Human growth and development related to the grade
level endorsement desired.
(7) e. Completion of pre–student
teaching field–based experiences in special education.
d f. Student teaching. Each applicant
for an Iowa license with a special education instructional endorsement must file
evidence of completing an approved student teaching program in special
education. This experience must be full–time in an approved special
education classroom. An approved special education classroom is one which is
recognized by the state in terms of the respective state rules for special
education.
This special education student teaching experience shall
qualify for each special education instructional endorsement sought on an
original application for Iowa licensure if at the same grade level.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 282—16.1(272),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
282—16.1(272) Requirements for secondary level
(grades 7–12). The provisional initial
license with the appropriate endorsement will be issued if the requirements of
rules 282—14.11 14.111(272) and
282—14.19 123(272) for initial licensing have been
met.
ITEM 18. Amend rules 282—17.1(272),
17.5(272), 17.6(272), and 17.8(272) as follows:
282—17.1(272) Renewal information. Rules
17.1(272) to 17.10(272) contain renewal information for those individuals
desiring to renew a provisional the initial,
educational standard, professional
teacher master educator, professional administrator, area
education agency administrator, and or substitute
license.
Individuals desiring to renew a license issued under some
other title are referred to 281 282—Chapter
78 18.
282—17.5(272) Renewal requirements for an
educational the standard license. Six units are needed for
renewal. These units may be earned in any combination listed
below.
1. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which leads toward the completion of a planned master’s,
specialist’s, or doctor’s degree program.
2. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds greater depth/breadth to
present endorsements held.
3. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads to completion of
requirements for an endorsement not currently held.
4. One unit may be earned upon completion of each licensure
renewal course or activity approved through guidelines established by the
board of educational examiners.
5. Four units may be earned for successful completion of the
National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. This may be
used one time for either the educational standard or the
professional teacher’s master educator
license.
282—17.6(272) Renewal requirements for a
professional teacher’s master educator license.
Four units are needed for renewal. These units may be earned in any
combination listed below.
1. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which leads toward the completion of a planned specialist or
doctor’s degree program.
2. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds greater depth/breadth to
present endorsements held.
3. One unit may be earned for each semester hour of credit
completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads to completion of
requirements for a teaching endorsement not currently held.
4. One unit may be earned upon completion of each staff
development course or activity approved through guidelines established by the
board of educational examiners.
5. Four units may be earned upon successful completion of the
National Board for Professional Teaching Standards certification. If previously
used to renew the educational standard license, this may
not be used.
282—17.8(272) Renewal requirements for the
provisional initial license. If a person meets all
requirements for an educational the standard license
except for the teaching experience options required in
282—14.12“2,” 14.112“2,”
the provisional initial license may be renewed upon
written request.
A second renewal may be granted if the holder of the
provisional initial license has not met the
teaching experience options required in
282—14.12“2” 14.112“2” and
if the license holder can provide evidence of teaching employment which will be
acceptable for the experience requirement.
ITEM 19. Amend 282—Chapter 18 as
follows:
CHAPTER 18
CONVERSION INFORMATION
282—18.1(272) Classes of certificates.
18.1(1) Permanent professional certificates.
Effective October 1, 1988, the permanent professional certificate will no longer
be issued. Any permanent professional certificate issued prior to October 1,
1988, will continue in force with the endorsements and approvals appearing
thereon, unless revoked or suspended for cause. If a permanent professional
certificate is revoked, and, if the holder is able at a later date to overcome
or remediate the reasons for the revocation, the individual may apply for the
appropriate new class of license set forth in
282—14.10(272) 14.110(272).
18.1(2) Professional certificate. Effective October
1, 1988, the current professional certificate valid for a
ten–year term will no longer be issued.
18.1(3) Conversion of the professional certificate.
All professional certificates issued prior to October 1, 1988, by
meeting current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—
17.5(272), will be converted to the appropriate license based on
current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282— 17.5(272).
Endorsement(s) and approval(s) on the certificate will be converted to the
current, appropriate endorsement as set forth in
282—14.18 140(272) or
14.141(272).
18.1(4) and 18.1(5) No change.
18.1(6) Preprofessional certificate with a vocational
endorsement. Current Any preprofessional certificates
with vocational endorsement(s) will be converted to the appropriate occupational
license. See 282—Chapter 16.
18.1(7) Provisional license. Effective
August 31, 2001, the provisional license will no longer be issued.
18.1(8) Conversion of the provisional
license. All provisional licenses issued prior to August 31, 2001, will be
converted to the appropriate license based on current renewal requirements as
stipulated in 282—17.8(272). Endorsement(s) on the license will be
converted to the current, appropriate endorsement(s).
18.1(9) Educational license. Effective
August 31, 2001, the educational license will no longer be issued.
18.1(10) Conversion of the educational
license. All educational licenses issued prior to August 31, 2001, will be
converted to the appropriate license based on current renewal requirements as
stipulated in 282—17.5(272). Endorsement(s) on the license will be
converted to the current, appropriate endorsement(s).
18.1(11) Professional teacher’s
license. Effective August 31, 2001, the professional teacher’s license
will no longer be issued.
18.1(12) Conversion of the professional
teacher’s license. All professional teacher’s licenses issued prior
to August 31, 2001, will be converted to the appropriate license based on
current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.6(272).
Endorsement(s) on the license will be converted to the current, appropriate
endorsement(s).
282—18.2(272) Conversion and renewal of life
certificates.
18.2(1) Life certificates in force. All life
certificates issued prior to June 30, 1985, remain in force only as long as the
holder permits no five–year period to pass in which the holder has not
been employed in school work for at least 160 days in administration,
supervision, or teaching.
18.2(2) Conversion of life certificates. A lapsed
life certificate based on a degree is not renewed as another life certificate,
but as an educational a standard license.
18.2(3) Renewal requirements for a lapsed life
certificate based on a degree. A life certificate which has lapsed may be
converted to the educational standard license by meeting
the current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—
17.5(272).
18.2(4) Conversion of a life certificate based on less
than a degree. A lapsed life certificate based on less than a degree is not
renewed as another life certificate, but as a preprofessional certificate.
After October 1, 1992, the holder of a lapsed life certificate based on less
than a degree must meet the requirements for the educational
standard license in order to convert the certificate.
282—18.3(272) Conversion of term certificates issued
prior to July 1, 1954.
18.3(1) Term certificate based on a degree. All term
certificates (those certificates issued for a term or number of years) based on
a bachelor’s degree issued prior to July 1, 1954, by meeting
current renewal requirements as stipulated in 282—17.5(272), will
be converted to the educational standard license
based on the current renewal requirements as stipulated in
282—17.5(272).
18.3(2) Term certificates based on less than a degree.
All term certificates based on less than a degree which were issued prior to
July 1, 1954, by meeting current renewal requirements as stipulated in
282—17.5(272), shall be converted to a preprofessional
certificate based on the current renewal requirements as stipulated in
282—17.5(272). The authorization(s) appearing on the previously held
Iowa term certificate will be converted to the appropriate endorsements.
However, on or after October 1, 1992, holders of term certificates based on less
than a degree must meet the requirements for the educational
standard license in order to convert the certificate.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
[Filed Emergency 7/19/01, effective 8/8/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0839B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,”
and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2,
and section 49, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 52,
“Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home Health Related
Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State
Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home
health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rates and pass along an August 1,
2001, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) cost–of–living adjustment
increase in several State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) categories.
The maximum and flat SSA RCF reimbursement rates will be
increased retroactively effective June 1, 2001. The maximum RCF reimbursement
rate will be increased from $25.14 per day to $33.06 per day for one month
effective June 1, 2001, and to $25.92 per day effective August 1, 2001, and
ongoing. The flat RCF reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.96 per day
to $23.62 per day for one month effective June 1, 2001, and to $18.52 per day
effective August 1, 2001, and ongoing. The monthly IHHRC reimbursement rate
will be increased from $483.31 per month to $498.29 effective August 1, 2001,
and ongoing.
The Seventy–eighth and Seventy–ninth General
Assemblies directed that the Department may take actions to meet the federal
pass–along requirement mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act,
Section 1618, if necessary. These rate increases are necessary to meet the
federal pass–along requirements for calendar year 2001.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along
requirement of $19,575,651 in calendar year 2001 and to make up a shortfall in
meeting the federal pass–along requirement of $221,200 in calendar year
2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be at least $19,796,851. Based
on current projections, the Department projects that calendar year 2001 may be
short of this required spending level by $851,048. This spending shortfall is
attributable to a decline in in–home health–related care and
residential care facility usage. Current projections indicate that a 31.50
percent increase in the RCF rates for June 2001, and an ongoing increase of 3.1
percent in the RCF and IHHRC reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure
compliance with the pass–along requirement in calendar year 2001. The
large retroactive payment in June for RCFs is being adopted to use a state
surplus for state fiscal year 2001.
Effective August 1, 2001, the SSI benefit increased to adjust
for an error in the January 2000 cost–of–living percentage increase.
This change will pass along a $1 increase per month in benefits to clients with
a dependent relative and to clients in family life homes.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because they confer a benefit on clients in RCFs and IHHRC and
clients with a dependent relative and in family life homes and are required to
meet the federal pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature.
Individuals may request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the
Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
of Human Services finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary on
the amendments increasing the RCF reimbursement rates because these amendments
implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph
“a,” and section 44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11,
subsection 2, and section 49, that authorize the Department to adopt rules
without notice and public participation.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(1), that the normal effective date of the amendments
increasing the RCF and IHHRC reimbursement rates should be waived and these
amendments made effective August 1, 2001, as authorized by 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” and section
44, and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 2, and section
49.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public
participation on the amendments raising the monthly payment for clients with
dependent relatives and clients in family life homes are impracticable and
contrary to the public interest. These amendments merely pass along an increase
established at the federal level and by state statute. If the Department were
to follow regular rule–making procedures, it would be several months
before the public would feel the benefits of these amendments. Therefore, these
amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that the amendments raising the monthly
payment for clients with dependent relatives and clients in family life homes
confer a benefit on the public by passing along the SSI increase to state
supplementary assistance recipients. Therefore, the Department finds, pursuant
to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), that these amendments should
become effective August 1, 2001.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0840B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July
11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2,
paragraph “a,” and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11,
subsection 2.
These amendments became effective August 1, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—52.1(249) as
follows:
Amend subrule 52.1(1) as follows:
52.1(1) Protective living arrangement. The following
assistance standards have been established for state supplementary assistance
for persons living in a protective living arrangement:
Family life home certified under rules in 441—Chapter
111.
$537.20
|
$538.20
|
care allowance
|
75.00
|
|
personal allowance
|
$612.20
|
$613.20
|
Total
|
Amend subrule 52.1(2), paragraphs
“a” and “c,” as follows:
a. Aged or disabled client and a dependent
relative
|
$796 $797
|
c. Blind client and a dependent relative
|
$818 $819
|
Amend subrule 52.1(3), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
52.1(3) Residential care. Payment to a recipient in a
residential care facility shall be made on a flat per diem rate of
$17.96 $23.62 for the month of June 2001, $17.96 for the
month of July 2001, and $18.52 for the month of August 2001 and ongoing, or
on a cost–related reimbursement system with a maximum reimbursement per
diem rate of $25.14 $33.06 for the month of June 2001,
$25.14 for the month of July 2001, and $25.92 for the month of August 2001 and
ongoing. A cost–related per diem rate shall be established for each
facility choosing this method of payment according to rule
441—54.3(249).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—177.4(249)
as follows:
Amend subrule 177.4(3) as follows:
177.4(3) Maximum costs. The maximum cost of service
shall be $483.31 $498.29. The provider shall accept the
payment made and shall make no additional charges to the recipient or
others.
Amend subrule 177.4(7), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
177.4(7) Income for adults. The gross income of the
individual and spouse, living in the home, shall be limited to
$483.31 $498.29 per month if one needs care or
$966.62 $996.58 if both need care, with the following
disregards:
Amend subrule 177.4(8), paragraph
“b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. The income of the child shall be limited to
$483.31 $498.29 per month with the following
disregards:
[Filed Emergency 7/11/01, effective 8/1/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0844B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 150, “Purchase of
Service,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments continue a cost–of–living
increase to the statewide average cost of shelter care which was inadvertently
omitted when promulgating the rule to implement the provisions of 2001 Iowa
Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6. The General Assembly required
the continuation of current rates for shelter care in 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d,” in accordance with
the provisions of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 1, subsection 1,
paragraph “d.”
Providers will continue to receive the total increase provided
for in fiscal year 2001 when combining the per diem paid by the state and the
claim to the counties for the difference between the state payment and the
statewide actual and allowable cost.
These amendments do not provide for a waiver because the
change was mandated by the General Assembly. All shelter care providers should
be reimbursed on the same basis.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public
participation are unnecessary and impracticable because these changes are
required by the General Assembly and there is not time to allow for notice and
public participation by the statutorily mandated effective date of July 1, 2001.
Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.4(2).
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit to
shelter care providers by continuing the total increase in reimbursement rates
provided. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0843B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July
11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection 6, and Senate
File 537, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph “d.”
These amendments became effective July 11, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 150.3(5),
paragraph “p,” subparagraph (2), by adopting the
following new numbered paragraph “4”:
4. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001, the purchase of
service reimbursement rate for a shelter care provider’s actual and
allowable cost plus inflation shall be increased by $3.99. For state fiscal
year 2002 beginning July 1, 2001, the established statewide average actual and
allowable cost shall be increased by $3.99.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation clause
following 441—Chapter 150, Division I, to read as
follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6
and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 31, subsection
6. , and Senate File 537, section 1, subsection 1,
paragraph “d.”
[Filed Emergency 7/11/01, effective 7/11/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0837B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby amends Chapter 30, “Food and
Consumer Safety,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment extends the validity of a temporary food
service establishment license for a temporary food service located at a farmers
market provided the vendor does not operate more than 14 consecutive days at
this location. This change is the result of discussions with farmers market
vendors, farmers market managers, the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land
Stewardship, local county officials and the state ombudsman. This amendment
temporarily clarifies ambiguity in the Iowa Code and administrative rules. This
amendment expires January 1, 2002.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary because this amendment
confers a benefit to farmers market vendors during the course of this
year’s farmers market season by extending the validity of a temporary food
service establishment license.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), this
amendment became effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules
Coordinator. This amendment confers a benefit to farmers market vendors during
the course of this year’s farmers market season by extending the validity
of a temporary food service establishment license.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0836B to allow for public comment.
The Department of Inspections and Appeals adopted this
amendment on July 10, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
10A.104(5).
This amendment became effective July 10, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 30.4(7) as follows:
30.4(7) Temporary food service establishments issued
for up to 14 consecutive days in conjunction with a single event or celebration,
$25 (Iowa Code section 137F.6).
A temporary food establishment license for a temporary food
establishment located in a farmers market is valid at that site until December
31, 2001, provided the food establishment does not operate more than 14
consecutive days at this location. This paragraph will expire as of January 1,
2002.
[Filed Emergency 7/10/01, effective 7/10/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0878B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 5,
“Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment eliminates the carry–over exception which
allowed board of nursing licensees to acquire credit after submitting renewal
applications and have the credit applied to the next license period.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are contrary to the public interest in that
the amendment saves costly reprogramming changes; and the amendment is included
in a Notice of Intended Action published herein as ARC 0877B to allow for
public comment.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendment
should be waived and the amendment should be made effective upon filing, as it
confers a benefit on the working procedures of the Board.
The Board of Nursing adopted this amendment on June 7,
2001.
This amendment became effective July 20, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272C.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 5.2(2), paragraph “c,”
to read as follows:
c. Continuing education credits from a previous license period
shall not be used, nor shall credits be accumulated for use in a future
licensing period. An exception may be granted to an individual licensee
by the board office for continuing education credits earned from the time the
licensee has satisfactorily completed the requirements for renewal and before
expiration of the license. The continuing education earned during this time may
be applied to the next licensure period and shall meet criteria established in
this chapter. The licensee who wishes this exception shall submit a written
request at the time of license renewal. This exception requires submission of
the written request with the requirements for license renewal as specified in
655—subrule 3.7(3). The licensee shall retain the letter granting the
exception from the board office, in addition to the certificate of
attendance.
[Filed Emergency 7/20/01, effective 7/20/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0867B
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 47.1, the
Secretary of State hereby amends Chapter 21, “Election Forms and
Instructions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
New rule 21.30(49) provides guidance for cities and counties
when one or more cities have annexed territory after the date on which the
geographic boundaries for the decennial census became final. Any changes in
city boundaries after January 1 of a year ending in zero are not included in the
official census data. However, the cities must include the recently annexed
territory in the revised precinct and ward boundaries for the next ten years.
This new rule provides instructions for determining the population of the
annexed territory.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 13, 2001, as ARC 0728B. No one filed a
request for a public hearing, and no one submitted any comments on the proposed
rule.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), this
amendment became effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator
on July 20, 2001. The Secretary of State finds that this amendment confers a
benefit upon the public by providing a necessary procedure for cities with
recently annexed territory to accomplish the reprecincting process that must be
completed by September 1, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
49.3 and 49.5.
This amendment became effective July 20, 2001.
The following new rule is adopted.
721—21.30(49) Inclusion of annexed territory in city
reprecincting and redistricting plans. If a city has annexed territory
after January 1 of a year ending in zero and before the completion of the
redrawing of precinct and ward boundaries during a year ending in one, the city
shall include the annexed land in precincts drawn pursuant to Iowa Code sections
49.3 and 49.5.
21.30(1) When the city council draws precinct and ward
boundaries, if any, the city shall use the population of the annexed territory
as certified by the city to the state treasurer pursuant to Iowa Code section
312.3(4).
21.30(2) When the board of supervisors, or the
temporary county redistricting commission, draws precinct and county supervisor
district boundaries, if any, it shall subtract from the population of the
adjacent unincorporated area the population of the annexed territory as
certified by the city to the state treasurer pursuant to Iowa Code section
312.3(4).
21.30(3) The use of population figures for
reprecincting or redistricting shall not affect the official population of the
city or the county. Only the U.S. Bureau of the Census may adjust the official
population figures, by corrections or by conducting special censuses. See Iowa
Code section 9F.6.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 49.3 and
49.5.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/20/01, effective
7/20/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0856B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 17, 2001, adopted amendments
to Chapter 163, “RISE Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the May 16, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0662B.
All requirements related to the community builder program are
being removed. Iowa Code section 15.308, which established the program, was
repealed in 1998.
Five points will be awarded when evaluating a local
development project for the remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1101, section 6, requires the Department to amend the
rules for local development projects under the RISE program to include a rating
factor for remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Department finds that these amendments will confer a benefit on all applicants
for RISE funds by removing obsolete language relating to the community builder
program. The Department finds that these amendments will confer a benefit on
local development project applicants whose projects involve the remediation or
redevelopment of a brownfield site. The rating scheme used to assess
applications for local development projects will include five points for
remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site. The Department also finds
that these amendments should be effective as soon as possible so that
applications received on or before September 1, 2001, which is the deadline for
the next round of applications, will be evaluated using the revised
rules.
Accordingly, these amendments became effective July 20,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
315 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1101, section 6.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [163.1, 163.8(2), 163.9, 163.11(2)] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0662B,
IAB 5/16/01.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/18/01, effective
7/20/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
FILED
ARC 0852B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 356.36, the
Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 50, “Jail
Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules provide for the standards for county jail facility
inspections and are being revised consistent with American Correctional
Association industry standards for jail operations.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0653B on May 2, 2001.
A public hearing was held on May 22, 2001. Written comments
were received from two state agencies requesting minor, nonsubstantive changes
that have been incorporated. The Iowa State Sheriffs and Deputies Association
along with the Iowa State Association of Counties attended and voiced their
support for the recommended changes. Changes from the Notice are as
follows:
1. The following definition was added:
“Holdover” means a nonsecure area within a law
enforcement facility, hospital, mental health facility or other existing public
building that is intended to serve as a short–term holding facility for
juveniles. A nonsecure area may be a multipurpose area which is unable to be
locked.
2. The proposed definition of “juvenile” was
amended as follows:
“Juvenile” means any prisoner
person under the age of 18 years.
3. A reference to a Board of Pharmacy Examiners subrule was
corrected in 50.15(9)“d.”
4. References to August 15, 2001, have been changed to
September 12, 2001, to correspond with the effective date of the
amendments.
The Department of Corrections Board adopted these amendments
on July 6, 2001.
These amendments will become effective on September 12,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
356.36.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 50] is being omitted. With the exception of
the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 0653B, IAB 5/2/01.
[Filed 7/17/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0853B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 356.36, the
Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 51, “Temporary Holding
Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules provide for the standards for temporary holding
facility inspections and are being revised consistent with American Correctional
Association industry standards for jail operations.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0654B on May 2, 2001.
A public hearing was held on May 22, 2001. Written comments
were received from two state agencies requesting minor, nonsubstantive changes
that have been incorporated. The Iowa State Sheriffs and Deputies Association
along with the Iowa State Association of Counties attended and voiced their
support for the recommended changes. Changes from the Notice are as
follows:
1. The following definition was added:
“Holdover” means a nonsecure area within a law
enforcement facility, hospital, mental health facility or other existing public
building that is intended to serve as a short–term holding facility for
juveniles. A nonsecure area may be a multipurpose area which is unable to be
locked.
2. The proposed definition of “juvenile” was
amended as follows:
“Juvenile” means any prisoner
person under the age of 18 years.
3. A reference to a Board of Pharmacy Examiners subrule was
corrected in 51.13(9)“d.”
4. References to August 15, 2001, have been changed to
September 12, 2001, to correspond with the effective date of the
amendments.
The Department of Corrections Board adopted these amendments
on July 6, 2001.
These amendments will become effective on September 12,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
356.36.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 51] is being omitted. With the exception of
the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 0654B, IAB 5/2/01.
[Filed 7/17/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0841B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 2001
Iowa Acts, House File 740, section 4, subsection 6, the Department of Human
Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical
and Remedial Services,” Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to
Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Chapter 80, “Procedure and
Method of Payment,” and Chapter 81, “Nursing Facilities,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments adopt a modified price–based
case–mix system for reimbursing non–state–owned nursing
facilities for Medicaid recipients based on a recognition of the
provider’s allowable costs for two components, a direct care and
non–direct care component, plus a potential excess payment allowance. The
case–mix system reflects the relative acuity or need for care of the
Medicaid recipients in the nursing facility. Nursing facilities will submit
cost reports to the Department on an annual, rather than semiannual, basis. The
Department will make case–mix adjustments to the nursing facilities’
rates on a quarterly basis.
As mandated by the General Assembly, the Department began to
phase in a case–mix system of reimbursement to nursing facilities on July
1, 2000. The purpose of the phase–in was to reduce the impact that a
facility may experience from changing from the former system of reimbursement to
the new system. During this first year, providers continuedto receive, without
reduction, 100 percent of their former system rate. Additionally, if a nursing
facility had above–average case mix, an additional payment was
provided.
Over the next two years the modified price–based
case–mix reimbursement system will continue to be gradually phased in,
allowing nursing facilities additional time to adapt to the new reimbursement
system. Facilities will be held harmless through June 30, 2003, from any
reduction of their June 30, 2001, Medicaid rate excluding the case–mix
transition add–on payment.
Beginning July 1, 2001, a portion of each facility’s
total Medicaid rate will be based on a percent of the current system rate plus a
percent of the modified price–based case–mix rate. The following
table illustrates how the phase–in rates are calculated:
Phase–In Period
|
Current System Rate
|
Modified Price–Based Case–Mix
Rate
|
JULY 1, 2000 – JUNE 30, 2001
|
100 percent
|
0 percent
|
JULY 1, 2001 – JUNE 30, 2002
|
66.67 percent
|
33.33 percent
|
July 1, 2002 – June 30, 2003
|
33.33 percent
|
66.67 percent
|
July 1, 2003, and thereafter
|
0 percent
|
100 percent
|
The current system rate to be used effective July 1, 2001,
will be the nursing facility’s Medicaid rate effective on June 30, 2001,
excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, plus a 6.21 percent
inflation factor, not to exceed $94. The current system rate to be used
effective July 1, 2002, will be the nursing facility’s Medicaid rate
effective on June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on
amount, plus an inflation allowance of 6.21 percent, and an additional inflation
factor based on the HCFA/SNF Total Market Basket Index. However, the current
system rate to be used effective July 1, 2002, shall not exceed $94 times an
inflation factor pursuant to subrule 81.6(18).
In no case shall the total Medicaid rate for July 1, 2001,
through June 30, 2002, be less than the current system rate effective on June
30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, and
increased by a 6.21 percent inflation allowance. In no case shall the total
Medicaid rate for July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003, be less than the
reimbursement rate effective on June 30, 2002, plus an inflation factor pursuant
to subrule 81.6(18) projected for the following 12 months.
Direct care and non–direct care rate components.
Medicaid payment for services provided to eligible nursing facility recipients
under the modified price–based case–mix system will be based on a
provider’s allowable costs plus a potential excess payment allowance, not
to exceed the rate component limits. The direct care and non–direct care
component rates will be determined using actual allowable costs taken from the
cost reports submitted by the nursing facilities. These costs will be subject
to several expense exclusions and limitations that exist within current policy
(e.g., exclusion of advertising expenses and limits on owners and management
compensation) as well as adjustments for inflation, utilization incentive, and
cost normalization, as discussed below.
Average per diem allowable costs for each cost component will
be calculated for each nursing facility, arrayed from lowest to highest and
weighted based on each facility’s total patient days. The per diem cost
of the nursing facility that falls at the median of all patient days, multiplied
by a percentage, becomes the basis for the potential excess payment allowance
and the rate component limits.
For purposes of determining the direct care and
non–direct care component rates applicable to Medicare–certified
hospital–based facilities, a separate peer group of
Medicare–certified hospital–based facilities will be used to
calculate the patient–day–weighted medians.
A wage adjustment for nursing facilities located in
Metropolitan Statistical Areas will also be applied to nursing salaries and
benefits to account for wage differentials.
Medicaid rates will be updated July 1, 2001, and every second
year thereafter with new cost report data, and quarterly for changes in the case
mix of the Medicaid residents in each facility.
Based on legislation passed by the Seventy–ninth General
Assembly, the direct care component is set at 120 percent of the median of
direct care costs and the non–direct care component is set at 110 percent
of the median of non–direct care costs, as in 441—subrule 79.1(2).
At these percentages of the medians proposed, this reimbursement methodology
provides aggregate cost coverage for nursing facilities of 100 percent of
Medicaid costs, in comparison to the reimbursement system prior to case mix, in
which 92 percent of Medicaid costs were covered. These rates will be adequate
to allow for quality care and enlist sufficient providers to meet the need for
nursing care of Iowa Medicaid residents.
Case mix. Case mix measures the relative resources
required to care for a given population of nursing facility residents. Within
and between nursing facilities, resident needs may vary widely, from residents
requiring near full–time skilled nursing assistance to residents requiring
only minimal assistance.
The Resource Utilization Groups, Version III (RUG–III)
classification system will be used to classify residents and objectively
determine a facility’s case mix. RUG–III was developed by the
Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) and is the basis for resident
classification for the Medicare prospective payment system and numerous other
states’ Medicaid systems. There are two basic RUG–III options for
classification. Iowa will use the 34–group version that collapses the
special rehabilitation category into four groups. HCFA recommends this version
for use with Medicaid nursing facility resident populations when, as with the
Iowa system, only nursing salaries are case–mix adjusted.
HCFA has also developed standard case–mix indices based
on time studies performed during the middle to late 1990s, and these indices
will be the basis for calculating the average case–mix index, or score,
for each nursing facility under Iowa’s new case–mix system. The
Department will calculate a facility’s average case–mix index four
times per year for residents in the facility on the last day of each calendar
quarter. A separate calculation will be made to determine the average
case–mix index for all residents and Medicaid residents only. The
case–mix index for Medicaid residents will be used to adjust Medicaid
rates beginning with the second calendar quarter following the quarter of
assessment.
Inflation factor. The new payment system will use
historical costs as a basis for reimbursement. Historical costs will be
increased to recognize an estimate of future cost inflation to develop a
prospective rate for each nursing facility. Historical costs will be adjusted
for inflation using the HCFA/SNF index published by Data Resources Incorporated.
The HCFA/SNF index measures and predicts price level changes occurring in
Medicare skilled nursing facilities and is the best available predictor of
nursing facility cost inflation.
Utilization incentive. As an ongoing incentive to
encourage providers to use resources prudently, a utilization standard (or
occupancy factor) of 80 percent of licensed bed capacity has been applied to
nursing facility costs. In applying a utilization standard, per patient day
cost is calculated using the greater of actual patient days or a percentage of
licensed bed capacity. On July 1, 2000, this 80 percent factor was modified to
apply only to non–direct administrative, environmental and property costs.
A utilization standard of 85 percent of licensed bed capacity will be phased in
over the first three years of the new reimbursement system. As in 441—
subparagraph 81.6(16)“a”(1), the standard for determining the
Medicaid rate is 80 percent beginning July 1, 2001. Beginning July 1, 2003, and
thereafter, the standard is 85 percent of licensed bed capacity. These
utilization incentive percentages are based on legislation passed by
theSeventy–ninth General Assembly. The utilization standard does not
apply to hospital–based nursing facilities because Medicaid utilization is
nominal.
Cost normalization. Cost normalization refers
to the process of removing cost variations associated with different levels of
resident case mix. Each provider’s average direct nursing care costs will
be recalculated so that, to the extent possible, cost variations that are caused
by different levels of case mix are removed. Cost normalization is accomplished
simply by dividing a facility’s average allowable direct nursing care
costs by the facility’s average case–mix index.
Accountability measures. Effective July 1, 2002, a
portion of the Medicaid rates under the new case–mix system will be based
on each facility’s achieving certain accountability measures that will
link payment to quality of care. Rules governing the framework for these
measures as well as the specific criteria that will be applied have yet to be
finalized. A subgroup of the task force that developed these amendments has
been convened to develop the measures. The Department envisions that these
measures will include standard surveys and complaint investigations from the
Department of Inspections and Appeals, customer satisfaction, employee retention
rates, provision of cognitive loss and dementia care, and other objective
measures of quality and accountability. Payments for achieving these measures
will be made following the performance of the accountability measures by the
nursing facility during each prior year. The measures developed will be
evaluated for effectiveness.
The following is a hypothetical example of the steps used to
calculate a facility’s Medicaid payment rate:
Step 1. Determination of Cost Components
Direct Care Costs
|
|
Direct Care Costs (inflation adjusted)
|
$440,000
|
Actual Patient Days
|
÷10,000
|
Average Direct Care Costs
|
$ 44.00
|
Facility Average Case–Mix Index (CMI)
|
÷
0.9800
|
A. Normalized Direct Care Costs
|
$ 44.90
|
Non–Direct Care Costs
|
|
Administrative, Environmental and Property Costs
|
$245,000
|
Greater of Actual Patient Days or Patient Days at 80
Percent Occupancy
|
÷
10,500
|
B. Average Administrative, Environmental and Property
Costs
|
$ 23.33
|
Support Care Costs
|
$140,000
|
Actual Patient Days
|
÷
10,000
|
C. Average Support Care Costs
|
$ 14.00
|
D. Average Non–Direct Care Costs (B +
C)
|
$ 37.33
|
Cost Components
|
|
Direct Care Cost Component = A
|
$ 44.90
|
Non–Direct Care Cost Component = D
|
$ 37.33
|
This step is performed for each Medicaid–certified
nursing facility. The direct care cost component and non–direct care cost
component per patient day costs for each facility from Step 1 are separately
arrayed from low to high to determine the patient–day–weighted
median for each cost component, based on the number of patient days provided by
facilities. The direct care and non–direct care
patient–day–weighted medians are adjusted by the percentages
specified in 441— subrule 79.1(2) in determining the rate component limits
and the potential excess payment allowance.
The modified price–based case–mix rate is then
based on the provider’s cost components, plus any allowed excess payment
allowance, subject to the rate component limits. The following steps illustrate
how the facility–specific modified price–based case–mix rates
are calculated.
Step 2. Calculate Facility–Specific Medicaid
Costs
Direct Care Component
|
|
A. Normalized Direct Care Costs
|
$ 44.90
|
B. Average Case–Mix Index for
Medicaid Residents
|
×
1.0100
|
C. Case–Mix Adjusted Direct Care Costs (A
× B)
|
$ 45.35
|
Non–Direct Care Component
|
|
D. Average Non–Direct Care Costs
|
$ 37.33
|
Step 3. Determine Allowed Excess Payment
Allowance
Direct Care Component
|
|
A. Direct Care Patient–Day–Weighted
Median
|
$ 50.00
|
B. Percentage of the Median to Apply
|
×
95%
|
C. (A × B)
|
$ 47.50
|
D. Average Case–Mix Index for Medicaid
Residents
|
×
1.0100
|
E. (C × D)
|
$ 47.98
|
F. Case–Mix Adjusted Direct Care Costs
|
- 45.35
|
G. Difference if greater than zero (E –
F)
|
$ 2.63
|
H. Profit Share
|
×
100%
|
I. Potential Excess Payment Allowance* (G
× H)
|
$ 2.63
|
*Cannot be greater than 10 percent of the
patient–day–weighted median ($5.00)
|
|
Non–Direct Care Component
|
|
J. Non–Direct Care Patient–Day– Weighted
Median
|
$ 36.00
|
K. Percentage of the Median to Apply
|
×
96%
|
L. (J × K)
|
$ 34.56
|
M. Average Non–Direct Care Costs
|
- 37.33
|
N. Difference if greater than zero (L –
M)
|
$ 0.00
|
O. Profit Share
|
×
65%
|
P. Potential Excess Payment Allowance* (N
× O)
|
$ 0.00
|
*Cannot be greater than 8 percent of
patient–day–weighted median ($2.88)
|
|
|
Step 4. Calculate Modified Price–Based
Case–Mix Rate
Direct Care Component
|
|
A. Case–Mix Adjusted Direct Care Costs
|
$45.35
|
B. Allowed Excess Payment Allowance
|
+ 2.63
|
C. (A + B)
|
$ 47.98
|
D. Direct Care Limit (120 percent of
patient–day–weighted median times the Medicaid case–mix
index)
|
$ 60.60
|
E. Lesser of C or D
|
$ 47.98
|
Non–Direct Care Component
|
|
F. Average Non–Direct Care Costs
|
$ 37.33
|
G. Allowed Excess Payment Allowance
|
+ 0.00
|
H. (F + G)
|
$ 37.33
|
I. Non–Direct Care Limit (110 percent of
patient–day–weighted median)
|
$ 39.60
|
J. Lesser of H or I
|
$ 37.33
|
K. Total Medicaid Rate (E + J)
|
$ 85.31
|
In developing this proposal, the current nursing facility
reimbursement system was thoroughly reviewed and evaluated. This included a
review of Iowa administrative rules, State Medicaid Plan documents, cost reports
and instructions, and rate–setting compilations and worksheets. In
addition, several meetings were conducted with the Case–Mix Reimbursement
Task Force in order to obtain input from the nursing facility industry, consumer
advocates and others about the current reimbursement system. Written comments
were received from some of the Task Force representatives, which included useful
perspectives on the strengths and weaknesses of the current system for
consideration by the Department.
Members of the Task Force included representatives from the
Department of Human Services, the Medicaid case–mix consultant (Myers and
Stauffer LC), the Iowa Hospital Association, the Advocacy Network for Aging
Iowans, the Long–Term Care Ombudsman of the Department of Elder Affairs,
the Legislative Fiscal Bureau, partisan and nonpartisan legislative staff, the
American Association of Retired Persons, the Iowa Council of Health Care
Centers, the Iowa Health Care Association, the Iowa Association of Homes and
Services for the Aging, Iowans for Nursing Home Reform, the Department of
Inspections and Appeals, the Medicaid fiscal consultant (Ryun, Givens, Wenthe
& Co.), the Medicaid fiscal agent (Consultec, Inc.), the Iowa Foundation for
Medical Care, and the Department of Public Health.
The following summarizes the major findings from review of the
current Medicaid payment system:
• System incentives. A
review of the current system shows a clear bias toward institutional settings
for long–term care services, which is not congruent with the objectives of
Iowa’s Senior Living Program which was mandated by the General Assembly in
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1004, and seeks to improve access to care, increase
consumer choice, contain costs, balance institutional and noninstitutional
alternatives for long–term care, and improve the quality of lives of
Iowans.
• No recognition of
case–mix differences. Facility direct care resource needs are influenced
heavily by the level of resident acuity and dependence. The current
reimbursement system does not explicitly recognize variations in the level of
acuity of nursing facility residents.
• Limited linkage to quality
of care. The current system has no direct linkage between the quality of care
delivered by the nursing facility and the level of Medicaid funding.
• Cost containment
incentives. In order to achieve the objectives and goals of the Senior Living
Program, cost containment for all health care services is essential.
Inefficient use of taxpayer resources in any program will result in fewer
dollars available to expand noninstitutional long–term care alternatives.
State expenditures for nursing facility services have increased more than 37
percent since 1996, which far exceeds the 10 percent increases experienced by
other health care providers (i.e., hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and
home health agencies) for the same period. This rate of growth in Medicaid
expenditures comes at a time when occupancy in nursing facilities for the same
period declined by over 6 percent. These patterns strongly suggest that cost
containment for the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system must be
addressed.
• Inflation. The current
system contains an overall reimbursement limitation established at the 70th
percentile of rates. This feature is a relatively weak cost containment
incentive for providers, since every provider with costs below the 70th
percentile limit is reimbursed by Medicaid for the costs incurred, plus an
adjustment for inflation. Providers that exceed the 70th percentile limit are
capped at that level and do not receive an inflation adjustment. This
methodology is inherently inflationary since the majority of providers have
little incentive to contain their costs.
• Low occupancy. Occupancy
levels in Iowa nursing facilities have declined significantly over the last
several years and currently average approximately 85 percent. This level
indicates that Iowa nursing facilities have approximately 5,000 empty beds.
When a facility’s occupancy declines, Medicaid reimbursement tends to
increase to cover the fixed costs of empty beds. Historically, the Iowa nursing
facility reimbursement system has applied a cost factor when defining allowable
costs that Medicaid would reimburse. Under this methodology, facilities with
actual occupancy less than 80 percent would have their Medicaid rate established
using a minimum of 80 percent occupancy and thereby reduce the cost to the state
of less efficient nursing facilities. This provision encourages providers to
maintain their occupancy level at 80 percent but no higher.
Based on the review of the current nursing facility
reimbursement system, it is clear that there are inherent problems, discussed
above, that need to be addressed by developing a new system in order for Iowa to
move toward achieving the policy goals that have been enumerated by the General
Assembly. In order to function in harmony with the Senior Living Program, the
new nursing facility reimbursement system should reduce financial incentives for
facilities to care for low–need, independent residents and increase the
financial incentives to care for high–need, dependent residents. The new
system should link payment to quality of care and be cost–effective.
Without these changes, it will be difficult, if not impossible, for the state to
achieve the goals of the Senior Living Program.
The Department and the Case–Mix Reimbursement Task Force
evaluated several different case–mix reimbursement system options,
including cost–based, price–based and modified price–based
systems. Based on extensive evaluation of all options, the Department has
determined that a modified price–based system will introduce new and
desirable incentives into Iowa’s long–term care marketplace. These
incentives are necessary to recognize the changes in the long–term care
marketplace, including the significant decline in demand for nursing facility
services by Iowans. In order to achieve the goals of the Senior Living Program
over a reasonable period of time, the Department is proposing a modified
price–based case–mix system.
The following summarizes the characteristics of a modified
price–based system and presents a rationale for its adoption by the
Department:
• Cost containment
incentives and less inflationary system. Under a modified price–based
system, the incentive for cost containment is greater than under a
cost–based system. That is, facilities are encouraged to control costs to
a greater extent since any costs incurred above the rate ceiling will not result
in higher Medicaid reimbursement. In order to remain viable under a modified
price–based system, nursing facilities must minimize their nursing costs
in relation to their resident case mix, and they must also control their
nonnursing costs in relation to the statewide median costs. Profits are made by
facilities with costs below the established profit ceiling, while losses are
experienced by facilities whose costs are greater than the established rate
ceiling.
The Medicaid rate and weighted medians for direct and
non–direct care costs will be rebased, or updated using more current
costs, beginning with implementation on July 1, 2001, and every second year
thereafter. This rebasing schedule strikes a reasonable balance between
recognizing current costs and creating a structure that should achieve the
nursing facility cost containment objectives which are a necessary component of
success for the Senior Living Program.
• Long–term care
market–driven changes and other funding options. The Department has
observed that some nursing facilities incur costs that are out of line with the
acuity level of residents they serve. These facilities have high nursing costs
coupled with low resident acuity. Under the modified price–based system,
these facilities will be encouraged to modify their cost structures or resident
mix duringthe final two–year phase–in period and make
efficiency–motivated operational changes that will lead to lower costs and
higher case–mix and payment levels. Facilities will likely need to adapt
their service mix to the changing marketplace.
The Department recognizes that some facilities will be better
prepared than others to make these market–driven changes. Facilities that
are not able to effectively adapt to these marketplace changes will be able to
take advantage of other funding options such as the nursing facility conversion
program. This program may include up to $80 million in state funding and
represents the state’s commitment to facilitate, in the least disruptive
manner possible, changes in long–term care delivery that are considered
beneficial to Iowa’s elderly population.
The modified price–based system is expected to move the
state toward achieving the objectives outlined by the General Assembly regarding
a greater emphasis to be placed on alternatives to institutional long–term
care services, cost containment, and access to appropriate consumer–driven
long–term care services. It might not be possible to achieve these
objectives using a cost–based reimbursement system, since there would be
little incentive for facilities to adapt to marketplace changes if the
Department continued with a system that ensures most facilities reimbursement at
their full costs.
• The modified
price–based system and quality of care. As the Department moves forward
with changing the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system to better
reflect the marketplace, it is very important for the state to monitor and
evaluate the quality of care that is delivered in Iowa facilities. The
Department fully appreciates the important role that the reimbursement system
plays in ensuring high quality of care. It is important to note that a
significant reimbursement feature of the new system provides for additional
payments to facilities that achieve the quality–based accountability
measures. Unlike a cost–based system that merely reimburses for costs
incurred and offers little assurance of quality, the new modified
price–based reimbursement system will reward facilities for actually
delivering quality care.
However, despite having improved incentives to ensure high
quality services, as stated previously, the Department recognizes that some
facilities may not be able to achieve the necessary operational objectives that
the modified price–based reimbursement system requires. The Department
will, therefore, work closely with the Department of Inspections and Appeals
(DIA) to monitor quality of care issues that are identified through the survey
process. In the event undesirable quality of care trends are detected, the
Department intends to work with DIA and other state agencies and contractors to
assess the underlying cause. This will involve new processes of resident,
financial, survey, and consumer data analysis and coordination. The Department
also intends to work toward improving systems to locate alternative placements
(e.g., home– and community–based services, assisted living, and
other nursing facilities).
The development and design of the case–mix system of
reimbursement has been carried out openly and with input from industry
association representatives, consumer advocates, legislative representatives and
numerous other interested parties. Information representing all aspects of
theprocess has also been freely available to all parties, including cost and
financial information, case–mix data, and budget appropriation statistics.
An interactive computer model was developed that allowed users to readily
perform numerous “what if” scenarios and evaluate the financial
impact. This model was also shared with all interested Task Force participants.
The wealth of available information to all parties was helpful in keeping the
focus of the Task Force on the key elements of the design of the case–mix
system. It was also essential for the purpose of educating the Task Force on
many complex reimbursement concepts and methods.
The Department must seek a reasonable balance among the
sometimes competing goals of providing adequate resources to Iowa nursing
facilities to enable them to meet the needs of elderly Iowans entrusted to their
care, prudently managing the state’s limited Medicaid budget resources,
and ensuring that the intent of the General Assembly is accomplished through the
development of sound public policies and programs. The Department believes that
the modified price–based case–mix system reimbursement provides this
balance.
As with any new reimbursement system, it will be critical to
success to closely monitor trends and other aspects, and it is likely that
refinements will be necessary in the future.
Through the 2001 General Assembly session, rate–setting
parameters were debated among the Department, provider groups, and legislators.
These debates resulted in increases to the rate ceiling and excess payment
allowance that the Department had proposed as sufficient to adequately reimburse
providers.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the Medicaid
nursing facility reimbursement system because all facilities should be subject
to the same system.
These amendments were published under Notice of Intended
Action in the May 16, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0671B to
allow for public comment. These amendments were also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and published in the July 11, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as
ARC 0780B.
Eight public hearings were held around the state. Five
persons attended to support the rules as revised to reflect legislative
changes.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended
Action to reflect changes made to the modified price–based case–mix
system by the General Assembly in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 740, section 4,
subsection 6. These changes were contained in the Adopted and Filed Emergency
rules.
• The terminology
“profit add–on” was replaced with “excess payment
allowance” wherever it appeared to reflect language in House File
740.
• Subrules 78.3(13),
78.3(14), and 78.3(16) were revised by replacing “July 1 each year”
to “July 1, 2001, and every second year thereafter” to reflect
language in House File 740 which states that statewide medians will be
recalculated every other year.
• Subrule 79.1(2), basis of
reimbursement, was revised by changing the direct care and non–direct care
excess payment allowance ceilings and rate component limits to reflect the
percentages of the medians established in House File 740.
The revised basis of reimbursement for nursing facility care
and for hospital–based, Medicare–certified, skilled nursing care in
subrule 79.1(2) provides that the percentage of the median used to calculate the
direct care profit add–on ceiling is 95 percent, rather than 100 percent,
of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the
difference used to calculate the direct care profit add–on is 100 percent.
The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care profit
add–on limit is 10 percent of the patient–day–weighted median.
The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care profit
add–on ceiling is 96 percent, rather than 95 percent, of the
patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used
to calculate the non–direct care profit add–on limit is 65 percent.
The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care profit
add–on limit is 8 percent of the patient–day–weighted
median.
The revised upper limit in subrule 79.1(2) provides that the
direct care rate component limit is 120 percent, rather than 110 percent, of the
patient–day–weighted median. The non–direct care rate
component limit is 110 percent, rather than 100 percent, of the
patient–day–weighted median.
• Subrule 80.2(2), paragraph
“u,” rather than being rescinded, was revised to reflect the claim
form to be used by Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities.
• Subrule 81.6(4), paragraph
“a,” introductory paragraph, was revised by deleting the phrases
“annually, including new direct care and non–direct care
patient–day–weighted medians” and inserting “July 1,
2001, and every second year thereafter with new cost report data” to
reflect language in House File 740 which states that the Department shall
recalculate the statewide median of nursing facility costs every other fiscal
year end based upon the most recent cost reports submitted by the nursing
facility for the period ending on or before December 31 of the previous calendar
year. Paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, was also revised by
adding the following sentence: “For nursing facilities receiving both an
ICF and SNF Medicaid rate effective June 30, 2001, the June 30, 2001, Medicaid
rate referenced in subparagraphs (1) and (2) below shall be the
patient–day–weighted average Medicaid rate of the ICF and SNF
Medicaid rates effective June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition
add–on amount.” This sentence was added to clarify the definition
of Medicaid rate for those facilities that receive both an ICF and SNF rate
under the current system. Paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), was
revised to specify that when calculating the phase–in payment rate
effective July 1, 2001, the current system rate to be used shall not exceed $94.
Paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), was revised to specify that when
calculating the phase–in payment rate effective July 1, 2002, the current
system rate to be used shall not exceed $94 times an inflation factor pursuant
to subrule 81.6(18). These rules were changed to include the current rate
portion maximums that were established in House File 740.
• Subrule 81.6(16),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, was revised by replacing the
second instance of the term “midpoint” with the term
“beginning” to implement the inflation methodology presented in
House File 740 which stated that costs shall be inflated forward to the
beginning of the state fiscal year. Paragraph “a,” introductory
paragraph, was also revised by adding “Effective July 1, 2001, and every
second year thereafter” to reflect that per diem allowable costs are
determined July 1, 2001, and then every other year.
• Subrule 81.6(16),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), was revised by replacing
“Effective July 1, 2001” with “For the fiscal period beginning
July 1, 2001, and ending June 30, 2003” and adding “inflated from
the midpoint of the cost report period to July 1, 2001, using the inflation
factor specified in subrule 81.6(18).” Subparagraphs (2), (3), and (5)
were deleted. Subparagraph (4) was renumbered as subparagraph (2) and revised
by replacing the year “2004” with the year “2003” and
adding the following two sentences: “The patient–day–weighted
medians used in rate setting will be recalculated” and “When
patient–day–weighted medians are recalculated inflation is applied
from the midpoint of the cost report period to the first day of the state fiscal
year rate period using the inflation factor specified in subrule
81.6(18).” Subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “c,” details the
calculation of the patient–day–weighted medians and when the
patient–day–weighted medians are recalculated. The above rules were
changed to reflect the inflation methodology and when the
patient–day–weighted medians are recalculated that were described in
House File 740.
• Subrule 81.6(16),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (1), numbered paragraphs “1”
and “2,” subparagraph (2), numbered paragraphs “1” and
“2,” and subparagraph (3), numbered paragraphs “1” and
“2” were revised by removing the percentages specified therein and
instead adding references to the percentages in subrule 79.1(2) for ease of
updating. Paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), numbered paragraph
“1,” was also revised to set a limit of $8 per day on the geographic
wage index adjustment and to provide a method of requesting an exception to this
limit. Inclusion of this limit was overlooked in the previous Notice and should
have been included. This limit was included in House File 740.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July
11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249A.2(6), 249A.3(2)“a,” 249A.4, and 249A.16 and 2001 Iowa Acts,
House File 740, section 4.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 2001, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 78 to 81] is being omitted. With the
exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0671B, IAB 5/16/01 and Adopted and Filed
Emergency as ARC 0780B, IAB 7/11/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 10/1/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0842B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
238.16, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 108,
“Licensing and Regulation of Child–Placing Agencies,” and
Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment Services,” appearing in the
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments allow college graduates who have a
bachelor’s degree in social work to provide specified services under the
Rehabilitative Treatment Services Program or through licensed
child–placing agencies without meeting the experience requirements
applicable to those who have a bachelor’s degree in a human services field
related to social work. Social work graduates have completed a practicum as
part of their education that provides experience in these types of
services.
The Board of Social Work Examiners has reviewed and approved
these changes. These changes will expand the pool of qualified applicants for
the providers of these services. Providers have indicated that locating
qualified staff is an issue in the current economy.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the amendments confer a benefit by expanding the pool of
personnel qualified to provide these services.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the May 30, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0687B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the May 30, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0688B.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July
11, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 234.38 and Iowa Code chapter 238.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 2001, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [108.4(3), 185.10(1)“a”] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0688B and
Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 0687B, IAB 5/30/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 10/1/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0845B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative
Treatment Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 11,
2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 30, 2001, as ARC 0689B.
This amendment is intended to clarify the independent audit of
Rehabilitative Treatment and Supportive Service (RTSS) providers. The amendment
also:
• Changes the name of the
audit from “certified” audit to “independent” audit to
more accurately reflect industry terminology.
• Clarifies which legal
entity in a multientity organization must be audited.
• Simplifies the dollar
standard when an audit is required by changing it from receipt of $500,000 or
more from the Department and a total revenue of $1,000,000 from all sources to
$500,000 from the Department.
• Establishes a time frame
for the completion of required independent audits and provides a method for
extensions of this time frame if needed.
• Clarifies the audit format
that should be used for not–for–profit and other types of
providers.
• Clarifies which providers
are not required to have an independent audit performed.
• Clarifies when a copy of
any independent audit should be shared with the Department.
This amendment does not provide for waivers of the audit
requirement for providers receiving more than $500,000 from the Department
because the audit is needed by the Department to verify the accuracy of billings
and charges.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 234.38.
This amendment shall become effective October 1,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
this amendment [185.102(4)] is being omitted. This amendment is identical to
that published under Notice as ARC 0689B, IAB 5/30/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 10/1/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0861B
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 88.5 and
17A.3(1), the Labor Commissioner amends Chapter 10, “General Industry
Safety and Health Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This rule making adopts by reference amendments to the federal
standards for occupational exposure to cotton dust and occupational exposure to
blood–borne pathogens and needlestick and other sharps injuries. No
waiver or variance provision is included in these rules because Iowa Code
chapter 88 contains a variance provision.
Adoption of these amendments is required by 29 Code of Federal
Regulations 1953.23(a)(2) and Iowa Code section
88.5(1)“a.”
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 13, 2001, as ARC 0742B. The only comment
received was in support of the proposed amendment to the blood–borne
pathogens standard. This amendment is identical to the Notice of Intended
Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
88.5.
The amendment will become effective September 12,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 875—10.20(88) by inserting at the end
thereof:
65 Fed. Reg. 76567 (December 7, 2000)
66 Fed. Reg. 5324 (January 18, 2001)
66 Fed. Reg. 18191 (April 6, 2001)
[Filed 7/20/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
ARC 0838B
LOTTERY DIVISION[705]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1)“b” and 99E.9(3) and Executive Order Number 11, the Lottery
Division adopts Chapter 5, “Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The purpose of the adoption of these rules is to satisfy the
requirements of Iowa Code section 17A.9A and Executive Order Number 11 requiring
state agencies to adopt a general waiver rule for rules promulgated by the
agency.
The Lottery does not intend to waive the requirements of these
rules in order to ensure fairness in the application of the waiver
rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on February 21, 2001, as ARC 0485B. The Lottery
solicited comment by posting the rules on the Lottery’s Web site and by
publishing the rules in the Lottery’s retailer newsletter. A public
hearing was held at Lottery headquarters on March 13, 2001. The Lottery
received no comment on these rules from any source. These rules are identical
to those published under Notice.
The Lottery Board adopted these rules on June 22,
2001.
These rules will become effective September 12,
2001.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11 and Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 5] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0485B, IAB 2/21/01.
[Filed 7/11/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0858B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 17, 2001, adopted amendments
to Chapter 400, “Vehicle Registration and Certificate of Title,” and
Chapter 405, “Salvage,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the May 30, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0697B.
Motor vehicle control numbers will no longer be listed on
certificates of title and registration receipts. A motor vehicle control number
is the owner’s driver’s license number, social security number or
federal employer’s identification number. Items 1 and 3 implement this
change.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1047 (Iowa Code sections 321.24 and
322G.12), provides for a designation to appear on titles of vehicles that are
returned to the manufacturer under the lemon law of this state or a similar law
of another state and then retitled. The Act also permits the Department to
determine that other designations supersede the required designation. Item 16
implements this legislation. Items 2, 4 and 5 make corresponding
amendments.
If an applicant for a certificate of title cannot provide the
required supporting documents, a bonding procedure is used. The Department
searches the state files to determine if there is an owner of record for the
vehicle. Under the current procedure, the applicant is required to send a
letter to the owner of record. Under the revised procedure, the Department will
notify the owner of record. Items 7 and 8 implement this change.
Items 9, 12, 14, 17 and 18 amend the rules to extend the time
allowed to transfer titles without penalty. These changes are being made to
agree with the Iowa Code. Applicable Iowa Code sections are 321.25, 321.46,
321.49 and 321.52.
In Item 13, subrule 400.45(2) is being amended to add a
reference to Iowa Code section 321.101A. This Code section provides that the
county treasurer may revoke the registration and registration plates if
registration fees are paid by check and the check is not honored by the
payer’s financial institution.
Other amendments to these rules update Iowa Code and Iowa Acts
citations.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321.
These amendments will become effective September 12,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 400, 405.3(2)“c,” 405.6(3)] is
being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
as ARC 0697B, IAB 5/30/01.
[Filed 7/18/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0857B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on July 17, 2001, adopted Chapter 718,
“General Aviation Hangar Revolving Loan Fund,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these rules was published in the
May 16, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0661B.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225, section 35 (Iowa Code section
330.2), creates an aviation hangar revolving loan fund and specifies that the
moneys in the fund shall be expended for loans to provide assistance for the
design, construction or improvement of hangars at general aviation airports in
the state. Section 35 also requires the Department to adopt rules to administer
a program for the granting and administration of loans under this section.
These new rules implement this rule–making requirement. 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1225, section 16, appropriates $500,000 for deposit in the
fund.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
330.2.
These rules will become effective September 12,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 718] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0661B, IAB 5/16/01.
[Filed 7/18/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published
8/8/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
8/8/01.]
ARC 0860B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 479.29,
and 479B.20 (2001), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on July 18,
2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–5, In re:
Correction to 199 IAC 9.3(1), Land Restoration Rules, Order Adopting
Amendment. The amendment to 199 IAC 9.3(1) corrects a typographical error that
occurred in the adoption of 199 IAC Chapter 9, “Restoration of
Agricultural Lands During And After Pipeline Construction.” The Notice of
Intended Action was published in IAB Vol. XXIII, No. 25 (6/13/01) p.1923, as
ARC 0725B.
On May 22, 2001, the Board issued an order commencing a rule
making to correct certain language in 199 IAC 9.3(1). The Board proposed to
amend 199 IAC 9.3(1) to correct a typographical error that occurred
when the first sentence of the subrule referenced “interstate”
natural gas pipelines rather than “intrastate” natural gas pipelines
as intended. The correct reference to “intrastate” was set out in
the preamble of the Adopted and Filed document but the rule when adopted used
the term “interstate.” This typographical error changes the
application of the subrule and does not reflect the statutory support cited in
the subrule. Because of the different meanings of the words
“intrastate” and “interstate,” this rule making is
necessary to ensure that the requirements of the subrule are applied
correctly.
The Notice of Intended Action was published on June 13, 2001,
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin (IAB) as ARC 0725B. Written comments
were to be filed on or before July 3, 2001. The only comments filed were by
Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice (Consumer Advocate). In
the comments, Consumer Advocate states that the sentence corrected should be
punctuated as originally found in the preamble to the Adopted and Filed document
published in the IAB on February 7, 2001, as ARC 0436B, and the
indefinite article “a” should be added to the sentence before
“hazardous liquid pipeline.” Consumer Advocate proposes that the
sentence be corrected to read, “An intrastate natural gas pipeline, or a
hazardous liquid pipeline, that is subject to Iowa Code section 479.5 or 479.B.4
shall file its proposed plan with the board at the time it files its petition
for permit pursuant to 199 IAC 10.2(479) or 13.2(479B).”
The Board has reviewed the comments filed by Consumer Advocate
and finds that the changes are reasonable. Since there are no other comments,
the Board adopts 199 IAC 9.3(1) as set out below.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 479.29, and 479B.20.
This amendment will become effective September 12,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 9.3(1) as follows:
9.3(1) An interstate intrastate
natural gas pipeline, or a hazardous liquid pipeline,
that is subject to Iowa Code section 479.5 or 479B.4 shall file its proposed
plan with the board at the time it files its petition for permit pursuant to 199
IAC 10.2(479) or 13.2(479B), or a petition for amendment to permit which
proposes pipeline construction or relocation pursuant to 199 IAC 10.9(2) or
13.9(479B). Review of the land restoration plan will be coincident with the
board’s review of the application for permit, and objections to the
proposed plan may be filed as part of the permit proceeding.
[Filed 7/18/01, effective 9/12/01]
[Published 8/8/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/8/01.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2001 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Thu Aug 9 5:45:01 2001
URL: /Rules/2001/Bulletin/ACB010808.html
sam